<PAGE>
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 30, 1996
REGISTRATION NO. 333-04097
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
-------------------
AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
-------------------
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
DELAWARE 7389 84-1291044
(State or other jurisdiction (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employee
of Classification Code Number) Identification
incorporation or organization) No.)
</TABLE>
1700 LINCOLN STREET, SUITE 1400
DENVER, COLORADO 80203
(303) 894-4000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's executive offices)
KENNETH D. TUCHMAN
CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
1700 LINCOLN STREET, SUITE 1400
DENVER, COLORADO 80203
(303) 894-4000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of agent for service)
-------------------
WITH COPIES TO:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
CHARLES EVANS GERBER, ESQ. HOWARD S. LANZNAR, ESQ.
HELEN N. KAMINSKI, ESQ. MARK D. WOOD, ESQ.
Neal, Gerber & Eisenberg Katten Muchin & Zavis
Two North LaSalle Street 525 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60602 Chicago, Illinois 60661
(312) 269-8000 (312) 902-5200
</TABLE>
-------------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. / /
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
-------------------
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION ON SUCH DATE AS MAY BE
NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER
AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL
THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES OF
1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
PURSUANT TO REGULATION S-K, SECTION 501(B)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FORM S-1 ITEM LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1. Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
Front Cover Page of Prospectus........................ Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
Front Cover Page of Prospectus
2. Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
Prospectus............................................ Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
Prospectus; Additional Information
3. Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of Earnings
to Fixed Charges...................................... Prospectus Summary; The Company; Risk Factors;
Business
4. Use of Proceeds........................................ Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds
5. Determination of Offering Price........................ Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Underwriters
6. Dilution............................................... Dilution
7. Selling Security Holders............................... Principal and Selling Stockholders
8. Plan of Distribution................................... Outside and Inside Front Cover Pages of Prospectus;
Underwriters
9. Description of Securities to be Registered............. Prospectus Summary; Capitalization; Description of
Capital Stock
10. Interests of Named Experts and Counsel................. Legal Matters; Experts; Change in Independent
Accountants
11. Information with Respect to the Registrant............. Cover Page of Registration Statement; Outside and
Inside Front Cover Pages of Prospectus; Prospectus
Summary; The Company; Risk Factors; Use of Proceeds;
Dividend Policy; Capitalization; Dilution; Selected
Financial Data; Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;
Business; Management; Certain Relationships and
Related Party Transactions; Principal and Selling
Stockholders; Description of Capital Stock; Shares
Eligible for Future Sale; Legal Matters; Experts;
Change in Independent Accountants; Financial
Statements
12. Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification
for Securities Act Liabilities........................ *
</TABLE>
- ---------
*Inapplicable
<PAGE>
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This Registration Statement contains two forms of prospectuses: one to be
used in connection with an offering in the United States and Canada (the "U.S.
Prospectus") and one to be used in connection with a concurrent international
offering (the "International Prospectus") of the Common Stock, par value $.01
per share, of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. The form of U.S. Prospectus is included
herein and is followed by the outside front cover page to be used in the
International Prospectus, which is the only differing page of the International
Prospectus. The outside front cover page of the International Prospectus
included herein is labeled "Alternative Page for International Prospectus."
<PAGE>
Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS (SUBJECT TO COMPLETION)
ISSUED JULY 30, 1996
6,220,000 SHARES
[LOGO]
COMMON STOCK
--------------
OF THE 6,220,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK BEING OFFERED, 4,000,000 SHARES ARE
BEING SOLD BY THE COMPANY AND 2,220,000 SHARES ARE BEING SOLD BY THE SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS NAMED HEREIN. THE COMPANY WILL NOT RECEIVE ANY OF THE PROCEEDS
FROM THE SALE OF SHARES BY THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS. SEE "PRINCIPAL AND
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS." OF THE SHARES BEING OFFERED, 4,976,000 SHARES ARE
BEING OFFERED INITIALLY IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA BY THE U.S.
UNDERWRITERS AND 1,244,000 SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED INITIALLY OUTSIDE
OF THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA BY THE INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS.
SEE "UNDERWRITERS." PRIOR TO THE OFFERING, THERE HAS BEEN NO
PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY. IT IS CURRENTLY
ANTICIPATED THAT THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE WILL BE
BETWEEN $14.50 AND $16.50. SEE "UNDERWRITERS" FOR A DISCUSSION
OF THE FACTORS CONSIDERED IN DETERMINING THE INITIAL PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE. THE COMMON STOCK HAS BEEN APPROVED FOR LISTING
ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET UNDER THE SYMBOL "TTEC,"
SUBJECT TO OFFICIAL NOTICE OF ISSUANCE.
------------------------
THIS OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK FACTORS"
COMMENCING ON PAGE 5 HEREOF.
-----------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
-------------------
PRICE $ A SHARE
-------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO
PRICE TO DISCOUNTS AND PROCEEDS TO SELLING
PUBLIC COMMISSIONS (1) COMPANY (2) STOCKHOLDERS
----------------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
PER SHARE............................. $ $ $ $
TOTAL (3)............................. $ $ $ $
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1) THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS HAVE AGREED TO INDEMNIFY THE
UNDERWRITERS AGAINST CERTAIN LIABILITIES, INCLUDING LIABILITIES UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.
(2) BEFORE DEDUCTING EXPENSES PAYABLE BY THE COMPANY ESTIMATED AT
$ . THE COMPANY HAS AGREED TO PAY THE EXPENSES OF THE SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS, OTHER THAN UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS.
(3) ONE OF THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS HAS GRANTED THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS AN
OPTION, EXERCISABLE WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE HEREOF, TO PURCHASE UP TO
AN AGGREGATE OF 933,000 ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK AT THE PRICE TO
PUBLIC LESS UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS FOR THE PURPOSE OF
COVERING OVER-ALLOTMENTS, IF ANY. IF THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS EXERCISE SUCH
OPTION IN FULL, THE TOTAL PRICE TO PUBLIC, UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND
COMMISSIONS, PROCEEDS TO COMPANY AND PROCEEDS TO SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
WILL BE $ , $ , $ , AND $ , RESPECTIVELY. SEE
"UNDERWRITERS."
------------------------
THE SHARES ARE OFFERED, SUBJECT TO PRIOR SALE, WHEN, AS AND IF ACCEPTED BY
THE UNDERWRITERS NAMED HEREIN AND SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS
BY KATTEN MUCHIN & ZAVIS, COUNSEL FOR THE UNDERWRITERS. IT IS EXPECTED THAT
DELIVERY OF THE SHARES WILL BE MADE ON OR ABOUT , 1996 AT THE OFFICE OF
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED, NEW YORK, NEW YORK, AGAINST PAYMENT THEREFOR
IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS.
-------------------
MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
INCORPORATED
ALEX. BROWN & SONS
INCORPORATED
SMITH BARNEY INC.
, 1996
<PAGE>
INSIDE FRONT COVER OF PROSPECTUS:
The inside front cover is a gatefold which opens to a multicolor graphic
layout containing, in the upper right-hand corner, the title
"TeleTech--integrated customer lifecycle management." Under the title are
written the words: "engineered and executed by TeleTech" and "TeleTech's
solutions integrate all phases of the customer lifecycle -- customer
acquisition, service and retention, satisfaction and loyalty -- and are designed
to maximize the lifetime value of its client's customer relationships."
The gatefold contains eight photographs of the Company's call centers and
related technology (in each of the lower left-hand and upper left-hand corners
and along the right-hand margin with the word "TeleTech" superimposed). In the
center of the gatefold, there is an oval photograph of a woman speaking on the
telephone, labelled "Our Client's Customer." This photograph is surrounded by
three smaller oval photographs of faces, each of which is labelled "TeleTech
representative." Radiating outward from the center oval photograph of the
Client's Customer are 16 curved lines, each of which terminates at a press-and-
click telephone jack, adjacent to which is a question or request that the
client's customer might have regarding a particular product or service.
Following this "customer lifecycle" clockwise from a point labelled "Start", the
questions or requests that a client's customer might ask appear as follows:
"Tell me about it."
"Where can I buy it?"
"I want to order it."
"How do I install it."
"Help me use and navigate it."
"Send someone to repair it."
"I want to upgrade it."
"My billing address has changed for it."
"How do I take care of it?"
"I want to complain about it."
"I want to rave about it."
"Make me a preferred customer and I'll keep buying it."
"Register me for the event celebrating it."
"Contact my friend about trying it."
"I'd like to buy it again."
These questions or requests are classified into the following three phases
of the customer lifecycle: "CUSTOMER ACQUISITION - LIMITED VALUE," "CUSTOMER
SERVICE + RETENTION - SUSTAINED VALUE," "CUSTOMER SATISFACTION + LOYALTY -
MAXIMUM VALUE."
Centered along the lower edge of the gatefold, is an ovaloid graphic
containing text that lists under the heading "TeleTech's core strengths" the
following words: "People -- Infrastructure -- Technology -- Process -- Strategy
- -- Innovation." On either side of this text is an arrow, one of which points to
the left indicating "Customer Benefits" (listed as "Direct access to product and
service providers -- Rapid, single-call resolution -- Personalized service --
Knowledgeable resources -- Flexibility"), and the other of which points to the
right indicating "Client Benefits" (listed as "Efficiency and effectiveness in
Customer Care -- Controlled operating and labor costs -- Access to
state-of-the-art technology -- Enhanced service quality -- Maximum customer
value").
TeleTech's corporate logo appears in the lower right-hand corner of the
gatefold, under which are written the words: "COPYRIGHT 1996."
<PAGE>
NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE
ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OTHER THAN AS CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE
RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, BY ANY SELLING STOCKHOLDER
OR BY ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
THE SOLICITATION OF ANY OFFER TO BUY BY ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH
IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFERING OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF
THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IMPLY
THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO
THE DATE HEREOF.
-------------------
UNTIL , 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF THIS OFFERING), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN
THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION
TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS
AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
-------------------
For investors outside of the United States: No action has been or will be
taken in any jurisdiction by the Company or by any Underwriter that would permit
a public offering of the Common Stock or possession or distribution of this
Prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other
than in the United States. Persons into whose possession this Prospectus comes
are required by the Company and the Underwriters to inform themselves about and
to observe any restrictions as to the offering of the Common Stock and the
distribution of this Prospectus.
In this Prospectus references to "dollars" and "$" are to United States
dollars, and the terms "United States" and "U.S." mean the United States of
America, its states, its territories, its possessions and all areas subject to
its jurisdiction.
-------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
-----------
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary......................................................................................... 3
Risk Factors............................................................................................... 5
The Company................................................................................................ 11
Use of Proceeds............................................................................................ 11
Dividend Policy............................................................................................ 11
Capitalization............................................................................................. 12
Dilution................................................................................................... 13
Selected Financial Data.................................................................................... 14
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations...................... 17
Business................................................................................................... 24
Management................................................................................................. 36
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions....................................................... 43
Principal and Selling Stockholders......................................................................... 45
Description of Capital Stock............................................................................... 47
Shares Eligible for Future Sale............................................................................ 49
Certain United States Federal Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock........................ 51
Underwriters............................................................................................... 53
Legal Matters.............................................................................................. 56
Experts.................................................................................................... 56
Change in Independent Accountants.......................................................................... 56
Additional Information..................................................................................... 56
Index to Financial Statements.............................................................................. F-1
</TABLE>
-------------------
The Company intends to furnish to its stockholders annual reports containing
consolidated financial
statements audited by an independent accounting firm and quarterly reports for
the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing interim unaudited
financial information.
-------------------
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT
A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH
TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET OR OTHERWISE. SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
2
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN
THIS PROSPECTUS. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED HEREIN, INFORMATION IN THIS
PROSPECTUS (I) ASSUMES NO EXERCISE OF THE UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION,
(II) REFLECTS A FIVE-FOR-ONE SPLIT OF THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK TO BE EFFECTED
BY A STOCK DIVIDEND IMMEDIATELY PRIOR AND SUBJECT TO THE CLOSING OF THIS
OFFERING (THE "OFFERING") AND (III) REFLECTS THE CONVERSION OF ALL OUTSTANDING
SHARES OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, PAR VALUE $6.45 PER SHARE, OF THE COMPANY
("PREFERRED STOCK") INTO 9,300,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK TO BE EFFECTED
IMMEDIATELY PRIOR AND SUBJECT TO THE CLOSING OF THE OFFERING (THE "PREFERRED
STOCK CONVERSION"). SEE "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK" AND "UNDERWRITERS."
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, REFERENCES TO "TELETECH" AND THE "COMPANY" MEAN
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND ITS WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARIES OR, FOR PERIODS PRIOR
TO DECEMBER 1994, MEAN TELETECH TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND TELETECH
TELESERVICES, INC., COLLECTIVELY. SEE "THE COMPANY."
THE COMPANY
TeleTech is a leading provider of customer care solutions for Fortune 1000
companies. TeleTech's customer care solutions encompass a wide range of
telephone- and computer-based customer acquisition, retention and satisfaction
programs designed to maximize the long-term value of the relationships between
TeleTech's clients and their customers. Such programs involve all stages of the
customer relationship and consist of a variety of customer service and product
support activities, such as providing new product information, enrolling
customers in client programs, providing 24-hour technical and help desk support,
resolving customer complaints and conducting satisfaction surveys. TeleTech
works closely with its clients to rapidly design and implement large scale,
tailored customer care programs that provide comprehensive solutions to their
specific business needs.
TeleTech delivers its customer care services primarily through
customer-initiated ("inbound") telephone calls and also over the Internet.
Services are provided by trained customer care representatives
("Representatives") in response to an inquiry that a customer makes by calling a
toll-free telephone number or by sending an Internet message. Representatives
respond to these inquiries from TeleTech call centers ("Call Centers") utilizing
state-of-the-art workstations, which operate on TeleTech's advanced technology
platform, enabling the Representatives to provide rapid, single-call resolution.
This technology platform incorporates digital switching, client/server
technology, object-oriented software modules, relational database management
systems, proprietary call tracking management software, computer telephony
integration and interactive voice response. TeleTech historically has provided
services from Call Centers leased and equipped by TeleTech ("fully outsourced")
and, since April 1996, also has provided services from Call Centers leased and
equipped by a client ("facilities management").
TeleTech typically establishes long-term, strategic relationships,
formalized by multi-year contracts, with selected clients in the
telecommunications, technology, transportation, health care and financial
services industries. TeleTech targets clients in these industries because of
their complex product and service offerings and large customer bases, which
require frequent, often sophisticated, customer interactions. For example, the
Company recently entered into significant, multi-year contracts with CompuServe
and United Parcel Service and has obtained additional business from AT&T.
The Company was founded in 1982 and has been providing inbound customer care
solutions since its inception. Between December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, the
Company opened, acquired or initiated management of six Call Centers. As of July
15, 1996, TeleTech owned, leased or managed eight Call Centers in the United
States and one in each of the United Kingdom, Australia and New Zealand,
equipped with a total of 4,732 state-of-the-art workstations. TeleTech currently
plans to expand an existing Call Center and open one additional Call Center by
the end of 1996. In the first quarter of 1996, approximately 95% of the
Company's call handling revenues were derived from inbound customer inquiries.
3
<PAGE>
THE OFFERING
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Common Stock offered......................... 6,220,000 shares
4,000,000 shares by the Company
2,220,000 shares by the Selling Stockholders
U.S. offering.............................. 4,976,000 shares
International offering..................... 1,244,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the
Offering.................................... 54,947,430 shares(1)
Use of proceeds to the Company............... For working capital and general corporate
purposes and to repay outstanding short-term
indebtedness.
Nasdaq National Market Symbol................ TTEC
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) Includes 9,300,000 shares of Common Stock to be issued upon the conversion
of all 1,860,000 outstanding shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to the
Preferred Stock Conversion. Excludes 5,038,080 shares of Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of options outstanding at July 15, 1996 with a
weighted average exercise price of $ per share. See "Capitalization,"
"Management-- Compensation of Directors," "Management--TeleTech Stock Option
Plan," "Underwriters" and note 11 to the Company's Consolidated and Combined
Financial Statements (the "Financial Statements").
SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (1)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS AND OPERATING DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED ELEVEN YEAR ENDED THREE MONTHS ENDED
JANUARY 31, MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
--------------------- DECEMBER 31, ------------------ ------------------
1993 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
------- ------------ ------- ------- ------- -------
1992
-----------
(UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues.......................................... $ 5,751 $13,814 $19,520 $35,462 $50,467 $10,412 $22,019
Income (loss) from operations..................... (332) 250 837 2,196 4,596 614 2,723
Net income........................................ 214 52 548 1,695 4,156(2) 1,628(2) 1,258
Pro forma net income.............................. 214 52 299(3) 1,037(3) 4,156(2) 1,628(2) 1,258
Pro forma net income per share of Common Stock and
equivalents (4).................................. $ -- $ -- $ .01(3) $ .02(3) $ .08(2) $ .03(2) $ .02
Weighted average shares outstanding (4)........... 43,843 43,843 43,843 43,843 54,402 54,331 54,426
OPERATING DATA:
Number of Call Centers............................ 1 1 2 2 3 3 9
Number of workstations............................ 300 300 560 560 960 960 3,107
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, 1996
-------------------------------------------
PRO FORMA
ACTUAL PRO FORMA (5) AS ADJUSTED (6)
--------- --------------- ---------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital.......................................................... $ 5,380 $ 5,380 $ 60,689
Total assets............................................................. 49,454 49,454 101,264
Long-term debt, net of current portion................................... 6,536 6,536 6,536
Total stockholders' equity............................................... 9,829 22,908 78,217
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) The Summary Financial Information presented in this table is derived from
the "Selected Financial Information" and the Financial Statements included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
(2) Includes the $2.4 million pre-tax net proceeds of a one-time payment made by
a former client to TeleTech in connection with such client's early
termination of a contract.
(3) During 1993 and 1994, the Company was an S corporation under Subchapter S of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and,
accordingly, was not subject to federal income taxes. Pro forma net income
includes a provision for income taxes at an effective rate of 44.4% for the
11 months ended December 31, 1993 and 39.5% for the year ended December 31,
1994.
(4) Calculated in the manner described in note 1 to the Financial Statements.
(5) Reflects the conversion of 1,860,000 shares of Preferred Stock into
9,300,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Preferred Stock Conversion.
(6) Reflects the sale of 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock being offered by
TeleTech at an assumed initial price to public of $15.50 per share (net of
approximately $5.7 million of estimated offering expenses and underwriting
discounts and commissions) and the application of the estimated net proceeds
therefrom, including repayment of short-term indebtedness. See "Use of
Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
4
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
IN EVALUATING THE COMPANY'S BUSINESS, PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY
CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING FACTORS IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION PRESENTED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS.
RELIANCE ON A FEW MAJOR CLIENTS. The Company has strategically focused its
marketing efforts on developing long-term relationships with Fortune 1000
companies in targeted industries. As a result, a substantial portion of the
Company's revenues is derived from relatively few clients. Collectively, the
Company's 10 largest clients in 1995 accounted for approximately 82.1% of the
Company's 1995 revenues. The Company's three largest clients in 1995 were AT&T,
Continental Airlines and Apple Computer, Inc., which accounted for approximately
31% (including 11% from AT&T's subsidiary McCaw Communications d/b/a Cellular
One), 18% and 9%, respectively, of the Company's 1995 revenues. The Company's
three largest clients in the first quarter of 1996, AT&T, CompuServe and
Continental Airlines, accounted for approximately 22%, 13% and 6%, respectively,
of the Company's revenues. The Company's program for Continental Airlines was
completed in March 1996 and was not renewed. The lost revenues from the
expiration of the Continental Airlines program were more than offset in the
first quarter of 1996 by revenues from new clients. The Company received prior
notice that Continental Airlines would not renew its contract upon expiration
and redeployed to new programs all of the workstations that previously had been
dedicated to the Continental Airlines program. Consequently, there was no
material capacity underutilization due to the loss of the Continental Airlines
program; however, there can be no assurance that the Company's loss of another
large client would not result in substantial underutilized capacity.
The Company expects that its three largest clients in 1996 will be AT&T,
CompuServe and United Parcel Service, which the Company anticipates collectively
will account for an even greater percentage of the Company's 1996 revenues than
its three largest clients in 1995. There can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to retain its significant clients or that, if it were to lose one
or more of its significant clients, it would be able to replace such clients
with clients that generate a comparable amount of revenues. Consequently, the
loss of one or more of its significant clients could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations or financial condition.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations," "--Risks Associated with the Company's Contracts" and "--Dependence
on Key Industries."
Substantially all of the Company's significant arrangements with its clients
generate revenues based, in large part, on the amount of time which the
Company's personnel devotes to such clients' customers. Consequently, and due to
the primarily inbound nature of the Company's business, the amount of revenues
generated from any particular client is generally dependent upon consumers'
interest in, and use of, the client's products and/or services. Furthermore, a
significant portion of the Company's expected revenues for 1996 relate to
recently-introduced product or service offerings of the Company's clients,
including two significant programs developed for AT&T and CompuServe, two of the
Company's largest clients. There can be no assurance as to the number of
consumers who will be attracted to the products and services of the Company's
clients and who will therefore need the Company's services, or that the
Company's clients will develop new products or services that will require the
Company's services. See "Business--Markets and Clients--Technology."
DIFFICULTIES OF MANAGING RAPID GROWTH. The Company has experienced rapid
growth over the past several years and anticipates continued future growth.
Continued growth depends on a number of factors, including the Company's ability
to (i) initiate, develop and maintain new client relationships and expand its
marketing operations, (ii) recruit, motivate and retain qualified management and
hourly personnel, (iii) rapidly identify, acquire or lease suitable Call Center
facilities on acceptable terms and complete build-outs of such facilities in a
timely and economic fashion, and (iv) maintain the high quality of the services
and products that it provides to its clients. The Company's continued rapid
growth can be expected to place a significant strain on the Company's
management, operations, employees and resources. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to maintain or accelerate its current growth,
effectively manage its
5
<PAGE>
expanding operations or achieve planned growth on a timely or profitable basis.
If the Company is unable to manage growth effectively, its business, results of
operations or financial condition could be materially adversely affected. See
"Business--Growth Strategy."
The Company's profitability is significantly influenced by its Call Center
capacity utilization. Although the Company seeks to maximize utilization, the
inbound nature of the Company's business results in significantly higher
utilization during peak (weekday) periods than during off-peak (night and
weekend) periods. In addition, the Company has experienced, and in the future
may experience, at least short-term, excess capacity during peak periods upon
the opening of a new Call Center or the termination of a large client program.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to achieve or maintain
optimal Call Center capacity utilization. See "Business-- Facilities."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE COMPANY'S CONTRACTS. Although the Company
currently seeks to sign multi-year contracts with its clients, the Company's
contracts do not assure the Company a specific level of revenues and they
generally do not designate the Company as the client's exclusive service
provider. The Company believes maintaining satisfactory relationships with its
clients has a more significant impact on the Company's revenues than the
specific terms of its client contracts. Certain of the Company's current
contracts (representing approximately 36% of the Company's 1995 revenues) have
terms of one year or less and there can be no assurance that the clients will
renew or extend such contracts. In addition, the Company's contracts are
terminable by its clients on relatively short notice. Although many of such
contracts require the client to pay a contractually agreed amount in the event
of early termination, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
collect such amount or that such amount, if received, will sufficiently
compensate the Company for the investment it has made to support the cancelled
program or for the revenues it may lose as a result of the early termination. In
addition, some of the Company's contracts limit the aggregate amount the Company
can charge for its services during the term of the contract and several prohibit
the Company from providing services to a direct competitor of a client that are
similar to the services the Company provides to such client. Although a few of
the Company's more recently executed contracts provide for annual increases in
the rates paid by clients in the event of increases in certain cost or price
indices, most of the Company's contracts do not include such provisions and some
of the contracts currently in effect provide that the service fees paid by
clients may be adjusted downward if the performance objectives specified therein
are not attained or, at least in one case, in the event of a decrease in a price
index. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that the adjustments based upon
increases in cost or price indices will fully compensate the Company for
increases in labor and other costs that it may experience in fulfilling its
contractual obligations. Although several of the Company's clients have elected
not to renew or extend short-term contracts, or have terminated contracts on
relatively short notice to the Company, to date none of the foregoing types of
contractual provisions has had a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations or financial condition. See "Business--Sales and
Marketing" and "Business--Services" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
DEPENDENCE ON LABOR FORCE. The Company's success is largely dependent on
its ability to recruit, hire, train and retain qualified employees. The
Company's industry is very labor intensive and has experienced high personnel
turnover. A significant increase in the Company's employee turnover rate could
increase the Company's recruiting and training costs and decrease operating
effectiveness and productivity. Also, the addition of significant new clients or
the implementation of new large-scale programs may require the Company to
recruit, hire and train qualified personnel at an accelerated rate. There can be
no assurance that the Company will be able to continue to hire, train and retain
sufficient qualified personnel to adequately staff new customer care programs.
Because a significant portion of the Company's operating costs relate to labor
costs, an increase in wages, costs of employee benefits or employment taxes
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations or financial condition. In addition, certain of the Company's
facilities are located in geographic areas with relatively low unemployment
rates, thus potentially making it more difficult and costly to hire qualified
personnel. See "--Difficulties of Managing Rapid Growth," "Business--Human
Resources" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."
6
<PAGE>
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL. The Company's success to date has depended in
large part on the skills and efforts of Kenneth D. Tuchman, the Company's
founder, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer. There can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to hire or retain the services of
other officers or key employees. The loss of Mr. Tuchman or the Company's
inability to hire or retain such other officers or key employees could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations or
financial condition. The Company's success and achievement of its growth plans
depend on its ability to recruit, hire, train and retain other highly qualified
technical and managerial personnel, including individuals with significant
experience in the industries targeted by the Company. The inability of the
Company to attract and retain the necessary technical and managerial personnel
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations or financial condition. See "--Difficulties of Managing Rapid Growth"
and "Management."
DEPENDENCE ON KEY INDUSTRIES. The Company's clients are concentrated
primarily in the telecommunications, technology and transportation industries
and, to a lesser extent, the health care and financial services industries. The
Company's business and growth is largely dependent on the continued demand for
the Company's services from these industries and current trends in such
industries to outsource certain customer care services. A general economic
downturn in any of these industries or a slowdown or reversal of the trend in
any of these industries to outsource certain customer care services could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations or
financial condition. In addition, the Company's health care and financial
services strategic business units ("SBUs") were introduced only recently and are
still in the development stage. There can be no assurance that the Company can
successfully develop these SBUs or that such development can occur in accordance
with the Company's current time schedule. Additionally, a substantial percentage
of the revenues generated by clients in the telecommunications industry relate
to the Company's provision of third-party verification of long-distance service
sales, which is required by the rules of the Federal Communications Commission.
Such verification services accounted for 19% and 11% of the Company's total
revenues in 1995 and in the first quarter of 1996, respectively. Although the
Company is not aware of any proposed changes to these rules, the elimination of
this requirement could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations or financial condition. See "--Highly Competitive Market"
and "Business--Markets and Clients."
RISK OF BUSINESS INTERRUPTION. The Company's operations are dependent upon
its ability to protect its Call Centers, computer and telecommunications
equipment and software systems against damage from fire, power loss,
telecommunications interruption or failure, natural disaster and other similar
events. In the event the Company experiences a temporary or permanent
interruption at one or more of its Call Centers, through casualty, operating
malfunction or otherwise, the Company's business could be materially adversely
affected and the Company may be required to pay contractual damages to some
clients or allow some clients to terminate or renegotiate their contracts with
the Company. While the Company maintains property and business interruption
insurance, such insurance may not adequately compensate the Company for all
losses that it may incur. See "Business--Operations."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH RAPIDLY CHANGING TECHNOLOGY. The Company's business
is highly dependent on its computer and telecommunications equipment and
software systems. The Company's failure to maintain the superiority of its
technological capabilities or to respond effectively to technological changes
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations or financial condition. The Company's future success also will be
highly dependent upon its ability to enhance existing services and introduce new
services or products to respond to changing technological developments. There
can be no assurance that the Company can successfully develop and bring to
market any new services or products in a timely manner, that such services or
products will be commercially successful or that competitors' technologies or
services will not render the Company's products or services noncompetitive or
obsolete. See "--Highly Competitive Market" and "Business--Technology."
HIGHLY COMPETITIVE MARKET. The market in which the Company competes is
highly competitive and fragmented. The Company expects competition to persist
and intensify in the future. The Company's competitors include small firms
offering specific applications, divisions of large entities, large independent
firms and, most significantly, the in-house operations of clients or potential
clients. A number of competitors
7
<PAGE>
have or may develop greater capabilities and resources than those of the
Company. Similarly, there can be no assurance that additional competitors with
greater resources than the Company will not enter the Company's market. Because
the Company's primary competitors are the in-house operations of existing or
potential clients, the Company's performance and growth could be negatively
impacted if its existing clients decide to provide in-house customer care
services that currently are outsourced or if potential clients retain or
increase their in-house customer service and product support capabilities. For
example, Continental Airlines, one of the Company's largest clients in 1995 and
the first quarter of 1996, decided not to renew a program completed by the
Company in March 1996 due to Continental Airlines' excess in-house call center
capacity. In addition, competitive pressures from current or future competitors
could cause the Company's services to lose market acceptance or result in
significant price erosion, with a material adverse effect upon the Company's
business, results of operations or financial condition. See
"Business--Competition."
DIFFICULTIES OF COMPLETING AND INTEGRATING ACQUISITIONS AND JOINT
VENTURES. One component of the Company's growth strategy is to pursue strategic
acquisitions of companies that have services, products, technologies, industry
specializations or geographic coverage that extend or complement the Company's
existing business. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able
successfully to identify, acquire on favorable terms or integrate such
companies. If any acquisition is completed, there can be no assurance that such
acquisition will enhance the Company's business, results of operations or
financial condition. The Company may in the future face increased competition
for acquisition opportunities, which may inhibit the Company's ability to
consummate suitable acquisitions on terms favorable to the Company. A
substantial portion of the Company's capital resources, including proceeds from
the Offering, could be used for acquisitions. The Company may require additional
debt or equity financing for future acquisitions, which financing may not be
available on terms favorable to the Company, if at all. As part of its growth
strategy, the Company may also pursue opportunities to undertake strategic
alliances in the form of joint ventures. Joint ventures involve many of the same
risks as acquisitions, as well as additional risks associated with possible lack
of control of the joint ventures. See "--Difficulties of Managing Rapid Growth."
The Company recently acquired Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited, an
Australian company ("Access 24"), which provides customer care solutions to
Australian and New Zealand companies, primarily in the health care and financial
services industries. Certain of Access 24's services, now provided as part of
the Company's health care and financial services SBUs, differ from the
traditional outsourcing services of the Company's United States business. The
Company also recently entered into a joint venture with PPP Healthcare Group plc
("PPP") to provide services in the United Kingdom and Ireland similar to those
provided by Access 24. Several of the services currently provided by Access 24
and the joint venture in the United Kingdom, Australia and New Zealand,
particularly services provided for health care clients, may be subject to
extensive government regulation if introduced in the U.S. market. There can be
no assurance that compliance with applicable U.S. laws and regulations will not
limit the scope, or significantly increase the cost to the Company, of providing
services in the U.S. market that are comparable to such services currently
provided by Access 24 and the joint venture outside the U.S. The anticipated
benefits of the Access 24 acquisition and the joint venture with PPP, including
the successful offering in the United States of services similar to those
provided by Access 24, may not be achieved. See "Business--Markets and
Clients--Health Care," "Business--Markets and Clients--Financial Services" and
"Business--International Operations."
RISK ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS AND EXPANSION. As a result of
the recent acquisition of Access 24 and the joint venture with PPP, the Company
now conducts business in the United Kingdom, Australia and New Zealand. The
Company's international operations accounted for approximately 15% of the
Company's revenues for the first quarter of 1996 and, on a pro forma basis
reflecting the Company's acquisition of Access 24 as if it had occurred on
January 1, 1995, approximately 16.9% of the Company's revenues during 1995. A
key component of the Company's growth strategy is its continued international
expansion. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able successfully
to market, sell and deliver its services in international markets, or that it
will be able successfully to acquire companies, or integrate acquired companies,
to expand international operations. In addition, there are certain risks
inherent in conducting international business, including exposure to currency
fluctuations, longer payment cycles, greater difficulties in accounts receivable
collection, difficulties in complying with a variety of foreign laws,
8
<PAGE>
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, difficulties in staffing and
managing foreign operations, political instability and potentially adverse tax
consequences. There can be no assurance that one or more of such factors will
not have a material adverse effect on the Company's international operations
and, consequently, on the Company's business, results of operations or financial
condition. See "Business--International Operations" and "Pro Forma Consolidated
Condensed Financial Information."
VARIABILITY OF QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS. The Company has experienced,
and in the future could experience, quarterly variations in revenues as a result
of a variety of factors, many of which are outside the Company's control,
including: the timing of new contracts; the timing of new product or service
offerings or modifications in client strategies; the expiration or termination
of existing contracts; the timing of increased expenses incurred to obtain and
support new business; changes in the Company's revenue mix among its various
service offerings; and the seasonal pattern of certain of the businesses
serviced by the Company. In addition, the Company's planned staffing levels,
investments and other operating expenditures are based on revenue forecasts. If
revenues are below expectations in any given quarter, the Company's operating
results would likely be materially adversely affected for that quarter. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Quarterly Results."
COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENT REGULATION. Because the Company's current
business consists primarily of responding to inbound telephone calls, it is not
highly regulated. However, in connection with the limited amount of outbound
telemarketing services that it provides, the Company is required to comply with
the Federal Communications Commission's rules under the Federal Telephone
Consumer Protection Act of 1991 and the Federal Trade Commission's regulations
under the Federal Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act of
1994, both of which govern telephone solicitation. In the event that the Company
decides to expand its outbound telemarketing services, such rules and
regulations would apply to a larger percentage of the Company's business.
Furthermore, there may be additional federal or state legislation, or changes in
regulatory implementation, that limit the activities of the Company or its
clients in the future or significantly increase the cost of compliance.
Additionally, the Company could be responsible for its failure, or the failure
of its clients, to comply with regulations applicable to its clients.
CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER. Following completion of the Offering,
Kenneth D. Tuchman, the Company's Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer, will beneficially own approximately 72.2% of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock (approximately 70.6% if the Underwriters' over-allotment is
exercised in full). As a result, Mr. Tuchman will continue to be able to elect
the entire Board of Directors of the Company and to control substantially all
other matters requiring action by the Company's stockholders. Such voting
concentration may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a
change in control of the Company. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET AND POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE. Prior to the
Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock, and there can be
no assurance that an active public market for the Common Stock will develop or
be sustained after the Offering. The initial public offering price of the Common
Stock offered hereby was determined by negotiations between the Company and the
Underwriters based upon several factors. See "Underwriters" for a discussion of
the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price. The
market price of the Common Stock is likely to be highly volatile and could be
subject to wide fluctuations in response to quarterly variations in operating
results, announcements of new contracts or contract cancellations, announcements
of technological innovations or new products or services by the Company or its
competitors, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts or other
events or factors. In addition, the stock market has experienced significant
price and volume fluctuations that have particularly affected the market prices
of equity securities of many companies and that have often been unrelated to the
operating performance of such companies. These broad market fluctuations may
adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. In the past, following
periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities, securities
class action litigation has often been instituted against such a company. Any
such litigation instigated against the Company could result in substantial costs
and a diversion of management's attention and resources, which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations or
financial condition.
9
<PAGE>
SUBSTANTIAL NUMBER OF SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE. The sale of a
substantial number of shares of Common Stock, or the perception that such sales
could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices of the Common
Stock. The Company is unable to make any prediction as to the effect, if any,
that future sales of Common Stock or the availability of Common Stock for sale
may have on the market price of the Common Stock prevailing from time to time.
In addition, any such sale or such perception could make it more difficult for
the Company to sell equity securities or equity related securities in the future
at a time and price that the Company deems appropriate. Upon completion of the
Offering, the Company will have outstanding an aggregate of 54,947,430 shares of
Common Stock, excluding shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options
outstanding under the TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Stock Plan (the "Option Plan") and
the TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Directors Stock Option (the "Directors Option
Plan"). The Common Stock offered hereby will be freely tradeable (other than by
an "affiliate" of the Company as such term is defined under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act")) without restriction or registration
under the Securities Act. All remaining outstanding shares of Common Stock may
be sold under Rule 144 or Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act,
subject to the holding period, volume, manner of sale and other restrictions of
Rule 144 or Regulation S and subject in certain cases to 180-day lock-up
agreements with the Underwriters. See "Description of Capital Stock," "Shares
Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriters."
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION. Purchasers of Common Stock in the
Offering will incur immediate dilution of $14.17 per share in the net tangible
book value per share of Common Stock (based upon an assumed initial offering
price of $15.50 per share). To the extent outstanding options to purchase the
Company's Common Stock are exercised, there will be further dilution. See
"Dilution."
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS. Upon completion of the Offering, the Board of
Directors will have the authority to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred
stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences, privileges and
restrictions, including voting rights, of those shares without any vote or
action by the stockholders. The rights of the holders of the Common Stock will
be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of
any preferred stock that may be issued in the future. The issuance of the
preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with
possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of
making it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of the
outstanding voting stock of the Company. The Company has no present plan to
issue any additional shares of preferred stock. Furthermore, certain provisions
of the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws and of
Delaware law could delay or make difficult a merger, tender offer or proxy
contest involving the Company. See "Description of Capital Stock."
10
<PAGE>
THE COMPANY
TeleTech's principal executive offices are located at 1700 Lincoln Street,
Suite 1400, Denver, Colorado 80203 and its telephone number is (303) 894-4000.
TeleTech was incorporated under the laws of Delaware in December 1994 in
connection with a restructuring of the ownership of TeleTech Telecommunications,
Inc., which was incorporated under the laws of California in October 1982, and
TeleTech Teleservices, Inc., which was incorporated under the laws of Colorado
in November 1992. As a result of such restructuring, TeleTech Teleservices and
TeleTech Telecommunications became wholly-owned subsidiaries of TeleTech.
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds to TeleTech from the sale of the 4,000,000 shares of Common
Stock being offered by TeleTech are estimated to be approximately $56,297,500,
assuming an initial public offering price of $15.50 per share and after
deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses. TeleTech will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of
Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders. See "Principal and Selling
Stockholders." TeleTech intends to use a portion of the net proceeds of the
Offering to repay indebtedness outstanding under its $15 million unsecured
revolving line of credit, which bears interest at various rates that are
selected by TeleTech at the time a draw is made. On July 15, 1996, a total of
$10.0 million was outstanding under this line of credit, bearing interest at
rates ranging from 6.63% to 6.75%. Such borrowings have been used by TeleTech
for general corporate purposes. See note 6 to the Financial Statements.
One of the principal reasons for the Offering is to generate sufficient
capital to enable the Company to respond rapidly to changing market demands and
to provide it with the flexibility necessary to maintain its competitive
position. To enable it to respond to market demand and provide new or expanded
services on short notice, TeleTech may require additional Call Center capacity.
During 1996, TeleTech expects to use approximately $7.8 million of the net
proceeds of the Offering to purchase computer hardware and software and fund
leasehold improvements needed to equip and open one additional Call Center and
expand an existing Call Center. A portion of the net proceeds also may be used
for the acquisition of businesses, products and technologies that extend or
complement TeleTech's existing business; however, TeleTech has no current plans,
agreements or commitments and is not currently engaged in any negotiations with
respect to any such transaction. In addition, TeleTech intends to use a portion
of the net proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes. Pending
any of such uses, TeleTech plans to invest the net proceeds, other than net
proceeds used to repay short-term indebtedness, in investment grade, interest
bearing securities.
DIVIDEND POLICY
In 1995 TeleTech paid a dividend of approximately $452,000 to its principal
stockholder. TeleTech does not expect to pay dividends on its Common Stock in
1996 or in the foreseeable future. The Board of Directors anticipates that all
cash flow generated from operations in the foreseeable future will be retained
and used to develop and expand TeleTech's business. Any future payment of
dividends will depend upon TeleTech's results of operations, financial
condition, cash requirements and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of
Directors.
11
<PAGE>
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth as of March 31, 1996 the Company's (i) actual
short-term debt and capitalization, (ii) short-term debt and capitalization on a
pro forma basis after giving effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion and (iii)
short-term debt and capitalization as adjusted to reflect the sale of Common
Stock offered hereby (at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.50 per
share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and the Offering expenses payable by the Company) and the application of the net
proceeds therefrom as described herein under "Use of Proceeds."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, 1996
--------------------------------------
PRO FORMA
ACTUAL PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED
--------- ------------- ------------
(UNAUDITED, IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt.............. $ 5,819 $ 5,819 $ 2,319(1)
--------- ------------- ------------
--------- ------------- ------------
Long-term debt, net of current portion (2)............................... $ 6,536 $ 6,536 $ 6,536
--------- ------------- ------------
Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $6.45 per
share (3)............................................................... 13,079 -- --
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, par value $.01 per share (4)............................. 417 510 550
Additional paid-in capital............................................. 7,067 20,053 76,310
Cumulative translation adjustment...................................... 141 141 141
Unearned compensation--restricted stock................................ (380) (380) (380)
Treasury stock (5)..................................................... -- -- (988)
Retained earnings...................................................... 2,584 2,584 2,584
--------- ------------- ------------
Total stockholders' equity........................................... 9,829 22,908 78,217
--------- ------------- ------------
Total capitalization............................................... $ 29,444 $ 29,444 $ 84,753
--------- ------------- ------------
--------- ------------- ------------
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1) Reflects repayment of the March 31, 1996 balances outstanding under the line
of credit.
(2) See notes 4, 5 and 7 to the Financial Statements contained elsewhere herein
for information regarding the Company's long-term debt.
(3) The 1,860,000 shares of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock,
including accrued dividends thereon of $1.1 million, will be converted into
9,300,000 shares of Common Stock. See note 11 to the Financial Statements
contained elsewhere herein.
(4) Does not include 7,750,000 shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of
outstanding options under the Option Plan and the Directors Option Plan. At
July 15, 1996, options to acquire 4,800,580 shares were outstanding under
the Option Plan and options to acquire 237,500 shares were outstanding under
the Directors Option Plan, which options have a weighted average exercise
price of $ per share and $5.00 per share, respectively. See
"Management--Compensation of Directors," "Management--Executive
Compensation," "Management--TeleTech Stock Option Plan."
(5) Reflects the Company's acquisition of 98,810 shares of Common Stock from one
of the Selling Shareholders immediately prior to the closing of the
Offering, which shares will be held as treasury stock. See "Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions."
12
<PAGE>
DILUTION
The pro forma net tangible book value of TeleTech as of March 31, 1996,
after giving effect to the five-for-one stock split and the Preferred Stock
Conversion, was $16,635,826, or $0.33 per share of Common Stock. "Net tangible
book value" per share is equal to the aggregate tangible assets of TeleTech less
its aggregate liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding on March 31, 1996. After giving effect to the estimated net proceeds
to TeleTech of the Offering, the pro forma net tangible book value of TeleTech
as of March 31, 1996 would have been approximately $71,945,226, or $1.31 per
share of Common Stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible
book value per share of $1.00 to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution
in net tangible book value per share of $14.19 to purchasers of Common Stock in
the Offering, as illustrated in the following table:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.............................. $ 15.50
Net tangible book value per share at March 31, 1996.......................... $ 0.33
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new
investors................................................................... 0.98
---------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offering............... $ 1.31
---------
Dilution per share to new investors.......................................... $ 14.19
---------
---------
</TABLE>
TeleTech has reserved an aggregate of 7,750,000 shares of Common Stock, as
adjusted to reflect the five-for-one stock split of the Company's Common Stock,
for issuance upon exercise of outstanding options and future awards under the
Option Plan and the Directors Option Plan. As of July 15, 1996, there were
outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 4,800,580 shares of Common Stock
under the Option Plan, at a weighted average price of $ per share, and
outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 237,500 shares of Common Stock
under the Directors Option Plan, at a price of $5.00 per share. Of the
foregoing, options to purchase an aggregate of 788,333 shares of Common Stock
were exercisable as of July 15, 1996. See "Management--Stock Option Plan" and
"Management--Compensation of Directors."
The following table sets forth as of July 15, 1996 the relative investments
of the existing TeleTech stockholders and of the new investors, giving pro forma
effect to (i) the sale by TeleTech of 4,000,000 shares and the sale by the
Selling Stockholders of 2,220,000 shares of the Common Stock being offered
hereby, at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.50 per share, (ii)
the five-for-one stock split and (iii) consummation of the Preferred Stock
Conversion:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES PURCHASED TOTAL CONSIDERATION
------------------------- --------------------------- AVERAGE PRICE
NUMBER PERCENT AMOUNT PERCENT PER SHARE
------------ ----------- -------------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Existing stockholders............................. 48,826,240 89% $ 19,667,000 17% $ 0.40
New investors..................................... 6,220,000 11% 96,410,000 83% $ 15.50
------------ ----- -------------- -----
Total......................................... 55,046,240(1) 100% $ 116,077,000 100%
------------ ----- -------------- -----
------------ ----- -------------- -----
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1) Includes 98,810 shares of Common Stock that will be held by the Company as
treasury stock following the closing of the Offering. See "Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions."
The foregoing table assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment
option and no exercise of options outstanding. To the extent that any of such
options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.
13
<PAGE>
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and the Financial Statements and the related notes appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus. The following table presents selected (a)
consolidated and combined financial data for TeleTech for (i) the year ended
January 31, 1992, which have been derived from reviewed financial statements;
(ii) the year ended January 31, 1993, which have been derived from audited
financial statements; (iii) the eleven months ended December 31, 1993, which
have been derived from financial statements (including those set forth elsewhere
in this Prospectus) that have been audited by Gumbiner, Savett, Finkel,
Fingleson & Rose, Inc., independent public accountants (formerly Gumbiner,
Savett, Friedman and Rose, Inc.); (iv) each of the two years in the period ended
December 31, 1995, which are derived from financial statements (including those
set forth elsewhere in this Prospectus) that have been audited by Arthur
Andersen LLP, independent public accountants; and (v) the three months ended
March 31, 1995 and 1996; and (b) unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data
for the year ended December 31, 1995. The selected financial data for the three
months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 are derived from unaudited financial
statements that, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments,
consisting principally of normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair
presentation of such data. The results for the three months ended March 31, 1996
are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ELEVEN
MONTHS THREE MONTHS
YEAR ENDED ENDED YEAR ENDED ENDED
JANUARY 31, DECEMBER DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
------------------- 31, -------------------- ----------------
1993 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
------- ---------- ---------- ------- ------- -------
PRO
FORMA (1)
YEAR ENDED
1992 DECEMBER
--------- 31,
1995
(UNAUDITED) ----------
(UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND OPERATING DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues................................ $ 5,751 $13,814 $19,520 $ 35,462 $50,467 $60,706 $10,412 $22,019
Costs of services..................... 2,703 7,324 10,727 17,406 27,246 31,239 5,469 11,194
SG&A expenses......................... 3,380 6,240 7,956 15,860 18,625 24,908 4,329 8,102
--------- ------- ---------- ---------- ------- ---------- ------- -------
Income (loss) from operations........... (332) 250 837 2,196 4,596 4,559 614 2,723
Other income (expenses)................. 707 (125) (299) (481) 2,489(2) 2,784(2) 2,338 (2) (464)
Provision for (benefit of) income
taxes.................................. 161 73 (10) 20 2,929 3,353 1,324 1,001
--------- ------- ---------- ---------- ------- ---------- ------- -------
Net income.............................. $ 214 $ 52 $ 548 $ 1,695 $ 4,156(2) $ 3,990(2) $1,628 (2) $ 1,258
--------- ------- ---------- ---------- ------- ---------- ------- -------
--------- ------- ---------- ---------- ------- ---------- ------- -------
Pro forma net income.................... $ 214 $ 52 $ 299(3) $ 1,037(3) $ 4,156(2) $ 3,990(2) $1,628 (2) $ 1,258
--------- ------- ---------- ---------- ------- ---------- ------- -------
--------- ------- ---------- ---------- ------- ---------- ------- -------
Pro forma net income per share of Common
Stock and equivalents (4).............. $ -- $ -- $ .01(3) $ .02(3) $ .08(2) $ .07(2) $ .03 (2) $ .02
Weighted average shares outstanding
(4).................................... 43,843 43,843 43,843 43,843 54,402 54,402 54,331 54,426
OPERATING DATA:
Number of Call Centers................ 1 1 2 2 3 3 9
Number of workstations................ 300 300 560 560 960 960 3,107
</TABLE>
(FOOTNOTES ON NEXT PAGE)
14
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, 1996
JANUARY 31, DECEMBER 31, ----------------------
------------------------ ------------------------------- PRO
1993 1993 1994 1995 ACTUAL FORMA (5)
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -----------
PRO FORMA
DECEMBER 31,
1992 1995 (1)
------------- -------------
(UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital
(deficit)............ $ 221 $ (250) $ (228) $ (780) $ 11,305 $ 8,340 $ 5,380 $ 5,380
Total assets.......... 2,238 4,617 12,034 10,102 30,583 39,882 49,454 49,454
Long-term debt, net of
current portion...... 828 1,416 3,528 2,463 3,590 5,468 6,536 6,536
Total stockholders'
equity............... 338 394 942 2,197 3,791 8,220 9,829 22,908
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA AS
ADJUSTED (6)
-------------
<S> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital
(deficit)............ $ 60,689
Total assets.......... 101,264
Long-term debt, net of
current portion...... 6,536
Total stockholders'
equity............... 78,217
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) Reflects the consolidated operating results and financial position of Access
24 and its subsidiaries, which were acquired by the Company effective
January 1, 1996, as if such acquisition had been completed on January 1,
1995. Costs and expenses of Access 24 have been reflected, for purposes of
this presentation, as costs of services.
(2) Includes the $2.4 million pre-tax net proceeds of a one-time payment made by
a former client to TeleTech in connection with such client's early
termination of a contract.
(3) During 1993 and 1994, the Company was an S corporation and, accordingly, was
not subject to federal income taxes. Pro forma net income includes a
provision for income taxes at an effective rate of 44.4% for the 11 months
ended December 31, 1993 and 39.5% for the year ended December 31, 1994.
(4) Calculated in the manner described in note 1 to the Financial Statements.
(5) Reflects the conversion of 1,860,000 shares of Preferred Stock into
9,300,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Preferred Stock Conversion.
(6) Reflects the sale of 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock being offered by
TeleTech at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.50 per share
(net of approximately $5.7 million of estimated offering expenses and
underwriting discounts and commissions) and the application of the estimated
net proceeds therefrom, including repayment of short-term indebtedness. See
"Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
15
<PAGE>
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed income statement
gives effect to the acquisition of Access 24 as if it had occurred on January 1,
1995 and does not purport to represent what the Company's results of operations
actually would have been if such transactions had in fact occurred on such date.
See "Business--International Operations." The pro forma adjustments are based on
currently available information and upon certain assumptions that management
believes are reasonable under current circumstances. The unaudited pro forma
consolidated financial information and accompanying notes should be read in
conjunction with the Financials Statements and the related notes thereto, and
other financial information pertaining to the Company and Access 24 including
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Business--International Operations," included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
------------------------------------------------------
TELETECH
--------- ACCESS 24 ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
------------ ---------------- -----------
(UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA: (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Revenues................................................... $ 50,467 $ 10,239 $ -- $ 60,706
Operating expenses......................................... 45,871 10,036(1) 240 (2)(3 56,147
--------- ------------ ----- -----------
Income (loss) from operations.............................. 4,596 203 (240) 4,559
Other income............................................... 2,489 295 -- 2,784
Provision for income taxes................................. 2,929 424 -- 3,353
--------- ------------ ----- -----------
Net income (loss).......................................... $ 4,156 $ 74 (240 ) $ 3,990
--------- ------------ ----- -----------
--------- ------------ ----- -----------
Pro forma net income per share............................. $ .08 $ .07
Shares used in computing pro forma net income per share
(4)....................................................... 54,402 54,402
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1) Includes approximately $300,000 associated with the opening of a Call Center
in the United Kingdom and a $141,000 write-off of an unrecoverable loan
associated with the disposition of an unrelated business.
(2) Includes $422,000 of amortization of goodwill arising from the Company's
acquisition of Access 24. The Company acquired 100% of the capital stock of
Access 24 on January 1, 1996 for total consideration of $7.1 million,
consisting of $2.3 million in cash and 970,240 shares of Common Stock. In
addition, the Company incurred approximately $255,000 of legal and other
costs related to the acquisition. The Company allocated the purchase price
based upon the fair market value of the assets acquired and the liabilities
assumed. The following is a summary of the purchase price allocation:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Assets acquired:
<S> <C>
Cash and cash investments................................................. $ 603,000
Accounts receivable....................................................... 1,467,000
Property, plant and equipment............................................. 3,119,000
Goodwill.................................................................. 6,380,000
Other assets.............................................................. 636,000
----------
$12,205,000
----------
Liabilities assumed:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.................................. (1,750,000)
Debt and capital lease obligations........................................ (2,472,000)
Other liabilities......................................................... (612,000)
----------
(4,834,000)
----------
$7,371,000
----------
----------
</TABLE>
The Company is amortizing goodwill arising from the acquisition using the
straight line method over an estimated life of 15 years.
(3) Includes a $182,000 credit to eliminate Access 24's historical amortization
of goodwill.
(4) Includes outstanding shares of common stock and common stock equivalents.
16
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW
TeleTech generates its revenues by providing customer care solutions, both
from TeleTech-owned Call Centers (fully outsourced) and client-owned Call
Centers (facilities management). The Company normally bills for its services
based on the amount of time Representatives devote to a client's program and
revenues are typically recognized as services are provided. The Company seeks to
enter into multi-year contracts that cannot be terminated early except upon the
payment of a contractually agreed amount. In 1995, revenues from multi-year
contracts represented 64% of total revenues. Approximately 60% of such
multi-year contract revenues were attributable to contracts that contain a
provision requiring the client to pay the Company a contractually agreed amount
in the event of early termination of the contract. In the second half of 1995,
the Company signed large, multi-year contracts with United Parcel Service and
CompuServe and obtained additional business from AT&T for programs commencing
principally in the first quarter of 1996. Accordingly, management expects
revenues from multi-year contracts to increase as a percentage of total revenues
in 1996.
TeleTech's profitability is significantly influenced by its Call Center
capacity utilization. The Company seeks to optimize new and existing Call Center
capacity utilization during both peak (weekday) and off-peak (night and weekend)
periods to achieve maximum fixed cost absorption. The Company carefully plans
the development and opening of new Call Centers to minimize the financial impact
resulting from excess capacity. To enable the Company to respond rapidly to
changing market demands, implement new programs and expand existing programs,
TeleTech may require additional Call Center capacity. TeleTech currently plans
to open one additional Call Center and expand an existing Call Center by the end
of 1996. If, prior to the opening or expansion of a Call Center, the Company has
not contracted with clients for the provision of services that will fully
utilize peak period capacity, TeleTech may experience, at least in the
short-term, excess Call Center capacity. The Company's results of operations
have not been materially adversely affected by peak period capacity
underutilization, other than for a brief period during 1995 following the
Company's opening of its Burbank Call Center. See "--1995 Compared to 1994" and
"Risk Factors--Difficulties of Managing Rapid Growth."
The Company records costs specifically associated with client programs as
costs of services. These costs, which include direct labor wages and benefits,
telecommunication charges, sales commissions and certain facility costs, are
primarily variable in nature. All other expenses of operations, including
expenses attributable to technology support, sales and marketing, human resource
management and other administrative functions and Call Center operational
expenses that are not allocable to specific programs are recorded as selling,
general and administrative ("SG&A") expenses. SG&A expenses tend to be either
semi-variable or fixed in nature. Historically, the majority of the Company's
operating expenses have consisted of labor costs. Accordingly, Representative
wage rates, which comprise the majority of the Company's labor costs, have been
and are expected to continue to be a key component of the Company's expenses.
The cost characteristics of TeleTech's fully outsourced programs differ
significantly from the cost characteristics of its facilities management
programs. Under facilities management programs, Call Centers are owned by the
client but are staffed and managed by TeleTech. Accordingly, facilities
management programs have higher costs of services as a percentage of revenues
and lower SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenues than fully outsourced
programs. As a result, the Company expects that its overall gross margin will
fluctuate as revenues attributable to fully outsourced programs vary in
proportion to revenues attributable to facilities management programs. Based on
the foregoing, management believes that, for purposes of measuring profitability
on a period-to-period basis, operating margin, which is income from operations
expressed as a percentage of revenues, may be less subject to fluctuation as the
proportion of the Company's business portfolio attributable to fully outsourced
programs versus facilities management programs changes. Because the Company did
not begin significant operations under its first, and to date only, facilities
management agreement until April 1996, the Company did not generate material
revenues from facilities management programs during any periods covered by the
Financial Statements.
17
<PAGE>
TeleTech's revenues and income from operations have grown significantly over
the past three years. During this period, the Company's revenues have grown from
$19.5 million for the 11 months ended December 31, 1993 to $50.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 1995 and operating margin has increased from 4.3% in
1993 to 9.1% in 1995. The significant growth in revenues and operating margin is
the result of increased revenues from new and existing contracts and utilization
of additional capacity resulting from the February 1995 opening of the Burbank
Call Center. In the first quarter of 1996, the Company's operating margin rose
to 12.4%. Management attributes this growth to the successful implementation of
the Company's strategy of developing long-term strategic relationships with
large corporate clients in targeted industries and the Company's resulting
ability to spread its fixed costs over a larger revenue base.
The Company acquired Access 24 and its subsidiaries effective January 1,
1996 for consideration of $2.3 million in cash and 970,240 shares of Common
Stock. Access 24's consolidated results of operations are included in the
Company's operating results beginning with the first quarter of 1996. The
operations of Access 24, which consist of inbound, client-branded customer care
services, have been substantially integrated into TeleTech's operations through
the standardization of Access 24's technology, workstation configuration,
business processes and operational and financial reporting with TeleTech's
systems. Access 24 typically bills its clients monthly, based on the number of
customers enrolled in a client's program, pursuant to multi-year agreements.
Access 24 is headquartered in Sydney, Australia with Call Centers in Australia
and New Zealand. On April 30, 1996, the Company sold a 50% interest in Access 24
Limited, the Company's United Kingdom subsidiary that owns and operates a Call
Center in London, for $3.8 million to PPP Healthcare Group plc, a large private
health insurer in the United Kingdom. The Company realized an after-tax gain of
approximately $1.6 million on this sale in the second quarter of 1996. TeleTech
will account for its investment in Access 24 Limited as an unconsolidated
subsidiary. See "Business--International Operations," "Risk
Factors--Difficulties of Completing and Integrating Acquisitions and Joint
Ventures" and the Consolidated Financial Statements of Access 24 contained
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
During 1993 and 1994, the Company was an S corporation and, accordingly, was
not subject to income taxes. Pro forma net income includes a provision for
federal income taxes at an effective rate of 44.4% for the 11 months ended
December 31, 1993 and 39.5% for the year ended December 31, 1994.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth certain income statement data as a percentage
of revenues:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
------------------------------------ -----------------------
1993(1) 1994 1995 1995 1996
----------- --------- ------------ ------------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues.............................................. 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Costs of services................................... 54.9 49.1 54.0 52.5 50.8
SG&A expenses....................................... 40.8 44.7 36.9 41.6 36.8
Income from operations................................ 4.3 6.2 9.1 5.9 12.4
Other income (expenses)............................... (1.5) (1.4) 4.9(2) 22.5(2) (2.1)
Provision for income taxes (3)........................ -- -- 5.8 12.8 4.6
Net income (3)........................................ 2.8 4.8 8.2(2) 15.6(2) 5.7
Pro forma net income (3).............................. 1.5 2.9 8.2(2) 15.6(2) 5.7
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1) Includes only eleven months due to a change in the Company's fiscal year
end.
(2) Includes the $2.4 million pre-tax net proceeds of a one-time payment made by
a former client to TeleTech in the first quarter of 1995 in connection with
such client's early termination of a contract (the "One-Time Payment").
(3) During 1993 and 1994, the Company was an S corporation and, accordingly, was
not subject to federal income taxes. Pro forma net income includes a
provision for income taxes at an effective rate of 44.4% for the 11 months
ended December 31, 1993 and 39.5% for the year ended December 31, 1994.
18
<PAGE>
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995
REVENUES. Revenues increased $11.6 million, or 111.5%, to $22.0 million for
the first quarter of 1996 from $10.4 million for the first quarter of 1995. This
increase resulted from revenues of $9.4 million generated from new clients and
$3.3 million in revenues of Access 24, which was acquired in the first quarter
of 1996. These increases were partially offset by the loss of $1.1 million in
revenues due to the expiration of certain contracts. The Company's program for
Continental Airlines was completed in March 1996 and, due to Continental's
excess in-house call center capacity, was not renewed. The lost revenues from
the expiration of the Continental Airlines program were more than offset in the
first quarter of 1996 by revenues from new clients. The Company received prior
notice that Continental Airlines would not renew its contract upon expiration
and redeployed to new programs all of the workstations that previously had been
dedicated to the Continental Airlines program. Consequently, there was no
material capacity underutilization due to the loss of the Continental Airlines
program; however, there can be no assurance that the Company's loss of another
large client would not result in substantial underutilized capacity. Revenues
for the first quarter of 1996 reflect the first period in which the Burbank Call
Center, which opened in February 1995, was fully utilized and additional
capacity in the Denver Call Center, which was expanded in February 1996.
COSTS OF SERVICES. Costs of services increased $5.7 million, or 104.7%, to
$11.2 million for the first quarter of 1996 from $5.5 million for the first
quarter of 1995. Costs of services decreased as a percentage of revenues to
50.8% for the first quarter of 1996 from 52.5% for the first quarter of 1995.
This change was primarily due to increased productivity as revenues increased at
a faster rate than personnel costs.
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE. SG&A expenses increased $3.8 million,
or 87.2%, to $8.1 million for the first quarter of 1996 from $4.3 million for
the first quarter of 1995. As a percentage of revenues, SG&A expenses decreased
to 36.8% for the first quarter of 1996 from 41.6% for the first quarter of 1995
reflecting economies of scale associated with spreading fixed and semi-variable
costs over a larger revenue base. This decrease primarily resulted from a 3.5%
decrease in wage expense as a percentage of revenues.
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS. Operating income increased $2.1 million, or 343.5%,
to $2.7 million in the first quarter of 1996 from $614,000 during the first
quarter of 1995. Operating income as a percentage of revenues increased to 12.4%
in the first quarter of 1996 from 5.9% in the same period in 1995.
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES). Other income (expenses) decreased $2.8 million, or
(119.8%), to ($464,000) for the first quarter of 1996 from $2.3 million for the
first quarter of 1995. This decrease primarily resulted from the One-Time
Payment.
NET INCOME. As a result of the foregoing factors, net income decreased
$370,000, or 22.7%, to $1.3 million for the first quarter of 1996 from $1.6
million for the first quarter of 1995. Excluding the One-Time Payment, net
income for the three months ended March 31, 1995 would have been $116,000.
Accordingly, net income would have increased $1.1 million, or 984.5%, in the
first quarter of 1996 compared to the same period in 1995.
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS -- SECOND QUARTER RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995
REVENUES. Revenues increased $34.3 million, or 153.8%, to $56.6 million for
the six months ended June 30, 1996 from $22.3 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1995. The increase resulted from $5.8 million in revenues of Access 24,
which was acquired in the first quarter of 1996, $22.1 million in revenues from
new clients (including $7.1 million attributable to the facilities management
agreement with United Parcel Service), and $14.0 million in increased revenues
from existing clients. These increases were offset by contract expirations and
other client reductions, including the loss of $3.5 million in revenues due to
the expiration of the Continental Airlines contract in the first quarter of
1996. Revenues in the six months ended June 30, 1996 also reflect the additional
capacity provided by the opening of the Thornton Call Center in April 1996.
COSTS OF SERVICES. Costs of services increased $19.8 million, or 166.4%, to
$31.7 millon for the six months ended June 30, 1996 from $11.9 million for the
six months ended June 30, 1995. Costs of services as a
19
<PAGE>
percentage of revenues increased from 53.4% for the six months ended June 30,
1995 to 56.0% for the six months ended June 30, 1996. This increase in the costs
of services as a percentage of revenues is a result of the $7.1 million of
revenues received in the second quarter of 1996 from the Company's facilities
management program, under which the Company commenced significant operations in
April 1996. This program has lower billing rates and, accordingly, higher costs
of services as a percentage of revenues than fully outsourced programs. There
were no facilities management program revenues in the six months ended June 30,
1995.
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE. SG&A expenses increased $10.0 million,
or 116.3%, to $18.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 from $8.6
million for the six months ended June 30, 1995. This increase is almost entirely
the result of increased revenues during the period. SG&A expenses as a
percentage of revenues decreased from 38.5% for the six months ended June 30,
1995 to 32.8% for the six months ended June 30, 1996, primarily due to the
impact of the Company's facilities management program, which provided $7.1
million in revenues but resulted in insignificant additional SG&A expenses, and
also as a result of the spreading of fixed costs over a larger revenue base.
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS. As a result of the foregoing factors, operating
income increased $4.5 million, or 250.0%, to $6.3 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 from $1.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995.
Operating income as a percentage of revenues increased from 8.1% for the six
months ended June 30, 1995 to 11.1% for the six months ended June 30, 1996.
Operating income was $2.7 million, representing 12.4% of revenues, for the first
three months of 1996. The decrease in operating income as a percentage of
revenues for the first six months of 1996 from the first three months of 1996
resulted primarily from approximately $900,000 in costs relating to the rapid
expansion of a recently introduced program for a major client, which costs were
incurred principally in the second quarter of 1996. During the three months
ended June 30, 1996, the Company had $10.6 million in increased revenues from
clients for which the Company commenced operations in the first quarter of 1996.
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE). Other expense increased $2.9 million to $544,000
for the six months ended June 30, 1996 compared to other income of $2.4 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1995, which increase in other expense is
primarily due to the impact of the One-Time Payment during the first quarter of
1995.
NET INCOME. As a result of the foregoing factors, net income increased
$898,000 or 37.4%, to $3.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 from
$2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995. Excluding the One-Time
Payment, net income for the six months ended June 30, 1995 would have been
$908,000. Accordingly net income would have increased $2.4 million, or 264.3%,
in the first six months of 1996 compared to the first six months of 1995.
1995 COMPARED TO PRO FORMA 1995
Pro forma 1995 reflects the combined operating results of TeleTech and
Access 24, as if Access 24 had been acquired by TeleTech on January 1, 1995. For
the 12 months ended December 31, 1995, Access 24 had revenue of $10.2 million, a
loss from operations of approximately $37,000 and a net loss of $166,000. The
results for such period reflect amortization of $422,000 of goodwill arising
from the Company's acquisition of Access 24, approximately $300,000 of expenses
associated with the opening of a Call Center in the United Kingdom and a
$141,000 write-off of an unrecoverable loan associated with the disposition of
an unrelated business. On April 30, 1996, the Company sold a 50% interest in the
London Call Center to PPP, a large private health insurer in the United Kingdom.
See "Business--International Operations."
1995 COMPARED TO 1994
REVENUES. Revenues increased $15.0 million, or 42.3%, to $50.5 million in
1995 from $35.5 million in 1994, reflecting an increase in revenues from
existing clients of approximately $6.4 million and revenues from new clients of
approximately $17.8 million. These increases were partially offset by the
expiration without renewal of certain other client contracts. See "Other Income
(Expenses)" below.
COSTS OF SERVICES. Costs of services increased $9.8 million, or 56.5%, to
$27.2 million in 1995 from $17.4 million in 1994. The increase in costs of
services is primarily the result of the $15 million increase in revenues
20
<PAGE>
for the period and the related increase in direct costs. Costs of services as a
percentage of revenues increased to 54.0% in 1995 from 49.1% in 1994. The
majority of this percentage increase resulted from the start-up of the Burbank
Call Center in February 1995, which was not fully utilized immediately after
opening. Consequently, operating costs represented a comparatively higher
percentage of revenues. In addition, during 1995 a higher proportion of total
expenses were classified as costs of services as the Company was able to
allocate to specific client programs costs that previously had been allocated
among multiple client programs as SG&A expenses. The Company's enhanced ability
to identify costs related to specific programs resulted from improvements in the
Company's systems as well as from the consolidation of accounting and financial
functions at the Company's headquarters in Denver.
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE. SG&A expenses increased $2.8 million,
or 17.4%, to $18.6 million in 1995 from $15.9 million in 1994. As a percentage
of revenues, SG&A expenses decreased to 36.9% in 1995 from 44.7% in 1994. A
substantial part of this change resulted from a 4.0% reduction in wage expense
as a percentage of revenues.
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS. Income from operations increased $2.4 million, or
109.3%, to $4.6 million in 1995 from $2.2 million 1994. Operating income as a
percentage of revenues increased to 9.1% in 1995 from 6.2% in 1994.
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES). Other income (expenses) increased $3.0 million to
$2.5 million in 1995 from ($481,000) in 1994. This increase resulted from the
One-Time Payment as well as increased interest income attributable to the $12.0
million proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Preferred Stock in
1995.
NET INCOME AND PRO FORMA NET INCOME. Net income increased $2.5 million, or
145.2%, to $4.2 million in 1995 from $1.7 million in 1994. As a result of the
foregoing factors, net income in 1995 increased $3.1 million, or 300.7%, to $4.2
million from pro forma net income of $1.0 million in 1994. Excluding the One-
Time Payment, net income for 1995 would have been $2.6 million. Accordingly, net
income for 1995 would have increased $1.6 million, or 155.0%, over pro forma
income of $1.0 million for 1994.
1994 COMPARED TO 1993
During 1993, the Company changed its fiscal year to December 31. As a
result, the 1993 fiscal year consists of the eleven months ended December 31,
1993.
REVENUES. Revenues increased $15.9 million, or 81.7%, to $35.5 million in
1994 from $19.5 million in 1993. This increase consisted primarily of $14.2
million of revenues generated from new clients, with the remaining increase
generated from existing clients. The increase reflects a full year of operations
of the Denver Call Center, which generated $13.9 million of revenue in 1994
versus $2.9 million of revenue in 1993.
COSTS OF SERVICES. Costs of services increased $6.7 million, or 62.3%, to
$17.4 million in 1994 from $10.7 million in 1993. Costs of services decreased as
a percentage of revenues to 49.1% in 1994 from 54.9% in 1993. Much of this
percentage decrease resulted from an increased proportion of services being
performed in 1994 for higher-margin client programs compared to in 1993.
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE. SG&A expenses increased $7.9 million,
or 99.3%, to $15.9 million in 1994 from $8.0 million in 1993. SG&A expenses
increased as a percentage of revenues to 44.7% in 1994 from 40.8% in 1993. Much
of this increase resulted from increased compensation expense associated with
growth in administrative functions necessary to support projected expansion.
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS. Income from operations increased $1.4 million, or
162.4%, to $2.2 million in 1994 from $837,000 in 1993. Operating income as a
percentage of revenues increased to 6.2% in 1994 from 4.3% in 1993.
PRO FORMA NET INCOME. As a result of the foregoing factors, and a decrease
in the effective tax rate to 39.5% for the year ended December 31, 1994 from
44.4% for the 11 months ended December 31, 1993, pro forma net income increased
$738,000, or 246.8%, to $1.0 million in 1994 from $299,000 in 1993.
21
<PAGE>
QUARTERLY RESULTS
The information set forth below is derived from unaudited quarterly
operating results of the Company for each quarter of 1994 and 1995 and the first
quarter of 1996. The data has been prepared by the Company on a basis consistent
with the Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus and includes
all adjustments, consisting principally of normal recurring accruals, that the
Company considers necessary for a fair presentation thereof. These operating
results are not necessarily indicative of the Company's future performance.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1994 1995
---------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
MAR 31 JUN 30 SEP 30 DEC 31 MAR 31(1) JUN 30 SEP 30 DEC 31
----------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- --------- --------- ---------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues......................... $ 8,976 $ 8,406 $ 8,080 $ 10,000 $ 10,412 $ 11,879 $ 12,692 $ 15,484
Costs of services.............. 4,715 4,314 3,719 4,658 5,469 6,407 6,899 8,471
SG&A expenses.................. 3,556 4,014 3,702 4,588 4,329 4,265 4,575 5,456
Income from operations........... 705 78 659 754 614 1,207 1,218 1,557
Other income (expenses).......... (118) (154) (102) (107) 2,338(1) 35 38 78
Provision for (benefit of) income
taxes........................... 15 (3) 2 6 1,324 449 394 762
Net income....................... 572 (73) 555 641 1,628 793 862 873
Pro forma net income (2)......... 359 (49) 336 391 1,628 793 862 873
Pro forma net income per share... .01 -- .01 .01 .03 .01 .02 .02
Weighted average shares
outstanding..................... 43,843 43,843 43,843 43,843 54,331 54,402 54,402 54,402
<CAPTION>
1996
---------
MAR 31
---------
<S> <C>
Revenues......................... $ 22,019
Costs of services.............. 11,194
SG&A expenses.................. 8,102
Income from operations........... 2,723
Other income (expenses).......... (464)
Provision for (benefit of) income
taxes........................... 1,001
Net income....................... 1,258
Pro forma net income (2)......... 1,258
Pro forma net income per share... .02
Weighted average shares
outstanding..................... 54,426
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth certain income statement data as a percentage
of revenues:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1994 1995 1996
------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------ ---------
MAR 31 JUN 30 SEP 30 DEC 31 MAR 31 JUN 30 SEP 30 DEC 31 MAR 31
--------- --------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues.................. 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Costs of services....... 52.5 51.3 46.0 46.6 52.5 53.9 54.4 54.7 50.8
SG&A expenses........... 39.6 47.8 45.8 45.9 41.6 35.9 36.0 35.2 36.8
Income from operations.... 7.9 0.9 8.2 7.5 5.9 10.2 9.6 10.1 12.4
Other income (expenses)... (1.3) (1.8) (1.3) (1.0) 22.4(1) 0.3 0.3 0.5 (2.1)
Provision for (benefit of)
income taxes............. 0.2 -- -- -- 12.7 3.8 3.1 4.9 4.6
Net income................ 6.4 (0.9) 6.9 6.5 15.6(1) 6.7 6.8 5.7 5.7
Pro Forma net income...... 4.0 (0.6) 4.2(2) 3.9(2) 15.6 6.7 6.8 5.7 5.7
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) Includes the One-Time Payment.
(2) During 1993 and 1994, the Company was an S corporation and, accordingly, was
not subject to federal income taxes. Pro forma net income includes a
provision for income taxes at an effective rate of 44.4% for the 11 months
ended December 31, 1993 and 39.5% for the year ended December 31, 1994.
The Company has experienced and in the future could experience quarterly
variations in revenues as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are
outside the Company's control, including: the timing of new contracts, the
timing of new product or service offerings or modifications in client
strategies; the expiration or termination of existing contracts; the timing of
increased expenses incurred to obtain and support new business; changes in the
Company's revenue mix among its various service offerings; and the seasonal
pattern of certain of the businesses serviced by the Company. In addition, the
Company's planned staffing levels, investments and other operating expenditures
are based on revenue forecasts. If revenues are below expectations in any given
quarter, the Company's financial results would likely be materially adversely
affected for that quarter.
For the quarterly periods in 1994, revenues fluctuated principally due to a
reduction in services provided for, and the ultimate termination of, a large
client program in the first half of 1994. The decrease in revenues from this
client program was partially offset in the third quarter of 1994 by revenues
from programs for new clients of $2.6 million and fully offset in the fourth
quarter of 1994 by revenues relating to increased services
22
<PAGE>
for new and existing clients, aggregating $3.4 million. The revenue increases
throughout 1995 reflect $6.3 million from increased services provided for
existing clients and $17.8 million from the addition of certain new clients.
In 1994, costs of services declined from 52.5% of revenues in the first
quarter to 46.6% in the fourth quarter due to the implementation of certain
higher margin programs. Costs of services as a percentage of revenues increased
from 46.6% in the fourth quarter of 1994 to 52.5% in the first quarter of 1995.
This $590,000 increase primarily resulted from the increase in the costs
allocated to the specific client programs for which the costs were incurred. See
the discussion under "1995 Compared to 1994." For the final three quarters of
1995, costs of services ranged between 53.9% and 54.7% of revenues, but declined
to 50.8% in the first quarter of 1996 due to increased productivity resulting
from higher Call Center capacity utilization.
SG&A expenses increased from 39.6% of revenues in the first quarter of 1994
to 47.8% in the second quarter of 1994 due to a lower revenue base, costs
associated with the relocation of the Company's corporate offices to Denver,
Colorado and increased management staffing to support the Company's growth. SG&A
expenses decreased to 45.8% of revenues in the third quarter of 1994, due
principally to lower travel and advertising costs, and 45.9% of revenues in the
fourth quarter of 1994 as fixed and semi-variable costs were spread over a
larger revenue base. Despite a shift of certain costs from SG&A expenses to
costs of services in the first quarter of 1995, SG&A expenses as a percentage of
revenues were essentially unchanged due to increased overhead costs associated
with establishing the Company's Burbank Call Center without a corresponding
increase in revenues for the first quarter of 1995. Once the Burbank Call Center
became fully operational in the second quarter of 1995, SG&A expenses as a
percentage of revenues ranged from 35.2% to 36.8% from the second quarter of
1995 through the first quarter of 1996.
Income from operations fluctuated within the quarterly periods primarily
based on the factors noted above. Additionally, other income (expenses)
increased to $2.3 million in the first quarter of 1995 due to the One-Time
Payment. The provision for income taxes in the first quarter of 1995 reflects
the impacts of the One-Time Payment and the Company's change from an S
corporation to a C corporation.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Historically, TeleTech has funded its operations and capital expenditures
primarily through cash flow from operations, borrowings under several lines of
credit and the sale of $12.0 million of Preferred Stock in January 1995. The
Company has a $15.0 million unsecured revolving operating line of credit, which
expires on May 31, 1998. Borrowings under this line bear interest at various
rates that are selected by TeleTech each time a draw is made. At July 15, 1996,
outstanding borrowings under this facility were $10.0 million, which accrue
interest at rates varying from 6.63% to 6.75%. Borrowings under this line have
been used primarily for general corporate purposes. Under this line of credit,
the Company has agreed to maintain certain financial ratios and has agreed that,
during any fiscal year during which the line remains in place, it will not incur
operating lease expenses or make investments in fixed assets or in capital
leases in excess of $15.0 million in the aggregate.
In addition, the Company has two master lease agreements. Under one
agreement, the Company may lease equipment up to an aggregate value of $15.0
million. As of June 30, 1996, amounts outstanding under this agreement were
approximately $6.0 million. Lease rates under this agreement are based upon a
125 basis points spread over 3-year U.S. Treasury notes. Under the second
agreement, the Company's borrowings are approved, and specific terms are set, on
a case-by-case basis. As of June 30, 1996, the total amount outstanding under
this agreement was approximately $576,000.
Cash provided by operating activities was $3.1 million for the first quarter
of 1996, $3.3 million in 1995 and $3.2 million in 1994. From the beginning of
1994 through the first quarter of 1996, the Company generated an aggregate of
$9.5 million in cash from operating activities, consisting of $12.0 million of
total net income before depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges,
offset in part by $(2.5) million changes in working capital. Changes in working
capital consist primarily of fluctuations in accounts receivable, accounts
payable and accruals arising from the growth of the Company's operations.
23
<PAGE>
The amount of cash used by the Company in investing activities was $3.0
million for the first quarter of 1996 and $12.1 million and $1.9 million for
1995 and 1994, respectively. In the first quarter of 1996, the Company's capital
expenditures were $3.3 million, the Company used $2.3 million for the Access 24
acquisition and short-term investments decreased by $2.5 million. In 1995, the
Company's capital expenditures were $1.7 million and the Company's short-term
investments increased by $10.4 million. In 1994, capital expenditures were $1.9
million. Historically, capital expenditures have been, and future capital
expenditures are anticipated to be, primarily for the development of Call Center
facilities and the acquisition of equipment to support expansion of the
Company's existing Call Centers and expansion of and improvements to the
Company's call and data management systems and management information systems.
Capital expenditures, including new capital leases, equaled $5.8 million and
$2.1 million in 1995 and 1994, respectively. The Company currently expects to
make capital expenditures in 1996 of approximately $26 million, $3.3 million of
which was spent during the first quarter. Although the Company expects that
approximately $7.8 million of such capital expenditures will be used to purchase
computer hardware and software and to fund leasehold improvements required in
connection with the opening of one additional Call Center and the expansion of
an existing Call Center during 1996, as of July 15, 1996 the Company had not yet
made any commitments to incur any significant capital expenditures. Such
expenditures may be financed with internally generated funds, a portion of the
net proceeds of the Offering or through additional borrowings. See "Use of
Proceeds."
Cash provided by financing activities for the first quarter of 1996 was $0.5
million, representing borrowings on the Company's line of credit, net of capital
lease payments. In 1995, cash provided by financing activities of $8.8 million
resulted primarily from the sale of $12.0 million of Preferred Stock in January
1995, which was partially offset by $2.8 millon of loan repayments, tax
distributions and dividends paid by the Company to its principal stockholder. In
1994, the Company used $1.2 million for financing activities, consisting
primarily of repayments on the Company's bank line of credit and other long-term
debt.
The Company believes that the net proceeds of the Offering, together with
cash from operations, existing cash and available borrowings under its line of
credit and master lease agreements, will be sufficient to finance the Company's
current operations, planned capital expenditures and anticipated growth at least
through 1997. However, if the Company were to make any significant acquisitions
for cash, it may be necessary for the Company to obtain additional debt or
equity financing. The Company has no current plans, agreements or commitments,
and is not currently engaged in any negotiations, with respect to any such
acquisition; however any sale of additional equity or equity-related securities
could result in additional dilution to the Company's stockholders.
24
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
TeleTech is a leading provider of customer care solutions for Fortune 1000
companies. TeleTech's customer care solutions encompass a wide range of
telephone- and computer-based customer acquisition, retention and satisfaction
programs designed to maximize the long-term value of the relationships between
TeleTech's clients and their customers. Such programs involve all stages of the
customer relationship and consist of a variety of customer service and product
support activities, such as providing new product information, enrolling
customers in client programs, providing 24-hour technical and help desk support,
resolving customer complaints and conducting satisfaction surveys. TeleTech
works closely with its clients to rapidly design and implement large scale,
tailored customer care programs that provide comprehensive solutions to their
specific business needs.
TeleTech delivers its customer care services primarily through
customer-initiated ("inbound") telephone calls and also over the Internet.
Services are provided by trained customer care representatives
("Representatives") in response to an inquiry that a customer makes by calling a
toll-free telephone number or by sending an Internet message. Representatives
respond to these inquiries from TeleTech call centers ("Call Centers") utilizing
state-of-the-art workstations, which operate on TeleTech's advanced technology
platform, enabling the Representatives to provide rapid, single-call resolution.
This technology platform incorporates digital switching, client/server
technology, object-oriented software modules, relational database management
systems, proprietary call tracking management software, computer telephony
integration and interactive voice response. TeleTech historically has provided
services from Call Centers leased and equipped by TeleTech ("fully outsourced")
and, since April 1996, also has provided services from Call Centers leased and
equipped by a client ("facilities management").
TeleTech typically establishes long-term, strategic relationships,
formalized by multi-year contracts, with selected clients in the
telecommunications, technology, transportation, health care and financial
services industries. TeleTech targets clients in these industries because of
their complex product and service offerings and large customer bases, which
require frequent, often sophisticated, customer interactions. For example, the
Company recently entered into significant, multi-year contracts with CompuServe
and United Parcel Service and obtained additional business from AT&T.
The Company was founded in 1982 and has been providing inbound customer care
solutions since its inception. Between December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, the
Company opened, acquired or initiated management of six Call Centers. As of July
15, 1996, TeleTech owned, leased or managed eight Call Centers in the United
States and one in each of the United Kingdom, Australia and New Zealand equipped
with a total of 4,732 state-of-the-art workstations. TeleTech currently plans to
expand an existing Call Center and open one additional Call Center by the end of
1996. In the first quarter of 1996, approximately 95% of the Company's call
handling revenues were derived from inbound customer inquiries.
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
Companies today are finding it increasingly difficult to satisfy their
customers' needs for service and information. As products and services become
more complex and product and service choices multiply, customers require more
information to make intelligent purchase decisions and to use products and
services properly. In addition, as a result of the growth of consumer sales
through direct marketing channels (such as cable television shopping networks,
catalogs and the Internet), manufacturers are increasingly required to assume
the customer service burden traditionally handled by full service retailers. As
a result of these and other factors, the Company believes that consumers
consider the relative effectiveness, ease of use and responsiveness of customer
service and product support when evaluating comparable products or services, and
that superior customer care can provide a competitive advantage. Also, many
companies have realized that retaining customers generally is more profitable
than acquiring new customers and that high quality customer service is an
important factor in customer satisfaction and retention.
Many companies find it difficult to provide high-quality customer service
and product support without diverting significant resources away from their core
businesses. Historically, companies have provided customer service in-house
because they believed that the "customer interface" was too critical to be
25
<PAGE>
outsourced. Many now acknowledge that they do not have the core competencies or
are unwilling to invest the substantial resources necessary to provide
high-quality, inbound customer care services on a timely, cost effective basis.
As a result, a large and rapidly growing customer care outsourcing industry has
emerged. Management believes that large corporations are increasingly
outsourcing their telephone-based marketing and customer service activities as
part of an overall effort to focus internal resources on their core
competencies, improve operating efficiencies and reduce costs.
The teleservices industry is highly fragmented with the majority of
participants providing a limited range of services. Based on conversations with
current and prospective clients, TeleTech believes that companies considering
outsourcing their customer care activities increasingly are seeking a strategic
partner that can understand their business, can provide a comprehensive range of
services, and has the flexibility, management expertise, facilities and
technological and training resources to effectively and efficiently serve their
customers' long-term needs.
THE TELETECH SOLUTION
TeleTech develops and implements strategic customer care solutions designed
to improve the long-term value of its clients' customer relationships by
enhancing customer satisfaction and promoting long-term loyalty, which in turn
can increase each client's revenues and profitability. The Company devotes
significant resources to understanding a client's industry, products, services,
processes and culture and then designs programs to (i) improve the quality of
customer interactions, (ii) gather customer data and feedback, (iii) reduce the
operating costs associated with the delivery of customer service and product
support, (iv) minimize the client's required investment in and technology risks
associated with operating in-house call centers, (v) eliminate the client's need
to manage large numbers of call center employees and (vi) enable clients to
focus on their core competencies. These programs enable TeleTech to manage
inbound customer interactions in a manner that is seamless with the client's
operations and gives customers the impression that they are dealing directly
with the client. TeleTech effectively delivers these programs by rapidly
deploying the technology and human resources required to implement and manage
comprehensive customer care solutions.
TeleTech believes that its willingness to invest resources to identify the
customer needs of a potential client and its ability to quickly understand the
fundamental operations of a client's business differentiate TeleTech from its
competitors and enable it to offer unique and effective customer care solutions
and form strategic partnerships with its clients. By fully understanding a
client's industry, products, services, processes and culture, TeleTech can
design customized solutions that add value to a client's day-to-day interactions
with its customers. Additionally, TeleTech's responsive and flexible technology,
which can be easily expanded to meet demand, enables it to design customer care
programs that can be adapted quickly and cost effectively to meet changing
client and customer needs. TeleTech's open-systems, client/server technology can
be connected with its clients' information systems, enabling data gathered from
customer interactions to be reviewed and analyzed by TeleTech and its clients on
a real-time basis.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
Key elements of the Company's business strategy are to:
ENHANCE CLIENTS' RELATIONSHIPS WITH THEIR CUSTOMERS THROUGH INNOVATIVE
CUSTOMER CARE SOLUTIONS
The Company believes that enhancing the client's relationship with its
customers at each stage of the customer relationship is crucial to providing a
value-added solution to a client's customer service and product support needs.
TeleTech works closely with its clients to identify the particular needs of
their customers, design appropriate solutions and implement tailored customer
care programs. TeleTech designs solutions to be cost effective and to improve
the quality of customer interactions and foster long-term customer loyalty. As
part of its comprehensive solutions, TeleTech collects and provides to its
clients customer information that enables its clients to analyze and better
manage their customer bases while identifying new revenue generating
opportunities.
26
<PAGE>
DEVELOP LONG-TERM STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS WITH LARGE CLIENTS IN TARGETED
INDUSTRIES
TeleTech seeks to develop long-term strategic relationships with large
corporate clients in targeted industries. The Company focuses its marketing
efforts on industries containing companies with complex product and service
offerings and with large customer bases that require frequent, often
sophisticated, customer interactions. To establish long-term strategic
relationships with its clients, TeleTech typically enters into multi-year
contracts that generate recurring revenues for TeleTech and utilize its
technology, human resource and training investments. The Company has established
strategic business units ("SBUs"), with dedicated business development
personnel, that target clients in the telecommunications, technology,
transportation, health care and financial services industries.
APPLY FLEXIBLE, INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGICAL SOLUTIONS
TeleTech's technological expertise and expandable open-systems,
client/server architecture enable it to rapidly design tailored customer care
programs, effectively interface with its clients' information systems and adapt
quickly to new technologies. The Company seeks to differentiate itself from
in-house and independent competitive service providers by creatively employing
hardware configurations and software applications to add flexibility and
responsiveness to its clients' customer service and product support processes.
TeleTech uses its experience in the development of customized software
applications by combining industry-leading operating software with its extensive
library of proprietary applications to rapidly and cost-effectively design
user-friendly custom software applications.
IMPLEMENT AND MAINTAIN SUPERIOR OPERATIONAL PROCESSES
To manage its growth and provide high levels of client service, the Company
is committed to implementing and maintaining superior operational processes
capable of efficiently executing customer care programs. Recognizing that it is
providing one of the client's most important and sensitive functions, the
Company adheres to a rigorous framework of quality processes based on ISO 9002,
an internationally recognized standard for quality assurance, to ensure
successful, consistent delivery of client programs. The Company designs and
builds its Call Centers based on a standardized model to provide efficient
operations while increasing employee productivity. By linking its Call Centers
together into a seamless wide area network (WAN), the Company can rapidly
transfer voice and data information to provide additional call capacity and
disaster recovery, as needed.
MAINTAIN EXCELLENCE IN HUMAN RESOURCE AND CALL CENTER MANAGEMENT
The Company believes that its ability to attract, hire, train and manage its
employees and efficiently manage its Call Centers is critical to developing and
maintaining long-term client relationships. TeleTech uses proprietary software
to automate much of its hiring, training, quality assurance and staffing
management functions. To reduce turnover and improve the quality of its
services, the Company devotes significant resources to attracting and hiring
skilled employees and provides extensive initial and on-going product and
service training. The Company's Representatives generally are full-time and
dedicated to a single client program. Representatives receive from one to five
weeks of on-site training in TeleTech's or the client's training facilities
before interacting with customers, plus a minimum of six to eight hours per
month of ongoing training. Representatives often receive supplemental training
as needed to provide a specific customer service successfully.
GROWTH STRATEGY
The Company's growth strategy is designed to capitalize on the increasing
demand for outsourced customer care solutions and to maintain and expand its
leadership position in its industry. The Company's primary growth strategies are
to:
EXPAND SERVICES PROVIDED TO EXISTING CLIENTS AND ESTABLISH NEW RELATIONSHIPS
IN TARGETED INDUSTRIES
The Company believes it has substantial opportunities to expand services
provided to existing clients and obtain new clients within its currently
targeted industries. Specifically, the Company is focusing on opportunities to
expand existing programs while cross-selling TeleTech's services to other
divisions or operations within its existing clients' organizations. For example,
TeleTech implemented its initial program
27
<PAGE>
for AT&T in 1991 and has since expanded its relationship to include four
separate programs for various AT&T products and services. Through its SBUs, the
Company also is focusing on developing new relationships with companies within
its targeted industries.
DEVELOP NEW PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
Continued rapid technological advances, coupled with the growth of direct
marketing channels, will create new opportunities for TeleTech. TeleTech expects
that the introduction of new interactive media will result in more sophisticated
types of customer interactions and additional opportunities to provide a wide
range of services to customers. TeleTech intends to capitalize on these trends
by developing new products and services, such as database marketing and
real-time technical and product support for Web sites on the Internet.
EXPAND INTO NEW INDUSTRIES AND GEOGRAPHIC MARKETS
TeleTech has identified additional industries that are experiencing many of
the same trends affecting its currently targeted industries and may establish
new SBUs to focus on evolving market opportunities. Based on the Company's
conversations with current and prospective clients, the Company believes that
trends toward increased customer care and recognition of the benefits of
outsourcing, which have been experienced in the U.S., are occurring in
international markets. TeleTech also believes that many multi-national
companies, including several of its existing clients, are seeking a single
provider of world-wide customer care solutions. To capitalize on these
international opportunities, the Company intends to further expand its
operations outside of the United States.
SELECTIVELY PURSUE COMPLEMENTARY ACQUISITIONS
The Company may selectively acquire complementary companies that extend its
presence into new geographic markets or industries, expand its client base, add
new product or service applications or provide substantial operating synergies.
The Company believes that there will be many potential domestic and
international acquisition opportunities as the teleservices industry
consolidates and as large corporations consider selling their existing call
center facilities and operations. For example, the Company may consider
acquiring a primarily outbound teleservices provider that could provide
substantial operating synergies and improve Call Center utilization during the
currently underutilized off-peak (night and weekend) periods resulting from the
Company's focus on inbound interactions.
SERVICES
TeleTech offers a wide range of services designed to provide superior
customer care. An integral component of these services is process reengineering,
by which the Company develops and applies improved processes to make a client's
customer service or product support processes more cost-effective, productive
and valuable. At the start of a potential new client relationship, TeleTech
assesses the client's existing capabilities, goals and strategies, customer
service or product support processes and related software, hardware and
telecommunications systems and training. After presenting a proposed solution
and being awarded a contract, TeleTech works closely with the client to further
develop, refine and implement more efficient and productive customer interaction
processes and technological solutions that link the customer, the client and
TeleTech. These processes generally include the development of event-driven
software programs for telephone interactions, where the script being followed by
a Representative changes depending upon information contained in the customer
file or on information gathered during the Representative's interaction with the
customer.
After the Company designs and develops a customer care program,
Representatives provide a wide range of on-going voice and data communications
services incorporating one or more customer acquisition, service and retention
and satisfaction and loyalty programs. In a typical inbound customer
interaction, a customer calls a toll-free number to request product, service or
technical information or assistance. TeleTech's advanced telecommunications
system automatically identifies each inbound call by its telephone number and
routes the call to an appropriate Representative who is trained for that
particular client program. Upon receipt of the call, the Representative's
computer screen automatically displays the client's specific product, service or
technical information to enable the Representative to assist the customer.
28
<PAGE>
Each customer interaction, even in its simplest form, presents TeleTech and
its clients with an opportunity to gather valuable customer information,
including the customer's demographic profile and preferences. This information
can prompt the Representative to make logical, progressive inquiries about the
customer's interest in additional services, identify additional revenue
generating and cross-selling opportunities or resolve other customer issues
relating to a client's products or services. TeleTech frequently provides
several of the services listed below in an integrated program tailored to its
clients' needs.
CUSTOMER ACQUISITION PROGRAMS. Customer acquisition programs are designed
to secure new customers and can include a wide range of activities depending
upon the customer inquiry. A sampling of these services includes:
- providing pre-sales product or service education
- processing and fulfilling information requests for product or service
offerings
- verifying sales and activating services
- directing callers to product or service sources
- receiving orders for and processing purchases of products or services
- providing initial post-sales support, including operating instructions for
new product or service use
TeleTech's current customer acquisition programs do not include outbound
"cold calling," which is an outsourcing service typically provided by
traditional telemarketing firms.
CUSTOMER SERVICE AND RETENTION PROGRAMS. Customer service and retention
programs are designed to maintain and extend the customer relationship and
maximize the long-term value of a client's relationships with its customers.
These programs are generally driven by the customer's purchase of a product or
service, or by the customer's need for on-going help-desk resources. The
majority of the Company's revenues are generated by the provision of customer
service and retention programs. A sampling of these services includes:
- providing technical help desk, product or service support
- activating product or service upgrades
- responding to billing and other account inquiries
- resolving complaints and product or service problems
- registering warranty information
- dispatching on-site service
CUSTOMER SATISFACTION AND LOYALTY PROGRAMS. Customer satisfaction and
loyalty programs enable clients to learn from their customers, to be more
responsive to the customer's needs and concerns and to reward customers for
their continued patronage. A sampling of these services includes:
- responding to client promotional, affinity-building programs
- developing and implementing client-branded loyalty programs
- conducting satisfaction assessments
- confirming receipt of promised products or services
- reserving and reconfirming space at product or service seminars
29
<PAGE>
An example of a client-branded loyalty program is TeleTech's Emergency Home
Assist, which it implements for many of Australia's leading insurers and
financial institutions. Under Emergency Home Assist, if, for example, a storm
damages the roof of a customer insured by a TeleTech client, the customer calls
the toll-free number provided by the client. A Representative answers the
telephone on the client's behalf and contacts, books and dispatches tradesmen to
the customer's home to make repairs, while simultaneously opening an insurance
claims file. TeleTech's insurance company client, which directly pays the
tradesmen's invoices, is positioned as a caring, total solution provider, rather
than just a reimbursement agent. In addition, the insurer is able to control
costs by its early intervention and contracting in advance with qualified
tradesmen to provide services at a reasonable price.
MARKETS AND CLIENTS
TeleTech focuses its marketing efforts on Fortune 1000 companies in the
telecommunications, technology, transportation, health care and financial
services industries, which accounted for approximately 27%, 24%, 24%, 12% and
6%, respectively, of the Company's revenues in 1995 on a pro forma basis
reflecting the Company's acquisition of Access 24 as if it had occurred on
January 1, 1995 and approximately 23%, 32%, 21%, 11% and 7%, respectively, of
the Company's revenues in the first quarter of 1996. To provide effective
customer care solutions, TeleTech has developed a separate SBU to serve each of
these industries. Each SBU is comprised of dedicated business development
personnel and client service specialists, most of whom have prior industry
experience. The SBUs are responsible for developing and implementing customized,
industry-specific customer service and product support for clients in their
respective target industries. TeleTech's health care and financial services SBUs
were introduced only recently and are still in the development stage.
The Company's three largest clients in 1995 were AT&T, Continental Airlines
and Apple Computer, Inc., which accounted for approximately 31% (including 11%
for its subsidiary McCaw Communications d/b/ a Cellular One), 18% and 9%,
respectively, of the Company's 1995 revenues. The Company's three largest
clients in the first quarter of 1996, AT&T, CompuServe and Continental Airlines,
accounted for approximately 22%, 13% and 6%, respectively, of the Company's
revenues. The Company expects that its three largest clients in 1996, which it
anticipates will be AT&T, CompuServe and United Parcel Service, collectively
will account for an even greater percentage of the Company's 1996 revenues than
its three largest clients in 1995. See "Risk Factors--Reliance on a Few Major
Clients."
TELECOMMUNICATIONS. The Telecommunications SBU primarily services
long-distance, local and wireless telephone service providers, including AT&T
and certain regional Bell operating companies. Services include verifying
long-distance service sales, responding to customer inquiries, providing
consumer and business telephone service account management and providing
on-going product and service support. TeleTech believes that the
Telecommunications Act of 1996, which has removed barriers to competition in and
between the local and long-distance telephone markets, and the development of
new wireless products, including those utilizing personal communication services
(PCS) technology, is expanding the breadth of products and services that require
customer service and support and will create additional demand for TeleTech's
services within the telecommunications market.
TECHNOLOGY. The growth of high technology products and service, including
Internet-related products and services, has increased demand for consumer and
technical product support services. Clients include AT&T, CompuServe, Apple
Computer, Inc. and Novell. The Company currently provides telephone and
real-time, on-line interactive support to subscribers of CompuServe's WOW!
service and to customers of AT&T. TeleTech intends to utilize its technological
capabilities to serve customers over the Internet and is exploring business
opportunities related to new interactive media.
TRANSPORTATION. TeleTech's Transportation SBU provides a variety of
services to clients in the package delivery and travel industries. In October
1995, TeleTech was awarded a contract to manage several Call Centers and provide
customer service and support on behalf of United Parcel Service, one of the
nation's largest parcel delivery companies. Under its five-year contract,
TeleTech provides services to United Parcel Service from three Call Centers
leased by United Parcel Service but staffed and managed by TeleTech. TeleTech
also provides reservation call handling services for Reno Air and Midway
Airlines. See "--Case Study."
30
<PAGE>
HEALTH CARE. TeleTech provides customer care solutions on behalf of health
care providers in the United Kingdom, Australia and New Zealand, including
Medical Benefits Funds of Australia Limited, Hospital Benefits Fund of Western
Australia, Inc., Southern Cross Medical Care Society and PPP. These services
include emergency and non-emergency medical information and referral services,
neonatal information and assistance to parents of newborns, information about
drug interventions, referrals to community support organizations such as home
care, child care and counseling options, and medical claims review services. The
Company provides these services to customers by means of telephone access to
registered nurses, counselors, pharmacists, medical librarians, dieticians and
other specially trained Representatives. TeleTech believes that there are
substantial opportunities to introduce comparable services in the U.S. market.
See "--International Operations."
FINANCIAL SERVICES. From its Call Centers in Australia and New Zealand,
TeleTech provides customer care solutions to customers of insurance company and
automobile club clients, such as Mercantile Mutual Insurance (Australia) Ltd,
Zurich Australian Insurance Ltd and Royal Automobile Club of Victoria (RACV)
Insurance Pty Ltd ("RACV"). Solutions include providing emergency home repair
assistance, responding to customer inquiries regarding property damage and
insurance coverage, procuring emergency roadside automobile and medical
assistance and facilitating motor vehicle insurance claims. TeleTech believes
that many of these customer care solutions are readily transferable to the U.S.
market. TeleTech also is developing new and more responsive delivery
capabilities to satisfy the demands of financial institutions seeking to reduce
customer reliance on face-to-face interactions and increase customer utilization
of electronic and telephone banking and automated teller machines. See
"--International Operations."
CASE STUDY
In 1994, United Parcel Service operated regional Customer Service Telephone
Centers across the United States that provided customers with information
regarding package pick-ups and deliveries, package tracking and tracing and rate
information. To re-engineer its telephone-based customer service and support
strategy, United Parcel Service consolidated these regional centers into seven
national centers and decided to outsource the facilities management and staffing
functions. United Parcel Service benchmark studies led to the conclusion that
this reengineering would result in significant quality improvements while
creating a more efficient and much less costly operation.
In October 1995, after a competitive bidding process, TeleTech was awarded a
five-year contract to staff and manage three United Parcel Service customer
service telephone centers and was granted the option to manage a fourth facility
if United Parcel Service requires additional capacity. By April 1996, TeleTech
began operating Call Centers in Tucson, Arizona and Greenville, South Carolina.
In June 1996, TeleTech opened a third Call Center in Tampa, Florida.
Telephone calls from United Parcel Service customers primarily consist of
customer service and package tracking inquires. TeleTech Representatives assist
customers by scheduling package pick ups, tracking packages, calculating
shipping rates, explaining package insurance options, describing types of
service and rates and answering other types of inquires.
TeleTech recruits, interviews, hires, and trains all personnel for the
United Parcel Service Call Centers. To manage the considerable human resources
and facilities management tasks associated with a customer care and support
program of this magnitude and complexity, TeleTech identified and hired a
separate project management team to launch and direct the program. TeleTech
utilizes automated systems to electronically screen and assess the
qualifications of job applicants and is working in concert with United Parcel
Service to develop innovative technology to further optimize the call handling
process.
TeleTech's contract with United Parcel Service has an initial term of five
years and may be extended by mutual written agreement for successive four-year
periods. So long as the agreement remains in effect, TeleTech has agreed not to
perform services for competitors of United Parcel Service that are similar to
the services TeleTech performs for United Parcel Service, if such competitors
may gain access to or benefit from proprietary information of United Parcel
Service as a result of TeleTech's performance of such services.
31
<PAGE>
SALES AND MARKETING
As most companies consider the customer care function to be critical, the
Company's business development personnel generally focus their marketing efforts
on potential clients' senior executives. TeleTech hires business development
personnel for each SBU who have substantial industry expertise and can identify
and generate sales leads.
TeleTech employs a consultative approach to assess the current and
prospective needs of a potential client. Following initial discussions with a
client, a carefully chosen TeleTech team, usually comprised of applications and
systems specialists, operations experts, human resources professionals and other
appropriate management personnel, thoroughly studies the client's operations.
The Company invests significant resources during the development of a client
relationship to understand the client's existing customer service processes,
culture, decision parameters and goals and strategies. TeleTech assesses the
client's customer care needs and, with input from the client, develops and
implements tailored customer care solutions.
As a result of its consultative approach, TeleTech can identify new revenue
generating opportunities, customer communication possibilities and product or
service improvements previously overlooked or not adequately addressed by the
client. TeleTech's technological capabilities enable it to develop working
prototypes of proposed customer care programs and to rapidly implement strategic
customer care solutions, generally with minimal capital investment by the
client.
TeleTech generally provides customer care solutions pursuant to written
contracts with terms ranging from one to five years, which often contain renewal
or extension options. Under substantially all of its significant contracts,
TeleTech generates revenues based on the amount of time Representatives devote
to a client's program. In addition, clients typically are required to pay fees
relating to TeleTech's training of Representatives to implement the client's
program, set-up and management of the program, and development of computer
software and technology. TeleTech utilizes a standard Form of Client Services
Agreement ("CSA") in contractual negotiations with its clients. The CSA contains
provisions that (i) allow TeleTech or the client to terminate the contract upon
the occurrence of certain events, (ii) designate the manner by which TeleTech is
to receive payment for its services, (iii) limit TeleTech's maximum liability to
the client thereunder, and (iv) protect the confidentiality and ownership of
information and materials owned by TeleTech or the client that are used in
connection with the performance of the contract. Many of TeleTech's contracts
also require the client to pay TeleTech a contractually agreed amount in the
event of early termination. TeleTech's contracts generally have terms of at
least two years and, in some cases, contain contractual provisions adjusting the
amount of TeleTech's fees if there are significant variances from estimated
implementation expenses.
OPERATIONS
TeleTech provides its customer care services through the operation of
state-of-the-art Call Centers located in the United States, the United Kingdom,
Australia and New Zealand. As of July 15, 1996, TeleTech leased eight Call
Centers and also managed three Call Centers on behalf of United Parcel Service.
In the second half of 1996, TeleTech plans to open a new Call Center and expand
an existing facility. See "-- Facilities."
TeleTech uses its standardized development procedures to minimize the time
it takes to open a new Call Center. The Company applies predetermined site
selection criteria to identify locations conducive to operating large scale,
sophisticated customer care facilities in a cost-effective manner. TeleTech can
establish a new, fully operational, inbound Call Center containing 450 or more
workstations within 90-150 days. In the last 16 months, TeleTech established
three Company-owned Call Centers and three United Parcel Service-owned Call
Centers, including a total of approximately 3,300 workstations.
The Company's existing U.S. Call Centers range in size from 35,000 to 56,000
square feet and contain between 354 and 580 workstations, excluding a recently
opened Call Center that, although operational, is still under construction.
Although the dimensions of its existing Call Centers currently are not uniform,
the Company has developed a prototype for TeleTech-owned U.S. Call Centers. The
Company expects that new
32
<PAGE>
U.S. Call Centers will contain approximately 50,000 square feet of space and
approximately 450 workstations. Call Center capacity can vary based on the
complexity and type of customer care programs provided. All TeleTech Call
Centers are designed to operate 24 hours a day, seven days a week. TeleTech
received ISO 9002 certification for its Burbank Call Center in 1995 and
currently is involved in a Company-wide ISO 9002 certification process. See
"--Facilities."
CALL CENTER MANAGEMENT. TeleTech manages its U.S. Call Centers through its
Technology Command Center in Colorado (the "Command Center"). The Command Center
operates 24 hours per day, 7 days a week, and is responsible for monitoring,
coordinating and managing TeleTech's U.S. operations. Each U.S. Call Center is
connected to the Command Center and to other U.S. Call Centers through multiple
fiber optic voice/data T-1 circuits to form an integrated and redundant wide
area network. This network connectivity provides a high level of security and
redundancy that is integral to TeleTech's ability to ensure recovery
capabilities in the event of a disaster or structural failure. If a Call Center
were to experience extreme excess call volume or become non-operational, the
Command Center is configured to re-route incoming calls to another Call Center
in a virtually uninterrupted manner.
TeleTech also has established a set of uniform operational policies and
procedures to ensure the consistent delivery of high-quality service at each
Call Center. These policies and procedures detail specific performance
standards, productivity and profitability objectives and daily administrative
routines designed to ensure efficient operation. TeleTech believes that
recruiting, training and managing full-time Representatives who are dedicated to
a single client facilitates integration between client and Representative,
enhances service quality and efficiency and differentiates TeleTech from its
competitors.
TeleTech utilizes a number of sophisticated applications designed to
minimize administrative burdens and maximize productivity. Such applications
include a proprietary, "agent performance system" that tracks Representative
activity at each workstation and a proprietary billing system that tracks time
spent on administration, training, data processing and other processes conducted
in support of client or internal tasks.
QUALITY ASSURANCE. TeleTech monitors and measures the quality and accuracy
of its customer interactions through a quality assurance department located at
each Call Center. Each department evaluates, on a real-time basis, at least 1.5%
of all calls per day. TeleTech also has the capabilities to enable its clients
to monitor customer interactions as they occur. Quality assurance professionals
monitor customer interactions and simultaneously evaluate Representatives
according to criteria mutually determined by the Company and the client.
Representatives are evaluated and provided with feedback on their performance on
a weekly basis and, as appropriate, recognized for superior performance or
scheduled for additional training and coaching.
TECHNOLOGY
Utilizing industry standard tools, the Company creates relational database
management systems customized for each client. These systems enable it to track
the details of each customer interaction and consolidate that information into a
customer file, which can be accessed and referred to by Representatives as they
deliver services. TeleTech Call Centers employ state-of-the-art technology that
incorporates digital switching technology, object-oriented software modules,
relational database management systems, proprietary call tracking and workforce
management systems, CTI and interactive voice response. TeleTech's digital
switching technology enables calls to be routed to the next available
Representative with the appropriate knowledge, skill and language sets. Call
tracking and workforce management systems generate and track historical call
volumes by client, enabling the Company to schedule personnel efficiently to
accommodate anticipated fluctuations in call volume. This technology base
enables TeleTech to provide single call resolution and decrease customer hold
times, thereby enhancing customer satisfaction.
TeleTech-owned Call Centers utilize "Universal Representative" workstations
with inbound, outbound, Internet and faxback capabilities, the majority of which
run on Pentium-Registered Trademark--based computers. All workstations are
PC-based and utilize CTI technology, which connects the computer to a telephone
switch allowing calls and computer data to be transferred simultaneously. By
using simple, intuitive graphical user interfaces (GUI), which substitute easy
to understand graphics for text, TeleTech enables its Representatives to focus
on assisting the customer, rather than on the technology, and obtain customer
information using significantly fewer keystrokes. The user-friendly interface
also helps to decrease training time and increase the speed of call handling.
33
<PAGE>
TeleTech's applications software uses products developed by Microsoft,
Oracle, Novell, IBM and others. TeleTech has invested significant resources in
designing, developing and debugging industry-specific and open-systems software
applications and tools. As a result, TeleTech maintains an extensive library of
reusable object-oriented software codes that are used by TeleTech's applications
development professionals to develop customized customer care software.
TeleTech's systems capture and download a variety of information obtained during
each customer interaction into relational databases for real-time, daily, weekly
or monthly reporting to clients. TeleTech runs its applications software on
open-systems, client-server architecture that utilizes computer processors,
server components and hardware platforms produced by manufacturers such as
Compaq, Hewlett Packard, IBM and Sun Microsystems. TeleTech has and will
continue to invest significant resources into the development of new and
emerging customer care and technical support technologies.
HUMAN RESOURCES
TeleTech's success in recruiting, hiring and training large numbers of
skilled employees is critical to its ability to provide high-quality customer
care solutions to its clients. TeleTech generally locates its Call Centers in
metropolitan areas that have access to higher education and a major
transportation infrastructure. TeleTech generally offers a competitive pay
scale, hires primarily full-time employees who are eligible to receive the full
range of employee benefits and provides employees with a clear, viable career
path.
TeleTech is committed to the continued education and development of its
employees and believes that providing TeleTech employees with access to new
learning opportunities produces job satisfaction, ensures a higher quality labor
force and fosters loyalty between TeleTech's employees and the clients they
serve. Before taking customer calls, Representatives receive from one to five
weeks of on-site training in TeleTech's or the client's training facilities to
learn about the client's corporate culture, specific product or service
offerings and the customer care program that TeleTech and the client will be
undertaking. Representatives also receive a minimum of six to eight hours of
on-going training per month and often receive supplemental laboratory training
as needed to provide high-quality customer service and product support.
As of July 15, 1996, TeleTech had 5,329 employees. Of its total employees,
4,159 were full-time Representatives, constituting 91.4% of its total
Representatives. Although the Company's industry is very labor intensive and has
experienced significant personnel turnover, the Company believes that its
quality of life initiatives and its high percentage of full-time Representatives
has resulted in relative stability in its work force. A significant increase in
the Company's employee turnover rate, however, could increase the Company's
recruiting and training costs and decrease operating effectiveness. None of
TeleTech's employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement and
TeleTech believes its relations with its employees are good. See "Risk
Factors--Dependence on Labor Force."
INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
TeleTech operates one Call Center in each of Australia and New Zealand, and
a third Call Center located in the United Kingdom that is operated through the
Company's joint venture with PPP Healthcare Group plc ("PPP"), one of the
largest private medical insurers in the United Kingdom. In January 1996,
TeleTech acquired Access 24, a leading provider of customer care solutions to
Australian and New Zealand companies primarily in the health care and financial
services industries. The operations of Access 24 have been substantially
integrated with TeleTech's operations through the standardization of Access 24's
technology, workstation configuration, business processes and operational and
financial reporting with the Company's systems. The Company intends to introduce
in the United States services similar to those offered by Access 24. TeleTech
operates one Call Center in each of Sydney, Australia and Auckland, New Zealand,
containing an aggregate of 321 workstations, and intends to develop a
traditional customer care outsourcing business in Australia and New Zealand, as
well as the United Kingdom. See "Risk Factors--Difficulties of Completing and
Integrating Acquisitions and Joint Ventures."
On April 30, 1996, TeleTech entered into a joint venture with PPP, which
currently serves more than 2.3 million customers throughout the United Kingdom
and owns long-term health insurance, dental care and finance companies. TeleTech
and PPP have agreed to provide, exclusively through the joint venture and
initially solely in the United Kingdom and Ireland, distinct, value-added
customer care services. Apart from
34
<PAGE>
the joint venture, TeleTech intends to provide traditional outsourcing services,
similar to the type TeleTech provides in the United States, in the United
Kingdom. The joint venture, which will operate initially from the
172-workstation Call Center located in London, currently provides services only
to PPP customers but intends to eventually offer its services to customers of
other companies. See "Business--Services" and "Risk Factors--Difficulties of
Completing and Integrating Acquisitions and Joint Ventures."
COMPETITION
The Company believes that it competes primarily with the in-house
teleservices and customer service operations of its current and potential
clients. TeleTech also competes with certain companies that provide teleservices
and customer services on an outsourced basis, including Access Health, Inc.,
APAC Teleservices, AT&T American Transtech, Electronic Data Systems, MATRIXX
Marketing Inc., SITEL Corporation, STREAM and Sykes Enterprises Incorporated.
TeleTech competes primarily on the basis of quality and scope of services
provided, speed and flexibility of implementation and technological expertise.
Although the teleservices industry is very competitive and highly fragmented
with numerous small participants, management believes that TeleTech generally
does not directly compete with traditional telemarketing companies, which
provide primarily outbound "cold calling" services.
FACILITIES
TeleTech's corporate headquarters are located in Denver, Colorado in
approximately 27,000 square feet of leased office space, with an adjacent 55,000
square foot, 581 workstation Call Center. As of July 15, 1996, TeleTech leased
(unless otherwise noted) and operated the following Call Centers, containing an
aggregate of approximately 238,000 square feet:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF TOTAL
YEAR OPENED OR PRODUCTION NUMBER OF TRAINING NUMBER OF
LOCATION ACQUIRED WORKSTATIONS WORKSTATIONS(1) WORKSTATIONS
- -------------------------------------------- --------------- ------------- ------------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. CALL CENTERS
Sherman Oaks, California.................... 1985 588 76 664
Denver, Colorado............................ 1993 435 146 581
Burbank, California......................... 1995 386 66 452
Thornton, Colorado.......................... 1996 438 58 496
Van Nuys, California (2).................... 1996 78 -- 78
INTERNATIONAL CALL CENTERS (3)
Sydney, Australia........................... 1996 94 10 104
London, United Kingdom (4).................. 1996 81 12 93
Auckland, New Zealand....................... 1996 24 3 27
MANAGED ON BEHALF OF UNITED PARCEL SERVICE
Greenville, South Carolina.................. 1996 660 90 750
Tucson, Arizona............................. 1996 648 95 743
Tampa, Florida.............................. 1996 672 72 744
----- --- -----
Total number of workstations............ 4,104 628 4,732
----- --- -----
----- --- -----
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1) The training workstations are fully operative as production workstations
when necessary.
(2) The Van Nuys, California Call Center was opened in July 1996 and currently
contains 13,000 square feet. Although only 78 workstations currently are
operational, the Company expects to have 325 operational workstations and
39,300 square feet by the end of 1996.
(3) Acquired January 1, 1996 through TeleTech's acquisition of Access 24. See
"--International Operations."
(4) Managed through the Company's joint venture with PPP. See "--International
Operations." The London Call Center is still under construction and, when
completed, will have a total of 190 workstations.
35
<PAGE>
The leases for TeleTech's U.S. Call Centers have terms ranging from one to
eight years and generally contain renewal options. The Company plans to expand
its Thornton Call Center by 267 positions by the end of the third quarter of
1996 and open another Call Center and complete the build out of the Van Nuys
Call Center by the end of 1996. Pursuant to its agreement with United Parcel
Service, if United Parcel Service opens another call center, TeleTech has the
option to staff and manage such Call Center. TeleTech will manage this
additional Call Center pursuant to the same terms and conditions as the three
Call Centers currently managed by TeleTech for United Parcel Service, unless the
nature of the services to be provided at such Call Center are significantly
different.
The Company believes that its existing Call Centers are suitable and
adequate for its current operations and that each Call Center currently is
substantially or fully utilized during peak (weekday) periods. The Company
believes that additional Call Center capacity, including the expansion of an
existing Call Center expected to occur by the end of the third quarter of 1996,
will be required to support continued growth. Due to the inbound nature of the
Company's business, the Company experiences significantly higher capacity
utilization during peak periods than during off-peak (night and weekend)
periods. The Company has been and will be required to open or expand Call
Centers to create the additional peak period capacity necessary to accommodate
new or expanded customer care programs. The opening or expansion of a Call
Center may result, at least in the short-term, in excess capacity during peak
periods until the new or expanded program is fully implemented. The Company may
consider acquiring a complementary service provider, such as a company that
provides primarily outbound teleservices, to improve Call Center utilization
during off-peak periods. See "Risk Factors--Difficulties of Managing Rapid
Growth."
SEASONALITY
The Company's business historically has not been subject to seasonal
fluctuations or risks related to weather; however the businesses of certain of
the Company's clients, especially those in the transportation and financial
services industries, may be subject to such fluctuations and risks. Although the
seasonal nature and weather-dependency of its clients' businesses has not had a
material effect on the Company's revenues or operating profits to date, the
Company expects that its contract with United Parcel Service will result in
quarterly variations in revenues, especially in the fourth and, to a lesser
extent, the first quarter of each year, due to increased demand for United
Parcel Service's services during the holiday period.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
The Company's customer care programs frequently incorporate proprietary and
confidential information. The Company has adopted non-disclosure safeguards to
protect such information, such as requiring those of its employees, clients and
potential clients who may have access to proprietary and confidential
information to execute confidentiality agreements with the Company. Although
there can be no assurance that the safeguards taken by the Company will be
adequate to deter misappropriation of its proprietary information, the Company
believes that the rapid pace of technological change and the knowledge, ability
and experience of its employees are more significant to the protection of its
proprietary information than legal or business protections. See
"Business--Operations" and "Business--Technology."
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time the Company is involved in litigation, most of which is
incidental to its business. In the Company's opinion, no litigation to which the
Company currently is a party is likely to have a material adverse effect on the
Company's results of operations or financial condition.
36
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
executive officers and directors of the Company:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
- -------------------------- --- --------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Kenneth D. Tuchman 36 Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive
Officer and Director
Joseph D. Livingston 51 Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Steven B. Coburn 42 Chief Financial Officer
Alan Silverman (1) 52 Director
Richard Weingarten (1) 45 Director
Samuel Zell 53 Director
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1) Member of the Compensation and Audit Committees of the Board of Directors of
the Company.
MR. TUCHMAN founded TeleTech and has served as its Chairman of the Board of
Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer since TeleTech's formation in
December 1994. Mr. Tuchman also is the founder and has served as the President
and Chief Executive Officer of each of TeleTech Telecommunications, Inc. and
TeleTech Teleservices, Inc., two operating subsidiaries of TeleTech, since their
formation in October 1982 and November 1992, respectively.
MR. LIVINGSTON has served the Company since February 1992 in various
capacities, including as Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer and
previously as Vice President of Operations and Technology. From 1989 to 1992,
Mr. Livingston was the Director of MIS Systems & Operations of Livestone
Corporation, a division of American Eastern Securities, and from 1985 to 1989 he
was employed by Coopers & Lybrand, an international accounting firm, as Director
of West Region MIS and Strategic Management Services for International Business.
MR. COBURN has served as Chief Financial Officer of the Company since
October 1995. From October 1989 to September 1995, Mr. Coburn was employed by U
S West, a diversified telecommunications company, and various of its affiliates,
during which time he served as Finance Director and Chief Financial Officer of
Interactive Video Enterprises, as Finance Director of U S West Marketing
Resources Group and as Finance Director and Controller of U S West Marketing
Services. In 1993, Mr. Coburn established and managed the finance, accounting
and treasury activities of U S West Polska, a start up operation in Warsaw,
Poland.
MR. SILVERMAN, who has served as a director of TeleTech since January 1995,
is an independent investor and has been a director of Exhibition Video
International, a company that is developing technology for satellite and video
transmissions, since 1992. Mr. Silverman has served since 1970 as a director and
is President of Essaness Theatres Corporation ("Essaness"), an investment
holding company. Mr. Silverman is a director of Keystone Biomedical, Inc., a
company that develops, tests and licenses pharmaceutical agents, and, since
1980, has been a director of Video 44, a Hispanic television broadcasting
company. Mr. Silverman also serves as a director of various private
corporations.
MR. WEINGARTEN has served as a director of TeleTech since January 1995. Mr.
Weingarten founded Richard Weingarten & Company, Inc., a company that provides
investment banking and financial advisory services, in 1991 and has served as
its President since its formation. From 1988 through 1991, Mr. Weingarten was a
Managing Director of Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc. and, from 1989 until 1991, served
as Director of Corporate Finance for its Southeastern region. Mr. Weingarten
currently serves as a director of Capsure Holdings Corp. ("Capsure"), a holding
company whose principal subsidiaries are specialty property and casualty
insurers.
37
<PAGE>
MR. ZELL has served as a director of TeleTech since January 1995. Mr. Zell
serves as Chairman of the Board of Great American Management and Investments,
Inc., a diversified holding company, Anixter International Inc., a provider of
integrated network and cabling solutions, Falcon Building Products, Inc., a
manufacturer and supplier of building products, American Classic Voyages Co., an
owner and operator of cruise lines, Manufactured Home Communities, Inc., a real
estate investment trust specializing in the ownership and management of
manufactured home communities, and Capsure. Mr. Zell also is a director of
Equity Group Investments, Inc. and other private corporations. Mr. Zell also
serves as Chairman of the Board of Trustees of Equity Residential Properties
Trust, an owner and operator of multifamily residential properties, and as
Co-Chairman of the Board of Revco D.S., Inc., a drug store chain. Mr. Zell is a
director of Quality Food Centers, Inc., an independent supermarket chain, and
Sealy Corporation, a maker of bedding and related products. Mr. Zell was
President of Madison Management Group, Inc., a holding company of low-tech
manufacturing companies ("Madison"), prior to October 4, 1991. Madison filed a
petition for reorganization under the Federal bankruptcy laws in November 1991.
ARRANGEMENTS FOR NOMINATION AS DIRECTOR
Directors are elected at each annual meeting of stockholders of the Company
to serve for one-year terms. After the closing of the Offering, the directors
intend to appoint one or more additional persons to the Board in accordance with
TeleTech's By-laws.
In connection with the sale of its Preferred Stock in January 1995, certain
stockholders of TeleTech executed an agreement (the "Investment Agreement")
pursuant to which they agreed to elect each year to TeleTech's Board of
Directors up to five individuals designated by Mr. Tuchman and up to two
individuals nominated by Essaness and TeleTech Investors General Partnership, a
partnership comprised of employees and various entities affiliated with Mr.
Zell, and other accredited investors who have historically invested together
("TIGP"). Of the current directors of TeleTech, Messrs. Weingarten and Zell were
elected as nominees of TIGP and Essaness, and Messrs. Tuchman and Silverman were
elected as nominees of Mr. Tuchman. The rights and obligations of Mr. Tuchman,
TIGP and Essaness to elect directors under the Investment Agreement will
terminate upon the closing of the Offering.
TeleTech's Certificate of Incorporation entitles the holders of Preferred
Stock, as a class, to elect two individuals, and entitles the holders of Common
Stock, as a class, to elect five individuals, to the Board of Directors of
TeleTech. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be filed immediately
prior to the closing of the Offering, provides that the holders of a majority of
the outstanding Common Stock will elect all directors.
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The Board of Directors has standing Audit and Compensation Committees, which
assist the Board in the discharge of its responsibilities. Members of each such
committee are elected by the Board at its first meeting following the annual
meeting and serve for one year terms.
The Audit Committee reports to the Board regarding the appointment of the
independent public accountants of TeleTech, the scope and fees of the
prospective annual audit and the results thereof, compliance with TeleTech's
accounting and financial policies and management's procedures and policies
relative to the adequacy of TeleTech's internal accounting controls. The current
members of the Audit Committee are Alan Silverman and Richard Weingarten,
neither of whom is an employee of TeleTech.
The Compensation Committee reviews and approves the annual salary and bonus
for each executive officer (consistent with the terms of any applicable
employment agreement), reviews, approves and recommends terms and conditions for
all employee benefit plans (and changes thereto) and administers the Option Plan
and such other employee benefit plans as may be adopted by TeleTech from time to
time. The current members of the Compensation Committee are Alan Silverman and
Richard Weingarten, each of whom is a non-employee director of TeleTech.
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
TeleTech does not pay its directors a fee for their services as such;
however, all directors are reimbursed for travel expenses incurred in attending
board and committee meetings.
38
<PAGE>
The TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Directors Stock Option Plan, which was approved
by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Company effective January
1996 (the "Directors Option Plan"), provides for the automatic annual grant, to
each director who is neither an employee of the Company nor, after this
Offering, the beneficial owner of 5% or more of the outstanding Common Stock, of
options to acquire shares of Common Stock. A total of 750,000 shares of Common
Stock are reserved for issuance pursuant to options granted under the Directors
Option Plan. All options granted under the Directors Option Plan are
non-qualified options that are not intended to qualify under Section 422 of the
Code.
The Directors Option Plan currently provides that each eligible director
will receive options to acquire (i) 12,500 shares of Common Stock upon such
director's initial election, after the effective date of the plan, to the Board
of Directors and (ii) on the date of each annual meeting of stockholders held
each year thereafter at which such director is re-elected, 12,500 shares of
Common Stock for services to be rendered as a director and 6,250 for services as
a member on each committee of the Board of Directors to which such director is
appointed. The exercise price of each option granted under the Directors Option
Plan shall be equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of
grant. Options granted under the Directors Option Plan (a) vest immediately, (b)
are not exercisable until six months after the date of grant and (c) expire on
the earliest to occur of the tenth anniversary of the date of grant, one year
following the director's death or immediately upon the director's termination of
membership on the Board of Directors for Cause (as defined in the Directors
Option Plan).
As of July 15, 1996, options to acquire an aggregate of 237,500 shares of
Common Stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share, were outstanding under
the Directors Option Plan. Each of Messrs. Silverman, Weingarten and Zell has
been granted options under the Directors Option Plan to acquire 25,000 shares of
Common Stock in consideration for services rendered as a director of the Company
during 1995. In addition, each of Messrs. Weingarten and Silverman has been
granted options under the Directors Option Plan to acquire an additional 12,500
shares of Common Stock for services rendered during 1995 as members of the Audit
and Compensation Committees of the Board of Directors. Messrs. Weingarten,
Silverman and Zell have been granted options to acquire 37,500, 37,500 and
25,000 shares of Common Stock, respectively, for services rendered and to be
rendered as a director of the Company and as members of committees thereof
during 1996.
INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
In order to attract, retain and motivate qualified employees, align employee
interests with those of the stockholders and reward employees for enhancing the
value of the Company, TeleTech established the TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Incentive
Compensation Plan (the "Incentive Plan") on May 14, 1996. Under the Incentive
Plan, certain management-level employees of the Company are eligible to receive
annual performance bonuses based upon the Company's achievement of certain
predetermined financial goals. Awards under the Incentive Plan will be paid
annually from an incentive pool, which is funded annually by a percentage of the
amount by which the net income of the Company exceeds the established threshold
performance level for that year. From this incentive pool, each SBU executive,
manager and key employee is entitled to receive a cash incentive award up to an
annual bonus limitation, which is determined each year based upon the
recipient's base salary. No awards will be made under the Incentive Plan until
1997.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
Alan Silverman and Richard Weingarten are the current members of the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Investment Agreement to take effect
upon the closing of the Offering, certain existing stockholders of the Company
(the "Existing Stockholders") are entitled, by majority vote, to require
TeleTech, at its sole expense, to register under the Securities Act all or part
of their Common Stock. In addition, if TeleTech proposes to register any of its
securities under the Securities Act for its own account, the Existing
Stockholders may require TeleTech, at its sole expense, to include in such
registration all or part of the 8,300,000 shares of Common Stock that will be
owned by the Existing Stockholders after the Offering. Mr. Silverman owns
258,330 shares of Common Stock. TIGP, a partnership of which Mr. Weingarten is a
general partner, owns 8,525,000 shares of Common Stock; however, the
39
<PAGE>
managing general partner of TIGP holds sole power to vote and dispose of all
shares owned by TIGP. The Company has been advised that, immediately following
the closing of the Offering, TIGP will be dissolved and its assets will be
distributed to its partners. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
SUMMARY OF CASH AND CERTAIN OTHER COMPENSATION. The following table sets
forth information with respect to all compensation earned by TeleTech's chief
executive officer and TeleTech's two other executive officers as of December 31,
1995 (collectively, the "Named Executive Officers") for services rendered to
TeleTech during 1995.
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE FOR 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ANNUAL COMPENSATION
-------------------------------------------
OTHER ANNUAL ALL OTHER
SALARY BONUS COMPENSATION COMPENSATION
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION ($) ($) ($) ($) (1)
- ---------------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Kenneth D. Tuchman, Chairman, President & Chief
Executive Officer.................................. $ 750,000 $ 250,000 $ 56,300(2) $ 10,830
Joseph D. Livingston, Senior Vice President & Chief
Operating Officer.................................. 174,090(3) 168,743(4) -- 4,500
Steven B. Coburn, Chief Financial Officer........... 28,000(5) -- -- --
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1) Represents the full dollar value of premiums paid by the Company with
respect to life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Tuchman, Mr. Livingston and
their respective beneficiaries.
(2) Includes $20,000 in aggregate membership dues and initiation fees, $17,500
paid as a car allowance, $15,600 for lease of a townhouse and other
perquisites and personal benefits paid by the Company to or on behalf of Mr.
Tuchman.
(3) Includes approximately $11,340 paid to Mr. Livingston for accrued but unused
vacation time.
(4) Includes a $75,000 annual performance bonus and an approximately $93,700
one-time bonus for Mr. Livingston's assistance in obtaining a client
contract.
(5) Mr. Coburn joined TeleTech in October 1995 at an annual base salary of
$120,000. See "--Employment Agreements."
OPTION GRANTS. The following table sets forth information regarding grants
of stock options under the Option Plan during 1995 to the Named Executive
Officers.
OPTION GRANTS IN 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
NUMBER OF VALUE AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
SHARES PERCENTAGE OF RATES OF STOCK PRICE
UNDERLYING TOTAL OPTIONS APPRECIATION FOR OPTION
OPTIONS GRANTED TO EXERCISE TERM (3)
GRANTED EMPLOYEES IN PRICE PER EXPIRATION ------------------------
NAME (#) FISCAL YEAR SHARE (1) DATE (2) 5% 10%
- ----------------------------------- ----------- ----------------- ----------- ------------ ---------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Kenneth D. Tuchman................. -- -- -- -- -- --
Joseph D. Livingston............... 750,000 32% $ 1.29 1/1/2005 $ 608,456 $ 1,541,946
Steven B. Coburn................... 250,000 11% 2.00 9/15/2005 314,447 796,871
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1) Each option has been granted pursuant to the Option Plan and expires on the
date ten years after the date of grant. The exercise price equals the fair
market value of the Common Stock on the grant date, as determined by the
Board of Directors based upon the most recent price prior to the grant date
at which the Company, in arms' length transactions, had issued Common Stock
in connection with acquisitions or had sold Preferred Stock in capital
raising transactions.
40
<PAGE>
(2) Options granted to Messrs. Livingston and Coburn vest pro rata over the
three years and five years, respectively, following the date of grant.
(3) The potential realizable value is calculated assuming that the fair market
value on the date of grant, which equals the exercise price, appreciates at
the indicated annual rate (set by the Commission), compounded annually, for
the term of the option. Using the assumed initial public offering price of
$15.50 for purposes of this calculation (pursuant to the rules of the
Commission), the potential realizable values of the options granted in 1995
to each of Messrs. Livingston and Coburn are approximately $17.9 million and
$5.8 million, respectively, at a 5% assumed annual appreciation rate, and
approximately $29.2 million and $9.6 million, respectively, at a 10% assumed
annual appreciation rate.
OPTION HOLDINGS. No options were exercised by Named Executive Officers in
1995. The following table sets forth information with respect to the aggregate
number and value of shares underlying unexercised options held by each of the
Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 1995.
FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SHARES
UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS AS OF DECEMBER 31, IN-THE- MONEY OPTIONS AS
1995 OF DECEMBER 31, 1995 (1)
-------------------------- --------------------------
NAME EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
- ---------------------------------------------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Kenneth D. Tuchman.................................. -- -- -- --
Joseph D. Livingston................................ 250,000 500,000(2) $ 927,500 $ 1,855,000
Steven B. Coburn.................................... -- 250,000 -- 750,000
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1) The exercise price of each option was based on the deemed fair market value
of the option shares at fiscal year end ($5.00 per share as determined by
the Board of Directors based on the most recent price prior to December 31,
1995 at which the Company had issued or agreed to issue Common Stock) less
the exercise price payable for such shares.
(2) Mr. Livingston received an option in May 1996 to acquire an additional
75,000 shares, at an exercise price of $8.00 per share, in connection with
the amendment to his employment agreement. See "-- Employment Agreements."
TELETECH STOCK OPTION PLAN
The Company's Option Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors in December
1994 and by the Company's stockholders in January 1995 and was amended and
restated in January 1996. The Option Plan authorizes the issuance of up to
7,000,000 shares of Common Stock through the grant of (i) incentive stock
options ("ISOs") within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, (ii) stock
options that are not intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code ("NSOs"
and together with ISOs, "Options"), (iii) stock appreciation rights ("SARs"),
(iv) restricted stock and (v) phantom stock. Directors, officers, employees,
consultants and independent contractors of the Company or any subsidiary of the
Company, as selected from time to time by the committee administering the Option
Plan, are eligible to participate in the Option Plan. As of July 15, 1996,
Options to acquire an aggregate of 4,800,580 shares of Common Stock and 76,000
shares of restricted stock were outstanding.
The Option Plan provides that it is to be administered by a committee
comprised of two or more disinterested directors appointed by the Board of
Directors (the "Committee"). The Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors, which is comprised of two disinterested directors of the Company,
currently acts as the Committee under the Option Plan. Subject to certain
limitations, the Committee has complete discretion to determine which eligible
individuals are to receive awards under the Option Plan, the form and vesting
schedule of awards, the number of shares subject to each award and the exercise
price, the manner of payment and expiration date applicable to each award.
41
<PAGE>
All awards under the Option Plan are subject to vesting and forfeiture.
Unless the Committee establishes otherwise at the time of award, all awards
under the Option Plan vest at an accelerating rate over a period of five years.
Set forth below is a summary of the terms of the Option Plan that are
applicable to each of the various types of awards covered thereby.
OPTIONS. All Options expire on the date that is the earliest of three
months after the holder's termination of employment with the Company (other than
termination for Cause), six months after the holder's death and 10 years after
the date of grant. Options also are subject to forfeiture upon termination of
employment or directorship for "Cause." The exercise price per share of an ISO
is determined by the Committee at the time of grant but in no event may be less
than the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an ISO is granted to a participant who owns
more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the
exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of the Common
Stock and the exercise period must not exceed five years from the date of grant.
The exercise price per share of an NSO is determined by the Committee in its
sole discretion.
SARS. SARs may be issued independent of an Option or, alternatively, in
connection with an Option (a "Tandem SAR"), in which case the Tandem SAR
terminates simultaneously upon the expiration of the related Option. A Tandem
SAR is only exercisable if the fair market value of a share of Common Stock
exceeds the exercise price of the related Option.
RESTRICTED STOCK. Restricted stock entitles the holder thereof to
participate as a stockholder of the Company; however, the holder may not sell,
transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber such stock prior to the time it vests. A
holder of restricted stock forfeits all unpaid accumulated dividends and all
shares of restricted stock that have not vested prior to the date that such
holder's employment with the Company is terminated for any reason.
PHANTOM STOCK. Phantom stock entitles the holder thereof to surrender any
vested portion of such phantom stock in exchange for cash or shares of Common
Stock, as the Committee may determine, in an amount equal to the fair market
value of Common Stock on the date of surrender.
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
Prior to completion of the Offering, the Company intends to adopt the
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP") covering an
aggregate of 200,000 shares of Common Stock. The ESPP is intended to qualify as
an "Employee Stock Purchase Plan" within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code
and will be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors. Under the ESPP, shares of Common Stock will be sold in periodic
offerings to employees of the Company or its subsidiaries who meet the specified
eligibility requirements and who elect to participate in the ESPP. Each offering
will be open for six consecutive months, or such other length of time as may be
established from time to time by the Compensation Committee. The ESPP will
commence on September 30, 1996 and will terminate ten years thereafter or on
such earlier date as all of the shares reserved under the plan have been issued.
Under the ESPP, participating employees can elect to have up to 10% of their
compensation withheld, up to a maximum of $15,000 in any calendar year. On the
last business day of each offering period, the Company will sell to each
participating employee as many full shares of Common Stock as can be purchased
with each such employee's aggregate payroll deductions made during such offering
period. The price of Common Stock purchased under the ESPP will be equal to the
lower of (i) 90% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the first
business day of any offering period or (ii) 90% of the fair market value of the
Common Stock on the last business day of such offering period, unless otherwise
established by the Compensation Committee, in its discretion, in accordance with
the terms of the ESPP.
In the event of a merger, reorganization or consolidation in which the
Company is not the surviving entity or a liquidation of substantially all of the
assets of the Company, the ESPP provides that the Compensation Committee may
require that the surviving entity provide participating employees with rights
42
<PAGE>
equivalent to their rights under the ESPP. Alternatively, the Compensation
Committee may elect to accelerate the termination of the offering period
immediately prior to the consummation of such merger, reorganization or other
transaction and issue shares of Common Stock to participating employees at such
time.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
TeleTech entered into an employment agreement with Kenneth D. Tuchman as
Chairman of the Board and President of TeleTech for a term commencing on January
1, 1995 and ending on December 27, 1997 (the "Term"). Subsequent thereto, Mr.
Tuchman also was elected as the Chief Executive Officer of TeleTech. Pursuant to
the agreement, Mr. Tuchman is entitled to receive an annual base salary of
$750,000, as adjusted on January 1 of each year during the Term by the annual
percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and
Clerical Workers for the Denver metropolitan area (the "CPI Percentage"). Mr.
Tuchman also is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus not to exceed
$250,000, as adjusted annually by the CPI Percentage, based upon TeleTech's
achievement of certain predetermined performance goals. The agreement requires
the Company to maintain, on behalf of Mr. Tuchman, a $24 million life insurance
policy (half of which is payable to his beneficiaries), disability insurance,
accident, death and dismemberment insurance, errors and omissions insurance with
a policy limit of not less than $1 million and entitles Mr. Tuchman to receive
certain perquisites specified therein. Under the terms of his agreement, Mr.
Tuchman is prohibited, during his employment and for three years thereafter,
from disclosing any confidential information or trade secrets of TeleTech. Mr.
Tuchman also is prohibited, during his employment and for three years after the
Company terminates his employment for Good Cause (as defined therein) or Mr.
Tuchman voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company, from engaging in
any business, or becoming employed by or otherwise rendering services to any
company (other than TeleTech) that has as its primary business inbound or
outbound teleservices. The agreement provides that if TeleTech terminates Mr.
Tuchman's employment for Good Cause, TeleTech will pay Mr. Tuchman his salary as
accrued through the date of termination. If TeleTech terminates Mr. Tuchman's
employment without Good Cause, TeleTech will pay to him the lesser of (i) the
sum of his salary as accrued through the date of termination, his performance
bonus, prorated for any portion of the year remaining and calculated as if
TeleTech had achieved its performance goals, and the present value of all
payments that otherwise would have been made to him during the remainder of the
Term, calculated as if TeleTech had achieved its performance goals, or (ii)
three times the aggregate salary and performance bonus earned by him in the
immediately preceding year.
TeleTech entered into an employment agreement with Joseph D. Livingston as
Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of TeleTech effective January
1, 1995. Pursuant to the agreement, as amended, Mr. Livingston is entitled to
receive an annual base salary of $160,000 for 1995 and $250,000 for 1996 and
thereafter and also is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus based
upon TeleTech's achievement of certain predetermined performance goals. TeleTech
also has granted Mr. Livingston options to purchase 750,000 and 75,000 shares of
Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.29 and $8.00 per share, respectively,
which options vest over three years from the date of grant. Mr. Livingston's
employment with TeleTech is terminable at any time by either party, with or
without cause. Upon termination of employment, Mr. Livingston will be entitled
to unpaid compensation for services rendered through the date of termination,
together with employee benefits accrued through the date of termination. Under
the terms of his agreement, Mr. Livingston is prohibited from disclosing any
confidential information or trade secrets of TeleTech. The Agreement also
prohibits Mr. Livingston, for the three years after termination of his
employment with TeleTech, from engaging in any business or becoming employed or
otherwise rendering services to any company engaging in, inbound or outbound
teleservices, development or maintenance of voice or data communication, certain
software applications, customer communications services or technological
innovation or support for any of the foregoing.
The Company entered into an employment agreement dated as of April 1, 1996
with Steven B. Coburn. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Coburn serves as Chief
Financial Officer of the Company for a three-year term commencing on October 2,
1995 and is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $120,000 for 1995 and,
commencing January 1, 1996, an annual base salary of $135,000. Mr. Coburn also
is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of not more than twenty-five
percent of his salary upon the Company's
43
<PAGE>
achievement of certain predetermined performance goals. The Company has granted
Mr. Coburn options to purchase 250,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise
price of $2.00 per share, which options vest over a period of five years
beginning with the thirteenth month of his employment. The agreement prohibits
Mr. Coburn from disclosing any confidential information or trade secrets of the
Company. Mr. Coburn also is prohibited, during his employment and for three
years after the Company terminates his employment for Good Cause (as defined
therein) or Mr. Coburn voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company,
from engaging in any business, or becoming employed by or otherwise rendering
services to any company (other than TeleTech), that has as its primary business
inbound or outbound teleservices or technological innovation or support with
respect thereto.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
TeleTech's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws provide that
TeleTech shall indemnify its directors, and may indemnify its officers,
employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. The
Company also is authorized to secure insurance on behalf of any person it is
required or permitted to indemnify. Pursuant to this provision, TeleTech
maintains liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers.
TeleTech has entered into agreements to indemnify its directors and certain
of its officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in TeleTech's
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. These agreements provide,
among other things, that TeleTech will indemnify its directors and officers for
all direct and indirect expenses and costs (including, without limitation, all
reasonable attorneys' fees and related disbursements, other out-of-pocket costs
and reasonable compensation for time spent by such persons for which they are
not otherwise compensated by TeleTech or any third person) and liabilities of
any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgements, fines and
settlement fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection
with either the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any threatened,
pending or completed action, suit or other proceeding, including any action by
or in the right of the corporation, arising out of such person's services as a
director, officer, employee or other agent of TeleTech, any subsidiary of
TeleTech or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides
services at the request of TeleTech. TeleTech believes that these provisions and
agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced
directors and officers.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In addition to transactions described under "Management--Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation," the following transactions have
been effected, or are being contemplated, involving the Company and its
directors, executive officers or stockholders.
During 1995, TeleTech provided reservations call handling services to Midway
Airlines Corporation ("Midway"), a majority-owned subsidiary of Zell/Chilmark
Fund, L.P. Samuel Zell, a director of TeleTech, is an affiliate of Zell/Chilmark
Fund, L.P. During the twelve months ended December 31, 1995 and the six months
ended June 30, 1996, TeleTech charged Midway an aggregate of $1,291,862 and
$1,249,000, respectively, for services rendered by TeleTech. As of December 31,
1995 and June 30, 1996, the total amounts due from Midway for services rendered
by TeleTech were $535,845 and $644,267, respectively, of which $354,526 and
$511,976, respectively, were past due. TeleTech has continued to provide
reservations call handling services to Midway in the current fiscal year.
In April 1996, TeleTech agreed to accept from Midway, and Midway delivered
to the Company, a promissory note in the principal amount of $500,000 to
evidence a portion of the total amount due and owing. The promissory note bears
interest at a rate of 8% per annum and is payable in 12 equal installments of
principal, together with interest, commencing May 1, 1996. On July 1, 1996, a
balance of $375,000 was outstanding under this promissory note.
TeleTech has agreed to pay, prior to the closing of the Offering, a fee of
$1.0 million to Equity Group Investments, Inc. ("EGI"), an affiliate of Sam
Zell, a director of the Company, for certain financial advisory services
rendered by EGI in connection with the Offering and certain merger and
acquisition advisory
44
<PAGE>
services, including transaction structuring and negotiation, rendered by EGI in
connection with the acquisition of Access 24 and the joint venture with PPP. The
fee, which was negotiated between the Board of Directors of the Company (with
Messrs. Zell and Weingarten abstaining from its vote thereon) and EGI, is
believed to be substantially equivalent to fees of other advisors performing
comparable services, such as investment banks. Of the $1.0 million payable to
EGI, approximately $500,000 relate to services rendered in connection with the
Offering and are included as expenses thereof.
Mr. Zell is an affiliate of SZRL Investments, a general partnership that
owns a 7.5% limited partner profits interest in Genesis Merchant Group
Securities ("Genesis"), a member of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. Genesis is participating in the Offering as a member of the
underwriting syndicate. See "Underwriters."
TeleTech has utilized the services of The Riverside Agency, Inc. in
reviewing, obtaining or renewing various insurance policies. The Riverside
Agency, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of EGI. During the twelve months ended
December 31, 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996, The Riverside
Agency, Inc. invoiced TeleTech an aggregate of $23,965 and $47,930,
respectively, for services rendered.
On January 1, 1996, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital
stock of Access 24. As consideration for such stock, the Company issued an
aggregate of 712,520 shares of Common Stock to, and such shares are now owned
by, an affiliate of Dr. John E. Kendall and an affiliate of Louis T. Carroll,
and paid $2.3 million in cash and issued 257,720 shares of Common Stock to
Access 24 Holdings Pty Limited ("Access Holdings" and, together with the
affiliates of Dr. Kendall and Mr. Carroll, the "Common Stockholders"). Access
Holdings is an affiliate of RACV, a financial services client of the Company. In
connection with this transaction, the Company entered into a Stock Transfer and
Registration Rights Agreement with the Common Stockholders (the "Access 24
Agreement"), pursuant to which (i) the Company was granted certain rights of
first refusal to acquire shares of Common Stock sought to be sold by the Common
Stockholders, and (b) the Company granted to the Common Stockholders certain
rights to include in certain registration statements that may be filed by the
Company following the Offering all or part of the shares of Common Stock held by
the Common Stockholders.
In June 1996, Access Holdings notified the Company of its planned
disposition of its remaining 248,810 shares of Common Stock and, after
negotiations, the following agreements were reached and will be effected
contingent upon and immediately prior to the closing of the Offering: (i) Access
Holdings will sell 98,810 and 100,000 shares of Common Stock to the Company and
Hinsdale Corporation Sdn Berhad ("Hinsdale"), an affiliate of Mr. Carroll,
respectively, at a price of $10.00 per share, and (ii) the remaining 50,000
shares of Common Stock owned by Access Holdings and the 100,000 shares of Common
Stock acquired by Hinsdale from Access Holdings are included in, and will be
sold to the public pursuant to, the Offering. See "Principal and Selling
Stockholders."
In 1993 and 1994, Mr. Tuchman made loans to the Company that were evidenced
by subordinated promissory notes with an interest rate of 8% per annum. In 1995,
the Company paid interest of $11,000 to Mr. Tuchman on such notes. In connection
with the Company's restructuring and sale of $12.0 million of Preferred Stock in
January 1995, the Company repaid the approximately $1.2 million outstanding
balance of such notes. Also in 1995, TeleTech paid a dividend of approximately
$452,000 to Mr. Tuchman.
TeleTech believes that all transactions disclosed above have been, and
TeleTech's Board of Directors intends that any future transactions with its
officers, directors, affiliates or principal stockholders will be, on terms that
are no less favorable to TeleTech than those that are obtainable in arms' length
transactions with unaffiliated third parties.
Certain directors of the Company are entitled, under certain circumstances,
to require the Company to register under the Securities Act shares of Common
Stock owned by them. See "Management--Compensation Committee Interlocks and
Insider Participation."
45
<PAGE>
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of July 15, 1996, and as
adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of Common Stock being offered hereby, by
(i) each stockholder who is known by the Company to beneficially own more than
5% of the currently outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) each of the
Company's directors and the Named Executive Officers, (iii) all directors and
executive officers of the Company as a group and (iv) the Selling Stockholders.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED PRIOR SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED
TO THE OFFERING NUMBER OF AFTER THE OFFERING
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS ------------------------------- SHARES BEING ----------------------------
AND CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS (1) NUMBER PERCENT OFFERED (2) NUMBER PERCENT
- ----------------------------------------------- ------------------ ----------- --------------- --------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Kenneth D. Tuchman............................. 40,700,000(3) 79.7% 1,000,000 39,700,000 72.2%
Joseph D. Livingston........................... 375,000(4) * -- 375,000 *
Steven B. Coburn............................... -- * -- -- *
Alan Silverman................................. 333,330(5)(6) * -- 333,330 *
Richard Weingarten............................. 75,000(6)(7) * -- 243,333(7) *
Samuel Zell.................................... 8,575,000(8) 16.8 950,000(9) 2,514,400(8) 4.6
All directors and executive officers as a group
(6 persons)................................... 50,058,330 97.0 1,950,000(10) 43,166,063 77.6
Jack Silverman................................. 258,340(11) * 50,000 208,340 *
TeleTech Investors General Partnership
c/o Equity Group Investments, Inc.
Two North Riverside Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60606........................ 8,525,000(12) 16.7 950,000 -- *
Hinsdale Corporation Sdn Berhad (13)........... 170,000 * 170,000 -- *
Access 24 Holdings Pty Limited................. 50,000 * 50,000 -- *
</TABLE>
- ---------
* Less than one percent
(1)The address of each director and executive officer is in care of the
Company, 1700 Lincoln Street, Suite 1400, Denver, Colorado 80203.
(2)Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. If the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised, Mr. Tuchman will sell up
to 933,000 additional shares and, assuming all such shares are sold, he will
beneficially own 38,767,000 shares or 70.6% of the total outstanding shares.
(3)Mr. Tuchman is the founder, Chairman of the Board of Directors, President
and Chief Executive Officer of TeleTech. See "Management."
(4)Includes 375,000 shares of Common Stock subject to options granted under the
Option Plan, which are exercisable as of the date of this Prospectus. Mr.
Livingston is the Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the
Company. See "Management."
(5)Includes 258,330 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of 51,666
shares of Preferred Stock owned by Mr. Silverman, which he has agreed to
convert into Common Stock pursuant to the Preferred Stock Conversion, and
75,000 shares subject to options exercisable as of the date of this
Prospectus. See note (6) below.
(6)Includes 75,000 shares of Common Stock subject to options granted to each of
Messrs. Silverman and Weingarten under the Directors Option Plan. See
"Management--Compensation of Directors."
(7) Mr. Weingarten, as a general partner of TeleTech Investors General
Partnership ("TIGP"), owns an undivided interest in the 8,525,000 shares of
Common Stock issuable upon conversion of TIGP's
46
<PAGE>
1,705,000 shares of Preferred Stock. Zell General Partnership, Inc., an
affiliate of Mr. Zell and the managing general partner of TIGP (the
"Managing General Partner"), has the sole power to vote and dispose of these
shares. Upon dissolution of TIGP (see note (8) below), Mr. Weingarten will
receive a distribution of his proportionate share of the net proceeds from
TIGP's sale of Common Stock and the remaining shares of Common Stock not
sold by TIGP in the Offering. Following such distribution, Mr. Weingarten
will own 243,333 shares of Common Stock, which includes 75,000 shares of
Common Stock subject to options granted under the Directors Option Plan.
(8) Includes 50,000 shares of Common Stock subject to options granted to Mr.
Zell under the Directors Option Plan and, prior to the Offering 8,525,000
shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the 1,705,000 shares of
Preferred Stock owned by TIGP. See note (10) below and "Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions." The Managing General Partner
has agreed to convert, pursuant to the Preferred Stock Conversion, all of
its shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock. The Company has
been advised that, immediately after the closing of the Offering, TIGP will
be dissolved and the net proceeds from TIGP's sale of Common Stock, and the
remaining shares of Common Stock not sold by TIGP in the Offering, will be
distributed to its partners. Following such distribution, Mr. Zell will
beneficially own 2,514,400 shares of Common Stock, which includes 50,000
shares of Common Stock subject to options granted under the Directors Option
Plan. See "Management" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions."
(9) Represents the shares being sold by TIGP.
(10) Represents the shares being sold by Mr. Tuchman and TIGP, assuming no
exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. If the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised, Mr. Tuchman will sell up to 933,000
additional shares and, assuming all such shares are sold, all directors and
executive officers as a group will beneficially own 42,233,063 shares, or
76.1%, of the total outstanding shares.
(11) The shares reflected in the table are issuable upon conversion of, and Mr.
Silverman has agreed to convert in the Preferred Stock Conversion, his
51,668 shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock.
(12) Includes 8,525,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion, to
occur immediately prior and subject to consummation of the Offering, of the
1,705,000 shares of Preferred Stock owned by TIGP. The Company has been
advised that, immediately after the closing of the Offering, TIGP will be
dissolved and its assets will be distributed to its partners. See notes (7)
and (8) above.
(13) Hinsdale is a Malaysian corporation owned by Louis T. Carroll. Mr. Carroll
is the founder of Access 24 and previously served as its Chief Executive
Officer. Since January 1996, Mr. Carroll has served as the Managing Director
of Access 24. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."
47
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
Pursuant to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, the Company has
authority to issue an aggregate of 51,860,000 shares of capital stock,
consisting of 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, and
1,860,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $6.45 per share. As of July 15,
1996, after giving effect to the five-for-one stock split by a stock dividend,
the Company's issued and outstanding capital stock consisted of 41,746,240
shares of Common Stock, held by eleven holders of record, and 1,860,000 shares
of Preferred Stock, held by four holders of record. Pursuant to the Preferred
Stock Conversion, the holders of all of the issued and outstanding shares of
Preferred Stock have agreed to convert, immediately prior and subject to the
closing of the Offering, all of the 1,860,000 shares of Preferred Stock owned by
them into an aggregate of 9,300,000 shares of Common Stock. Thus, no information
regarding the currently outstanding Preferred Stock is set forth below.
Concurrently with the closing of the Offering, officers of the Company will
cause to be filed in Delaware and to take effect a Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the Company (the "Restated Certificate"). Under the Restated
Certificate, the Company will have authority to issue an aggregate of
160,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of 150,000,000 shares of Common
Stock, par value $.01 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock.
Set forth below is a description of the Common Stock, and of preferred stock
that may be issued, under the Restated Certificate.
COMMON STOCK
The rights of the holders of the Common Stock discussed below are subject to
such rights as the Board of Directors may hereafter confer on the holders of the
preferred stock; accordingly, rights conferred on holders of preferred stock
issued under the Restated Certificate may adversely affect the rights of holders
of the Common Stock.
Subject to the right of holders of Preferred Stock, the holders of
outstanding shares of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends out of
assets legally available therefor, at such times and in such amounts as the
Board of Directors may from time to time determine. See "Dividend Policy." The
shares of Common Stock are neither redeemable nor convertible and the holders
thereof have no preemptive or subscription rights to purchase any securities of
the Company. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the
holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive, PRO RATA, the assets of the
Company that are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts
and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of
Preferred Stock then outstanding. Each outstanding share of Common Stock is
entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. There
is no cumulative voting in the election of directors.
PREFERRED STOCK
The Restated Certificate authorizes the Board of Directors to issue
preferred stock in classes or series and to establish the designations,
preferences, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of any class or series
with respect to, among other things, the rate and nature of dividends, the
price, terms and conditions on which shares may be redeemed, the terms and
conditions for conversion or exchange into any other class or series of the
stock and voting rights. The Company will have authority, without approval of
the holders of Common Stock, to issue preferred stock that has voting, dividend
or liquidation rights superior to the Common Stock and that may adversely affect
the rights of holders of Common Stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while
providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other
corporate purposes, could, among other things, adversely affect the voting power
of the holders of Common Stock and could have the effect of delaying, deferring
or preventing a change in control of the Company. The Company currently has no
plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
DELAWARE STATUTORY BUSINESS COMBINATION PROVISION
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL") is applicable
to corporate takeovers in Delaware. Subject to certain exceptions set forth
therein, Section 203 of the DGCL provides that a corporation shall not engage in
any business combination with any "interested stockholder" for a three-year
48
<PAGE>
period following the date that such stockholder becomes an interested
stockholder unless (a) prior to such date, the board of directors of the
corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, (b) upon
consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an
interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the
voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction
commenced (excluding certain specified shares) or (c) on or subsequent to such
date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the
corporation and by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding
voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder. Except as
specified therein, an "interested stockholder" is defined to include any person
that is (i) the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the
corporation, (ii) an affiliate or associate of that corporation and was the
owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, at any
time within three years immediately prior to the relevant date, and (iii) an
affiliate or associate of the persons described in the foregoing clauses (i) or
(ii). Under certain circumstances, Section 203 of the DGCL makes it more
difficult for an "interested stockholder" to effect various business
combinations with a corporation for a three-year period, although the
stockholders may, by adopting an amendment to the corporation's certificate of
incorporation or By-laws, elect for the corporation not to be governed by
Section 203, effective twelve months after adoption. None of the Certificate of
Incorporation, the Restated Certificate and the By-laws exempt the Company from
the restrictions imposed under Section 203 of the DGCL. It is anticipated that
the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL may encourage companies interested in
acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with the Board of Directors of the
Company because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if a
majority of the directors then in office approve either the business combination
or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested
stockholder.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company.
49
<PAGE>
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market, or the
perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing
market price of the Common Stock and the ability of the Company to raise equity
capital in the future. The Company cannot predict the effect, if any, that sales
of shares of Common Stock, or the availability of such shares for future sales,
will have on future market prices of the Common Stock. Such sales also may make
it more difficult for the Company to sell equity securities or equity-related
securities in the future at the time and price it deems appropriate.
Upon completion of the Offering, the Compay will have 54,947,430 shares of
Common Stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the Underwriters'
over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options. Of these shares,
the 6,220,000 shares sold in the Offering will be freely tradeable, without
restriction, under the Securities Act. The remaining 48,727,430 shares will be
"restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities Act. Of these restricted securities, approximately 47,741,670 will be
subject to a 180-day lock-up period, as described below. Following the 180-day
lock-up period, all of the restricted securities will be immediately eligible
for sale, subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144
(but not the holding period requirement), except that approximately 26,000 of
the restricted securities will not become eligible for sale until expiration of
applicable holding periods.
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at
least two years (including, in certain circumstances, the holding period of a
prior owner) would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of
shares that does not exceed the greater of: (i) one percent of the number of
shares of Common Stock then outstanding (which will equal approximately 549,473
shares immediately after the Offering); or (ii) the average weekly trading
volume of the Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing
of a Form 144 with respect to such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject
to certain "manner of sale" provisions and notice requirements and to the
availability of current public information about TeleTech. Under Rule 144(k), a
person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of TeleTech at any time
during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares
proposed to be sold for at least three years (including, in certain
circumstances, the holding period of a prior owner), is entitled to sell such
shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume
limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144; therefore, unless otherwise
restricted, "144(k) shares" may be sold immediately upon the completion of the
Offering.
In addition, any employee, officer or director of or consultant to TeleTech
who purchased his or her shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or
contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701
permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without
complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further
provides that non-affiliates may sell such shares in reliance on Rule 144
without having to comply with the public information, volume limitation or
notice provisions of Rule 144.
All of the directors and officers of the Company and the Selling
Stockholders have agreed not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any
option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant
any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of,
directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock, or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, for a period
of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent
of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. TIGP, one of the Selling Stockholders, is
permitted to distribute its remaining shares of Common Stock to its partners,
provided that all of such partners have agreed to be bound by the 180-day
lock-up arrangement. See "Underwriters."
Following the Offering, the Company intends to file under the Securities Act
one or more registration statements on Form S-8 to register all of the shares of
Common Stock (i) subject to outstanding options and reserved for future option
grants under the Option Plan and the Directors Option Plan and (ii) that the
Company intends to offer for sale to its employees pursuant to the ESPP. These
registration statements are expected to become effective upon filing and shares
covered by these registration statements will be eligible
50
<PAGE>
for sale, subject, in the case of affiliates only, to the restrictions of Rule
144, other than the holding period requirement, and subject to expiration of the
lock-up agreements with the Underwriters. As of July 15, 1996, outstanding
options to acquire an aggregate of 788,333 shares of Common Stock were currently
exercisable.
Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Investment Agreement to take effect
upon the closing of the Offering, the Existing Stockholders will be entitled, by
majority vote, to require TeleTech, at its sole expense, to register under the
Securities Act all or part of their Common Stock. In addition, if TeleTech
proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act for its own
account, the Existing Stockholders may require TeleTech, at its sole expense, to
include in such registration all or part of the 8,300,000 shares of Common Stock
that will be owned by the Existing Stockholders after the Offering. These
registration rights will continue in effect following the Preferred Stock
Conversion and the closing of the Offering. An aggregate of 1,000,000 shares are
being registered by the Existing Stockholders in connection with the Offering.
See "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation."
Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Stock Transfer and Registration
Rights Agreement to take effect upon the closing of the Offering, if TeleTech
proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act for its own
account, the Common Stockholders may require TeleTech, at its sole expense, to
include in such registration all or part of the 651,430 shares of Common Stock
that will be held by the Common Stockholders after the Offering. An aggregate of
220,000 shares of Common Stock are being registered by the Common Stockholders
in connection with the Offering. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions."
51
<PAGE>
CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
The following discussion concerns the material United States federal income
and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of shares of Common
Stock applicable to Non-U.S. Holders of such shares of Common Stock. In general,
a "Non-U.S. Holder" is any holder other than (i) a citizen or resident of the
United States, (ii) a corporation or partnership created or organized in the
United States or under the law of the United States or any State or (iii) an
estate or trust whose income is includible in gross income for United States
federal income tax purposes regardless of its source. The discussion is based on
current law, which is subject to change retroactively or prospectively, and is
for general information only. The discussion does not address all aspects of
federal income and estate taxation and does not address any aspects of state,
local or non-U.S. tax laws. The discussion does not consider any specific facts
or circumstances that may apply to a particular Non-U.S. Holder (including the
fact that in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a partnership, the United
States tax consequences of holding and disposing of shares of Common Stock may
be affected by certain determinations made at the partner level). Accordingly,
prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the
United States federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax
consequences of holding and disposing of shares of Common Stock.
DIVIDENDS. Dividends, if any (see "Dividend Policy"), paid to a Non-U.S.
Holder generally will be subject to United States withholding tax at a 30% rate
(or a lower rate as may be prescribed by an applicable tax treaty) unless the
dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business of the Non-U.S.
Holder within the United States. Dividends effectively connected with a trade or
business will generally not be subject to withholding (if the Non-U.S. Holder
properly files an executed United States Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") Form
4224 with the payor of the dividend) and generally will be subject to United
States federal income tax on a net income basis at regular graduated rates. In
the case of a Non-U.S. Holder which is a corporation, such effectively connected
income also may be subject to the branch profits tax (which is generally imposed
on a foreign corporation on the repatriation from the United States of
effectively connected earnings and profits). The branch profits tax may not
apply if the recipient is a qualified resident of certain countries with which
the United States has an income tax treaty. To determine the applicability of a
tax treaty providing for a lower rate of withholding, dividends paid to a
stockholder's address of record in a foreign country are presumed, under the
current IRS position, to be paid to a resident of that country, unless the payor
has knowledge that such presumption is not warranted or an applicable tax treaty
(or United States Treasury Regulations thereunder) requires some other method
for determining a non-U.S. Holder's residence. However, recently proposed U.S.
Treasury Regulations, if adopted, would modify the forms and procedures for this
certification.
SALE OF COMMON STOCK. Generally, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to
United States federal income tax on any gain realized upon the disposition of
such holder's shares of Common Stock unless (i) the gain is effectively
connected with a trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. Holder with the
United States (in which case the branch profits tax may apply); (ii) the
Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who holds the shares of Common Stock as a
capital asset and is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the
taxable year of the disposition and to whom such gain is United States source;
(iii) the Non-U.S. Holder is subject to tax pursuant to the provisions of U.S.
tax law applicable to certain former United States citizens or residents; or
(iv) the Company is or has been a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for
federal income tax purposes (which the Company does not believe that it is or is
likely to become) at any time during the five year period ending on the date of
disposition (or such shorter period that such shares were held) and, subject to
certain exceptions, the Non-U.S. Holder held, directly or indirectly, more than
five percent of the Common Stock.
ESTATE TAX. Shares of Common Stock owned or treated as owned by an
individual who is not a citizen or resident (as specifically defined for United
States federal estate tax purposes) of the United States at the time of death
may be subject to United States federal estate tax.
52
<PAGE>
BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING
DIVIDENDS. The Company must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S.
Holder the amount of dividends paid to and the tax withheld, if any, with
respect to such holder. These information reporting requirements apply
regardless of whether withholding was reduced by an applicable tax treaty.
Copies of these information returns may also be available under the provisions
of a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in
which the Non-U.S. Holder resides. Dividends that are subject to United States
withholding tax at the 30% statutory rate or at a reduced tax treaty rate and
dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business
in the United States (if certain certification and disclosure requirements are
met) are exempt from backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax. In general,
backup withholding at a rate of 31% and information reporting will apply to
other dividends paid on shares of Common Stock to holders that are not "exempt
recipients" and fail to provide in the manner required certain identifying
information (such as the holder's name, address and taxpayer identification
number). Generally, individuals are not exempt recipients, whereas corporations
and certain other entities generally are exempt recipients.
DISPOSITIONS OF COMMON STOCK. The payment of the proceeds from the
disposition of shares of Common Stock through the United States office of a
broker will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless
the holder, under penalties of perjury, certifies, among other things, its
status as a Non-U.S. Holder, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally,
the payment of the proceeds from the disposition of shares of Common Stock to or
through a non-U.S. office of a broker will not be subject to backup withholding
and will not be subject to information reporting. In the case of the payment of
proceeds from the disposition of shares of Common Stock through a non-U.S.
office of a broker that is a U.S. person or a "U.S.-related person," existing
regulations require information reporting (but not backup withholding) on the
payment unless the broker receives a statement from the owner, signed under
penalties of perjury, certifying, among other things, its status as a Non-U.S.
Holder, or the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the owner is a
Non-U.S. Holder and the broker has no actual knowledge to the contrary. For tax
purpose, a "U.S.-related person" is (i) a "controlled foreign corporation" for
United States federal income tax purposes or (ii) a foreign person 50% or more
of whose gross income from all sources for the three year period ending with the
close of its taxable year preceding the payment (or for such part of the period
that the broker has been in existence) is derived from activities that are
effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business.
Any amount withheld from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder under the backup
withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against such holder's United
States federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund,
provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders
should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of these rules to
their particular situations, the availability of an exemption therefrom and the
procedures for obtaining such an exemption, if available.
53
<PAGE>
UNDERWRITERS
Under the terms and subject to conditions contained in an Underwriting
Agreement dated the date hereof, the U.S. Underwriters named below, for whom
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated and Smith
Barney Inc. are serving as U.S. Representatives, have severally agreed to
purchase, and the Company and the Selling Stockholders have severally agreed to
sell, and the International Underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley &
Co. International Limited, Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated and Smith Barney Inc.
are serving as International Representatives (collectively with the U.S.
Representatives, the "Representatives"), have severally agreed to purchase, and
the Company and the Selling Stockholders have severally agreed to sell, the
respective number of shares of Common Stock that in the aggregate equal the
number of shares set forth opposite the names of such Underwriters below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER
NAME OF SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------
<S> <C>
U.S. Underwriters:
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated......................................................
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated........................................................
Smith Barney Inc.......................................................................
Subtotal........................................................................... 4,976,000
----------
International Underwriters:
Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited.............................................
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated........................................................
Smith Barney Inc.......................................................................
----------
Subtotal........................................................................... 1,244,000
----------
Total.............................................................................. 6,220,000
----------
----------
</TABLE>
The U.S. Underwriters and the International Underwriters are collectively
referred to as the "Underwriters." The Underwriting Agreement provides that the
obligations of the several Underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby are subject to the approval of certain
legal matters by counsel and to certain other conditions, including the
conditions that no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement is in effect and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or
threatened by the Securities and Exchange Commission and that there has been no
material adverse change or any development involving a prospective material
adverse change in the earnings, results of operations or financial condition of
the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the
Registration Statement. The Underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all
of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby (other than those covered by the
over-allotment option described below) if any are taken.
Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
U.S. Underwriter has represented and agreed that, with certain exceptions set
forth below, (i) it is not purchasing any U.S. Shares (as defined below) for the
account of anyone other than a United States or Canadian Person (as defined
below) and (ii) it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly
or indirectly, any U.S. Shares or distribute this Prospectus outside the United
States or Canada or to anyone other than a United States or Canadian Person.
Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
International Underwriter has represented and agreed that, with certain
exceptions set forth below, (a) it is not purchasing any International Shares
(as defined below) for the account of any United States or Canadian Person and
(b) it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or
indirectly, any International Shares or distribute this Prospectus within the
United States or Canada or to any United States or Canadian Person. The
foregoing limitations do not apply to stabilization transactions or to certain
other transactions specified in the Agreement Between U.S. and International
Underwriters. With respect to Smith Barney Inc. and Alex. Brown & Sons
Incorporated, the foregoing representations or agreements (a) made by them in
54
<PAGE>
their capacity as U.S. Underwriters shall apply only to shares of Common Stock
purchased by them in their capacity as U.S. Underwriters, (b) made by them in
their capacity as International Underwriters shall apply only to shares of
Common Stock purchased by them in their capacity as International Underwriters
and (c) shall not restrict their ability to distribute this Prospectus to any
person. As used herein, "United States or Canadian Person" means any national or
resident of the United States or Canada or any corporation, pension,
profit-sharing or other trust or other entity organized under the laws of the
United States or Canada or of any political subdivision thereof (other than a
branch located outside of the United States and Canada of any United States or
Canadian Person) and includes any United States or Canadian branch of a person
who is not otherwise a United States or Canadian Person, and "United States"
means the United States of America, its territories, its possessions and all
areas subject to its jurisdiction. All shares of Common Stock to be offered by
the U.S. Underwriters and International Underwriters under the Underwriting
Agreement are referred to herein as the "U.S. Shares" and the "International
Shares," respectively.
Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters, sales
may be made between the U.S. Underwriters and the International Underwriters of
any number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased pursuant to the
Underwriting Agreement as may be mutually agreed. The per share price and
currency settlement of any shares of Common Stock so sold shall be the public
offering price range set forth on the cover page hereof, in United States
dollars, less an amount not greater than the per share amount of the concession
to dealers set forth below.
Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
U.S. Underwriter has represented that it has not offered or sold, and has agreed
not to offer or sell, any shares of Common Stock, directly or indirectly, in
Canada in contravention of the securities laws of Canada or any province or
territory thereof and has represented that any offer of such shares in Canada
will be made only pursuant to an exemption from the requirement to file a
prospectus in the province or territory of Canada in which such offer is made.
Each U.S. Underwriter has further agreed to send to any dealer who purchases
from it any shares of Common Stock a notice starting in substance that, by
purchasing such shares, such dealer represents and agrees that it has not
offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any of such
shares in Canada in contravention of the securities laws of Canada or any
province or territory thereof and that any offer of shares of Common Stock in
Canada will be made only pursuant to an exemption from the requirement to file a
prospectus in the province or territory of Canada in which such offer is made,
and that such dealer will deliver to any other dealer to whom it sells any of
such shares a notice to the foregoing effect.
Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
International Underwriter has represented that (i) it has not offered or sold
and will not offer or sell any shares of Common Stock to persons in the United
Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring,
holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the
purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not
resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom
within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995 (the
"Regulations"); (ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable
provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 and the Regulations with respect
to anything done by it in relation to such shares in, from or otherwise
involving the United Kingdom; and (iii) it has only issued or passed on and will
only issue or pass on to any person in the United Kingdom any document received
by it in connection with the issue of such shares, if that person is of a kind
described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment
Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995, or is a person to whom such document
may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
International Underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered or
sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for
the account of any resident thereof, any shares of Common Stock acquired in
connection with the Offering, except for offers or sales of Japanese
International Underwriters or dealers and except pursuant to any exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan. Each
International Underwriter has further agreed to send to any dealer who purchases
from it any of such shares of Common Stock a notice stating in substance that
such dealer may not offer or sell any of such shares, directly or indirectly, in
Japan or to or for the account of any resident thereof, except
55
<PAGE>
pursuant to any exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
and Exchange Law of Japan, and that such dealer will send to any other dealer to
whom it sells any of such shares a notice to the foregoing effect.
The Underwriters propose to offer part of the shares of Common Stock offered
hereby directly to the public at the public offering price set forth in the
cover page hereof and part to certain dealers at a price which represents a
concession not in excess of $ per share under the public offering price. The
Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may re-allow, a concession not in
excess of $ per share to other Underwriters or to certain other dealers.
After the initial offering of the shares of Common Stock, the offering price and
other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the Representatives.
Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, Mr. Tuchman, one of the Selling
Stockholders, has granted to the U.S. Underwriters an option, exercisable for 30
days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 933,000
shares of Common Stock at the public offering price set forth on the cover page
hereof, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The U.S. Underwriters may
exercise such option to purchase solely for the purpose of covering
over-allotments, if any, incurred in the sale of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby. To the extent such option is exercised, each U.S. Underwriter
will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately
the same percentage of such additional shares as the number set forth next to
such U.S. Underwriters' name in the preceding table bears to the total number of
shares of Common Stock offered hereby to the U.S. Underwriters.
The Underwriters have reserved up to 373,200 shares of the Common Stock
offered hereby for sale at the initial public offering price to certain
employees, consultants and other persons associated with the Company. The number
of shares of Common Stock available for sale to the general public will be
reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved
shares not so purchased will be offered by the Underwriters to the general
public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby.
The Representatives have informed the Company and the Selling Stockholders
that the Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to accounts over which they
exercise discretionary authority.
The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters have agreed to
indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under
the Securities Act.
See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a description of certain
arrangements by which all officers and directors of the Company have agreed not
to sell or otherwise dispose of Common Stock or convertible securities of the
Company for up to 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior
consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. The Company and the Selling
Stockholders have agreed in the Underwriting Agreement that they will not,
directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley &
Co. Incorporated, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or
contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option,
right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of
Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common
Stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, except under
certain circumstances. TIGP, one of the Selling Stockholders, is permitted to
distribute its remaining shares of Common Stock to its partners, provided that
all of such partners have agreed to be bound by the 180-day lock-up arrangement.
Samuel Zell, a director of the Company, is an affiliate of SZRL Investments,
a general partnership that owns a 7.5% limited partner profits interest in
Genesis Merchant Group Securities ("Genesis"), a member of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Genesis is participating in the Offering
as a member of the underwriting syndicate. Teletech has agreed to pay, prior to
the closing of the Offering, a fee of $1.0 million to Equity Group Investments,
Inc. ("EGI"), an affiliate of Mr. Zell, for certain financial advisory services
rendered by EGI in connection with the Offering and certain merger and
acquisition advisory services, including transaction structuring and
negotiation, rendered by EGI in connection with the acquisition of Access 24 and
the joint venture with PPP. Of the $1.0 million payable to EGI, approximately
$500,000 relate to services rendered in connection with the Offering and are
included as expenses thereof. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions."
56
<PAGE>
PRICING OF THE OFFERING
Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Company's
Common Stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by
negotiation between the Company and the Representatives. Among the factors to be
considered in determining the initial public offering price will be the future
prospects of the Company and its industry in general, revenues, earnings and
certain other financial and operating information of the Company in recent
periods and the price-earnings ratios, price-revenues ratios, market prices of
securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged
in activities similar to those of the Company. The estimated initial public
offering price range set forth on the cover page of this Preliminary Prospectus
is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be passed
upon for TeleTech by Neal, Gerber & Eisenberg, Chicago, Illinois. Certain legal
matters in connection with the Offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters
by Katten Muchin & Zavis, Chicago, Illinois. In connection with the Offering,
certain attorneys of Neal, Gerber & Eisenberg intend to purchase shares of
Common Stock at the initial public offering price, which constitute a portion of
the shares reserved by the Underwriters for sale at the initial public offering
price to certain employees, consultants and other persons associated with the
Company. See "Underwriters."
EXPERTS
The financial statements of TeleTech as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and
for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1995 and the
financial statements Access 24 for the 10 months ended December 31, 1995 and for
the year ended February 28, 1995 included in this Prospectus and elsewhere in
the Registration Statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent
public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect thereto, and are
included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in
accounting and auditing in giving said reports.
The financial statements of TeleTech as of December 31, 1993 and for the 11
month period ended December 31, 1993 included in this Prospectus and elsewhere
in the Registration Statement have been audited by Gumbiner, Savett, Finkel,
Fingleson & Rose, Inc. (formerly Gumbiner, Savett, Friedman & Rose, Inc.),
independent public accountants, and are included herein in reliance upon the
authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.
CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
In December 1994, Gumbiner, Savett, Finkel, Fingelson & Rose, Inc. resigned,
and Arthur Andersen LLP was retained, as the Company's independent public
accountants. The reports of Gumbiner, Savett, Finkel, Fingelson & Rose, Inc. on
the combined financial statements of TeleTech Telecommunications, Inc. and
TeleTech Teleservices, Inc. as of December 31, 1993 and for the 11 month period
ended December 31, 1993 included herein contain no adverse opinion or disclaimer
of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or
application of accounting principles. During the engagement of Gumbiner, Savett,
Finkel, Fingelson & Rose, Inc. by the Company, there were no disagreements
between the Company and such firm on any matter of accounting principles or
practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
TeleTech has filed with the Commission under the Securities Act a
Registration Statement on Form S-1 with respect to the Common Stock offered
hereby. This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the Registration Statement,
omits certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement and the
exhibits and schedules thereto on file with the Commission pursuant to the
Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. For
further information with respect to TeleTech and the Common Stock, reference is
made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. The
57
<PAGE>
Registration Statement, including exhibits and schedules thereto, may be
inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission, including at the Commission's Public Reference Room, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Judiciary Plaza, Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's
Regional Offices at 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048
and Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
60661. Copies may be obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference
Section of the Commission as its principal office in Washington, D.C. Such
materials also may be accessed electronically by means of the Commission's home
page on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov.
Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract
or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance
reference is made to the copy of such contract or other documents filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in
its entirety by such reference.
58
<PAGE>
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C>
Report of Gumbiner, Savett, Finkel, Fingleson & Rose, Inc. (formerly Gumbiner, Savett, Friedman & Rose,
Inc.)..................................................................................................... F-2
Report of Arthur Andersen LLP.............................................................................. F-3
Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and
March 31, 1996............................................................................................ F-4
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income for the eleven months ended December 31, 1993, the years
ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996....................... F-6
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 1994 and 1995.... F-7
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the eleven months ended December 31, 1993, the years
ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996....................... F-8
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and
for the eleven months ended December 31, 1993 and for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996...... F-10
</TABLE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED
AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
(ALL AMOUNTS PRESENTED IN AUSTRALIAN DOLLARS, "A$")
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C>
Report of Arthur Andersen Chartered Accountants............................................................ F-26
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 28, 1995 and December 31, 1995.................................. F-27
Consolidated Profit and Loss Accounts for the year ended February 28, 1995 and the ten months ended
December 31, 1995......................................................................................... F-28
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended February 28, 1995 and the ten months ended
December 31, 1995......................................................................................... F-29
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended February 28, 1995 and the ten months
ended December 31, 1995................................................................................... F-30
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
The Board of Directors
TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
Denver, Colorado
We have audited the accompanying combined statements of income and cash
flows of TeleTech Telecommunications, Inc. and TeleTech Teleservices, Inc. ("the
Companies") (see Note 1) for the eleven months ended December 31, 1993. These
combined statements of income and cash flows are the responsibility of the
Companies' management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
combined statements of income and cash flows based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the combined statements of income and cash
flows are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined
statements of income and cash flows. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well
as evaluating the overall presentation of the combined statements of income and
cash flows. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the combined statements of income and cash flows referred to
above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the Companies'
operations and cash flows for the eleven months ended
December 31, 1993 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
GUMBINER, SAVETT, FINKEL, FINGLESON & ROSE, INC.
(formerly Gumbiner, Savett, Friedman & Rose, Inc.)
Santa Monica, California
April 13, 1994.
F-2
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To TeleTech Holdings, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated and combined balance sheets of
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries, as of
December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the related consolidated and combined statements
of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated and combined financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated and combined
financial position of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December
31, 1994 and 1995, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
the years then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Denver, Colorado,
February 10, 1996.
F-3
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31
----------------------------
ASSETS 1994 1995
- ---------------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- MARCH 31, PRO FORMA
1996 MARCH 31,
------------- 1996
(UNAUDITED) -------------
(UNAUDITED)
(NOTE 1)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents......................... $ 37,733 $ 42,304 $ 728,403
Short-term investments............................ -- 10,361,213 8,203,527
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
accounts of $172,512, $788,907 and $896,685,
respectively..................................... 4,298,147 9,786,123 14,280,609
Prepaids and other assets......................... 201,439 238,022 608,896
Deposits.......................................... 123,883 220,243 432,010
Deferred tax asset (Note 8)....................... -- 485,742 637,720
------------- ------------- -------------
Total current assets............................ 4,661,202 21,133,647 24,891,165
------------- ------------- -------------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net of accumulated
depreciation of $3,935,136, $6,059,424 and
$6,987,766, respectively........................... 5,386,456 9,103,701 16,308,351
------------- ------------- -------------
OTHER ASSETS:
Deposits.......................................... 53,968 -- --
Deferred contract costs (Note 1).................. -- 345,978 1,731,234
Goodwill (net of amortization of $108,000) (Note
1)............................................... -- -- 6,272,193
Other assets...................................... -- -- 251,297
------------- ------------- -------------
Total assets.................................... $ 10,101,626 $ 30,583,326 $ 49,454,240
------------- ------------- -------------
------------- ------------- -------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.
F-4
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31
--------------------------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 1994 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------ MARCH 31, PRO FORMA
1996 MARCH 31,
------------ 1996
(UNAUDITED) ------------
(UNAUDITED)
(NOTE 1)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Bank overdraft......................................... $ 560,490 $ 1,427,017 $ --
Short term borrowings (Note 6)......................... 638,635 1,000,000 3,500,000
Current portion of capital lease obligations
(Note 4).............................................. 401,001 1,255,966 2,129,440
Current portion of other long-term debt (Note 5)....... 624,483 195,660 189,443
Current portion of subordinated notes payable to
stockholder (Note 7).................................. 145,299 -- --
Accounts payable....................................... 1,442,503 2,604,297 4,820,221
Accrued employee compensation.......................... 962,664 1,742,915 3,452,438
Other accrued expenses................................. 475,142 1,261,984 4,322,239
Customer advances and deposits......................... 165,756 292,626 537,282
Deferred income........................................ 25,683 47,699 560,215
------------ ------------ ------------
Total current liabilities............................ 5,441,656 9,828,164 19,511,278
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES (Note 8)........................ -- 507,365 498,790
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current portion:
Capital lease obligations (Note 4)..................... 911,578 3,192,997 5,408,307
Subordinated note payable to stockholder
(Note 7).............................................. 959,038 -- --
Other debt (Note 5).................................... 592,282 396,618 1,127,846
------------ ------------ ------------
Total liabilities.................................... 7,904,554 13,925,144 26,546,221
------------ ------------ ------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 9)
MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (Notes
1 and 11):
$6.45 par value, 1,860,000 shares authorized, zero,
1,860,000, 1,860,000, and zero shares respectively
issued and outstanding (including accrued dividends of
zero, $867,430, $1,078,645 and zero).................. -- 12,867,430 13,078,645 --
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 1):
Common stock, $.01 par value, 150,000,000 shares
authorized, zero, 40,700,000, 41,746,240 and
51,046,240 shares, respectively issued and
outstanding........................................... -- 407,000 417,462 510,462
Common stock of combined entities, no par value
10,000,000 shares authorized, 127,500, zero, zero and
zero shares, respectively, issued and outstanding..... 25,000 -- -- --
Additional paid-in capital............................. -- 1,846,472 7,067,210 20,052,855
Cumulative translation adjustment...................... -- -- 141,095 141,095
Unearned compensation-restricted stock................. -- -- (380,000) (380,000)
Retained earnings...................................... 2,172,072 1,537,280 2,583,607 2,583,607
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Total stockholders' equity........................... 2,197,072 3,790,752 9,829,374 22,908,019
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........... $ 10,101,626 $ 30,583,326 $ 49,454,240
------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.
F-5
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ELEVEN THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 31,
DECEMBER 31, -------------------------- --------------------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES.................................... $ 19,519,593 $ 35,462,172 $ 50,467,490 $ 10,412,306 $ 22,019,345
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Costs of services......................... 10,726,189 17,405,789 27,245,961 5,468,962 11,194,498
Selling, general and administrative
expenses................................. 7,956,176 15,860,157 18,625,431 4,328,934 8,102,020
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Total operating expenses................ 18,682,365 33,265,946 45,871,392 9,797,896 19,296,518
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS...................... 837,228 2,196,226 4,596,098 614,410 2,722,827
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES):
Interest expense.......................... (299,552) (481,516) (459,589) (102,912) (234,013)
Interest income........................... -- -- 577,350 152,400 111,308
Other (Note 14)........................... -- -- 2,371,221 2,288,390 (341,278)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
(299,552) (481,516) 2,488,982 2,337,878 (463,983)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Income before income taxes.............. 537,676 1,714,710 7,085,080 2,952,288 2,258,844
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES........ (10,000) 19,736 2,928,996 1,324,463 1,001,302
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net income.............................. $ 547,676 $ 1,694,974 $ 4,156,084 $ 1,627,825 $ 1,257,542
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
SHARES USED IN COMPUTING PRO FORMA NET
INCOME PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT
SHARE...................................... 54,402,103 54,330,530 54,425,960
------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------
PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER COMMON AND COMMON
EQUIVALENT SHARE........................... $.08 $.03 $.02
------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------
PRO FORMA NET INCOME AND EARNINGS PER COMMON
SHARE (UNAUDITED)
(Notes 1 and 8):
Historical net income before income
taxes.................................. $ 537,676 $ 1,714,710
Historical provision (benefit) for
income taxes........................... (10,000) 19,736
Pro forma income tax effects............ 248,996 657,866
------------ ------------
Pro forma net income.................... $ 298,680 $ 1,037,108
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
Pro forma common shares outstanding..... 43,842,557 43,842,557
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
Pro forma earnings per common share..... $.01 $.02
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
F-6
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MANDATORILY
REDEEMABLE, STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CONVERTIBLE ----------------------------------------------------------
PREFERRED COMMON
STOCK COMMON STOCK STOCK OF ADDITIONAL CUMULATIVE
---------------------- -------------------- COMBINED PAID-IN TRANSLATION
SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT ENTITIES CAPITAL ADJUSTMENT
--------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCES, January 1, 1994................ $ 25,000 $ -- $ --
Distribution to stockholder............ -- -- --
Net income............................. -- -- --
----------- ---------- -----------
BALANCES, December 31, 1994.............. -- $ -- -- $ -- 25,000 -- --
Issue of Preferred Stock (Note 11)..... 1,860,000 12,000,000 -- -- -- -- --
Adjustment to reclassify retained
earnings to additional paid in capital
upon termination of S corporation
election
(Note 11)............................. -- -- -- -- -- 2,172,072 --
Stock exchange (Note 1)................ -- -- 40,700,000 407,000 (25,000) (325,600) --
Distribution to stockholder............ -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Net Income............................. -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Dividends accrued on Preferred Stock
(Note 11)............................. -- 867,430 -- -- -- -- --
--------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ---------- -----------
BALANCES, December 31, 1995.............. 1,860,000 12,867,430 40,700,000 407,000 -- 1,846,472 --
Purchase of Access 24 (Note 16)........ -- -- 970,240 9,702 -- 4,841,498 --
Cumulative translation adjustments..... -- -- -- -- -- -- 141,095
Net income............................. -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Dividends accrued on Preferred Stock
(Note 11)............................. -- 211,215 -- -- -- -- --
Issuance of restricted stock for
compensation.......................... -- -- 76,000 760 -- 379,240 --
--------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ---------- -----------
BALANCES, March 31, 1996 (unaudited)..... 1,860,000 13,078,645 41,746,240 417,462 -- 7,067,210 141,095
Pro Forma adjustment to reflect
conversion of Mandatorily Redeemable
Preferred Stock to Common Stock (Note
11)................................... (1,860,000) (13,078,645) 9,300,000 93,000 -- 12,985,645 --
--------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ---------- -----------
BALANCES, Pro Forma March 31, 1996
(unaudited)............................. -- $ -- 51,046,240 $ 510,462 $ -- $20,052,855 $ 141,095
--------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ---------- -----------
<CAPTION>
UNEARNED
COMPENSATION- TOTAL
RESTRICTED RETAINED STOCKHOLDERS'
STOCK EARNINGS EQUITY
-------------- --------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCES, January 1, 1994................ $ -- $ 917,098 $ 942,098
Distribution to stockholder............ -- (440,000) (440,000)
Net income............................. -- 1,694,974 1,694,974
-------------- --------- ------------
BALANCES, December 31, 1994.............. -- 2,172,072 2,197,072
Issue of Preferred Stock (Note 11)..... -- -- --
Adjustment to reclassify retained
earnings to additional paid in capital
upon termination of S corporation
election
(Note 11)............................. -- (2,172,072) --
Stock exchange (Note 1)................ -- (56,400) --
Distribution to stockholder............ -- (1,694,974) (1,694,974)
Net Income............................. -- 4,156,084 4,156,084
Dividends accrued on Preferred Stock
(Note 11)............................. -- (867,430) (867,430)
-------------- --------- ------------
BALANCES, December 31, 1995.............. -- 1,537,280 3,790,752
Purchase of Access 24 (Note 16)........ -- -- 4,851,200
Cumulative translation adjustments..... -- -- 141,095
Net income............................. -- 1,257,542 1,257,542
Dividends accrued on Preferred Stock
(Note 11)............................. -- (211,215) (211,215)
Issuance of restricted stock for
compensation.......................... (380,000) -- --
-------------- --------- ------------
BALANCES, March 31, 1996 (unaudited)..... (380,000) 2,583,607 9,829,374
Pro Forma adjustment to reflect
conversion of Mandatorily Redeemable
Preferred Stock to Common Stock (Note
11)................................... -- -- 13,078,645
-------------- --------- ------------
BALANCES, Pro Forma March 31, 1996
(unaudited)............................. $ (380,000) $2,583,607 $22,908,019
-------------- --------- ------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
F-7
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ELEVEN THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 31,
DECEMBER 31, -------------------------- --------------------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income............................ $ 547,676 $ 1,694,974 $ 4,156,084 $ 1,627,825 $ 1,257,542
Adjustments to reconcile net income to
net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities--
Depreciation and amortization....... 722,753 1,164,696 2,124,287 435,998 1,047,383
Allowance for doubtful accounts..... 302,408 (20,381) 616,395 46,545 107,778
Deferred taxes on income............ (22,000) -- 21,623 212,500 (160,553)
Changes in assets and liabilities--
Accounts receivable............... (4,804,330) 2,288,110 (6,104,371) (1,466,617) (3,135,533)
Prepaids and other assets......... (162,599) 75,774 (36,583) (16,080) (169,594)
Deposits.......................... (125,144) (26,327) (42,392) (39,872) (129,853)
Deferred costs.................... -- -- (345,978) -- (1,385,256)
Other assets...................... -- -- -- -- 101,871
Accounts payable.................. 2,298,421 (1,860,500) 1,161,794 (234,569) 1,941,473
Accrued expenses.................. 133,076 200,925 786,842 1,725,434 2,012,477
Accrued employee compensation..... (129,094) 328,371 780,251 1,122,634 1,344,802
Customer advances and deposits.... 309,863 (213,933) 126,870 (118,868) 244,656
Deferred income................... 492,350 (466,667) 22,016 675,796 (16,255)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities............. (436,620) 3,165,042 3,266,838 3,970,726 3,060,938
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of property and equipment.... (1,589,609) (1,932,312) (1,735,206) (243,469) (3,301,426)
Purchase of Access 24, net of cash
acquired............................. -- -- -- -- (2,218,149)
(Increase) decrease in short-term
investments............................ -- -- (10,361,213) (11,840,569) 2,499,017
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash used in investing
activities....................... (1,589,609) (1,932,312) (12,096,419) (12,084,038) (3,020,558)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
F-8
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ELEVEN THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 31,
DECEMBER 31, -------------------------- ---------------------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net increase (decrease) in bank
overdraft............................... $ 81,277 $ 479,213 $ 866,527 $ (540,490) $ (1,572,294)
Net increase (decrease) in short-term
borrowings.............................. 832,000 (840,365) 361,365 (388,635) 2,500,000
Payments on long-term debt............... (157,756) (418,241) (624,487) (113,121) (47,829)
Proceeds from long-term debt
borrowings.............................. 1,042,374 475,000 -- -- --
Payments under capital lease
obligations............................. (99,984) (324,924) (969,942) (149,522) (356,895)
Payments under subordinated notes payable
to stockholder.......................... (49,695) (125,680) (1,104,337) (1,104,337) --
Distributions to stockholder -- (440,000) (1,694,974) (1,210,000) --
Issuance of preferred stock.............. -- -- 12,000,000 12,000,000 --
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities................ 1,648,216 (1,194,997) 8,834,152 8,493,895 522,982
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash.... -- -- -- -- 122,737
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS............................... (378,013) 37,733 4,571 360,583 686,099
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of
period.................................... 378,013 -- 37,733 37,733 42,304
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period... $ -- $ 37,733 $ 42,304 $ 398,316 $ 728,403
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
INFORMATION:
Cash paid for interest................... $ 299,552 $ 455,375 $ 464,551 $ 101,403 $ 155,904
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------
Cash paid for income taxes............... $ 108,085 $ 13,506 $ 2,423,591 $ -- $ 525,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING
AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Assets acquired through capital leases... $ 2,137,884 $ 211,194 $ 4,106,326 $ 1,589,799 $ 1,712,887
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------
Stock issued in purchase of Access 24.... $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 4,851,200
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
F-9
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. ("THI" or the "Company") is a provider of outsourced
strategic customer care solutions for Fortune 1000 corporations in targeted
industries in the United States, United Kingdom, Australia and New Zealand.
Customer care encompasses a wide range of customer acquisition, retention and
satisfaction programs designed to maximize the lifetime value of the
relationship between the Company's clients and their customers.
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The consolidated financial statements are comprised of the accounts of THI
and its wholly owned subsidiaries, TeleTech Telecommunications, Inc., a
California corporation ("TTC"), TeleTech Teleservices, Inc., a Colorado
corporation ("TTS") and effective January 1, 1996, Access 24 and subsidiaries
(Note 16), (jointly "the Group"). Prior to January 1, 1995, the Group comprised
TTC and TTS, held under the common ownership of a sole stockholder ("the
Stockholder"). Financial statements for 1993 and 1994 represent the combined
financial statements of TTC and TTS.
In January 1995, a Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement and an Investment
Agreement (collectively the "Agreements") were executed by TeleTech Investors
General Partnership ("TIGP"), Essaness Theaters Corporation ("Essaness") and the
Stockholder. The Stockholder of TTC and TTS contributed 100% of his shares in
these companies to THI, a newly formed Delaware corporation, in exchange for
40,700,000 shares of THI's common stock, which constituted 100% of THI's
outstanding stock. Concurrent with this stock exchange, TIGP and Essaness
purchased an aggregate of 1,860,000 shares of THI's convertible preferred stock
("Preferred Stock") for $12 million. The Preferred Stock is initially
convertible into 9,300,000 shares of THI's common stock (Note 11). TIGP and
Essaness purchased 1,705,000 and 155,000 shares of the Preferred Stock,
respectively. The Agreements also required THI to enter into employment
agreements with key executives, to obtain key man life and disability insurance
policies and to adopt a stock option plan for key employees.
The exchange of stock constituted a reorganization of entities under common
control and the assets and liabilities of TTC and TTS are reflected in the
consolidated financial statements of THI based on their historical cost to TTC
and TTS.
All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the
consolidated and combined financial statements.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION
If the offering contemplated by this Prospectus is consummated, all of the
Preferred Stock outstanding at the closing date will be converted into shares of
Common Stock ("Common Stock"). The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of March
31, 1996, reflects the conversion of outstanding Preferred Stock at March 31,
1996 into 9,300,000 shares of Common Stock.
INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The consolidated financial statements of THI as of March 31, 1995 and 1996
presented herein have been prepared by THI without audit, pursuant to the rules
and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The financial
statements reflect all adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring
accruals) which, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly
the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of THI and
subsidiaries as of March 31, 1995 and 1996, and for the periods then ended.
F-10
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
The assets and liabilities of the Company's foreign subsidiaries whose
functional currency is other than the U.S. Dollar are translated at the exchange
rates in effect on the reporting date, and income and expenses are translated at
the weighted average exchange rate during the period. The net effect of
translation gains and losses are not included in determining net income, but are
accumulated as a separate component of shareholders' equity. Foreign currency
transaction gains and losses are included in determining net income. Such gains
and losses were not material for any period presented.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Additions, improvements, and major renewals are capitalized. Maintenance,
repairs, and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. Amounts paid for software
licenses and third-party packaged software are capitalized. Costs relating to
the internal development of software are expensed as incurred.
Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method based on the estimated
useful lives of the assets, as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Computer equipment and software........................................... 5 years
Telephone equipment....................................................... 5 years
Furniture and fixtures.................................................... 5-7 years
Leasehold improvements.................................................... 5-7 years
Vehicles.................................................................. 5 years
</TABLE>
Assets acquired under capital lease obligations are amortized over the life
of the applicable lease of four to seven years (or the estimated useful lives of
the assets, of four to seven years, where title to the leased assets passes to
the Company on termination of the lease).
REVENUE RECOGNITION
The Company recognizes revenues at the time services are performed. The
Company has certain contracts which are billed in advance. Accordingly, amounts
billed but not earned under these contracts are excluded from revenues and
included in deferred income.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Research and development costs are charged to operations when incurred and
are included in operating expenses. Research and development costs amounted to
approximately $430,000, $684,000, $458,000, $108,000 (unaudited) and $102,000
(unaudited) for the eleven months ended December 31, 1993, the years ended
December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the three-month periods ended March 31, 1995 and
1996, respectively.
DEFERRED CONTRACT COST
The Company defers certain incremental direct costs incurred in connection
with preparing to provide services under long-term facilities management
agreements. Costs that have been deferred include the costs of hiring dedicated
personnel to manage client-owned facilities, their related payroll and other
directly associated costs from the time long-term facilities management
agreements are entered into until the beginning of providing services. Such
costs are amortized over twelve months. Deferred contract costs at
F-11
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996 include costs incurred in preparing to
provide services under a five year agreement entered into in October, 1995,
under which the Company began providing services during April 1996.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The excess of cost over the fair market value of tangible net assets and
trademarks of acquired businesses is amortized on a straight-line basis over the
periods of expected benefit of 15 years. Accumulated amortization of intangible
assets for the three-month period ended March 31, 1996, was $108,000
(unaudited). No amortization expense was recorded in prior periods.
Subsequent to an acquisition, the corporation continually evaluates whether
later events and circumstances have occurred that indicate the remaining
estimated useful life of an intangible asset may warrant revision or that the
remaining balance of an intangible asset may not be recoverable. When factors
indicate that an intangible asset should be evaluated for possible impairment,
the corporation uses an estimate of the related business' undiscounted future
cash flows over the remaining life of the asset in measuring whether the
intangible asset is recoverable. Management does not consider that any provision
for impairment of intangible assets is required.
INCOME TAXES
The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("SFAS
109") which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the
expected future income tax consequences of transactions which have been included
in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax
assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the
financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax
rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.
Net deferred tax assets are then reduced by a valuation allowance for amounts
which do not satisfy the realization criteria of SFAS 109.
During 1993 and 1994, TTC and TTS were S corporations and their income was
taxable to the Stockholder rather than the companies. Effective January 1, 1995,
S corporation status terminated and THI and its domestic subsidiaries began to
file consolidated corporate Federal and state income tax returns (Access 24,
(Note 16) will file separate tax returns in Australia). As required by SFAS 109,
this change in tax status was recognized by establishing deferred tax assets and
liabilities for temporary differences between the tax basis and amounts reported
in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet (Note 8).
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Earnings per share are computed based upon the weighted average number of
common shares and common share equivalents outstanding. The shares of
convertible Preferred Stock are considered common stock equivalents due to the
mandatory conversion provision (Note 11). Pursuant to Securities and Exchange
Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 83, common stock and common stock
equivalent shares issued by the Company at prices below the assumed public
offering price during the twelve month period prior to the proposed offering
date (using the treasury stock method) have been included in the calculation as
if they were outstanding for all the periods presented regardless of whether
they are antidilutive. On May 14, 1996, the Company approved a five for one
share common stock split to be effective immediately prior and subject
F-12
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
to the closing of the offering contemplated by this Registration Statement.
Common stock amounts, equivalent share amounts and per share amounts have been
adjusted retroactively to give effect to the stock split.
The weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents
was calculated as follows assuming the anticipated five-for-one stock split:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
YEAR ENDED 31,
DECEMBER 31, --------------------------
1995 1995 1996
------------ ------------ ------------
PRO FORMA ELEVEN PRO FORMA
MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
1993 1994
---------------- ------------
(UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Common shares outstanding............ 40,700,000 40,700,000 40,700,000 40,700,000 41,746,240
Convertible preferred stock.......... -- -- 9,300,000 9,300,000 9,300,000
Common equivalent shares............. 3,142,557 3,142,557 4,402,103 4,330,530 3,379,720
---------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Shares used in computing pro forma
net income per common and common
equivalent share.................... 43,842,557 43,842,557 54,402,103 54,330,530 54,425,960
---------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
---------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
For comparative purposes, the earnings per share for 1993 and 1994 have been
calculated on a pro-forma basis as the historical earnings per share is not
meaningful due to the Company reorganization on January 1, 1995.
A portion of the proceeds from the proposed public offering will be used to
repay short-term borrowings. If this reduction had taken place at January 1,
1995 or January 1, 1996, the effect on pro forma earnings would have been
immaterial.
INCREASE IN AUTHORIZED SHARES
On May 14, 1996, the Board of Directors authorized an amendment to the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation that will be effective upon the closing
of the proposed public offering of the Company's Common Stock. The amendment
increases the authorized shares of Common Stock to 150,000,000 shares. The
amendment also authorizes the Company to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of
preferred stock.
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS
In January 1996, the Company awarded 76,000 restricted shares of the
Company's common stock to certain employees as compensation to be earned over
the term of the employees' related employment agreements (three years). The
market value of the stock at the date of award was $380,000. This amount has
been recorded as unearned compensation-restricted stock and is shown as a
separate component of stockholders' equity.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all
cash and investments with an original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash
equivalents.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
F-13
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during
the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
be Disposed Of." SFAS 121 requires that long-lived assets and certain
identifiable intangibles to be held and used by an entity be reviewed for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. SFAS 121 is effective for
financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. The
adoption of SFAS 121 on January 1, 1996 had no impact on the Company's
consolidated financial position or results of operations.
In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
123. "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation." With respect to stock options
granted to employees, SFAS No. 123 permits companies to continue using the
accounting method promulgated by the Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25
("APB No. 25"), "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," to measure
compensation or to adopt the fair value based method prescribed by SFAS No. 123.
If APB No. 25's method is continued, pro forma disclosures are required as if
SFAS No. 123 accounting provisions were followed. Management has determined not
to adopt SFAS No. 123's accounting recognition provisions (Note 12).
(2) CONCENTRATIONS
The Company's revenues from major customers (revenues in excess of 10% of
total sales) are from entities involved in the telecommunications, technology,
transportation, healthcare and financial services industries and for the periods
ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
ELEVEN YEAR ENDED ENDED
MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
DECEMBER 31, ----------------- -----------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
------------ ------- ------- ------- -------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Customer A.................... 23% 18% 31% 33% 22%
Customer B.................... -- 5% 18% 24% 6%
Customer C.................... 21% 17% 9% 13% 6%
Customer D.................... -- 13% -- -- --
Customer E.................... 18% -- -- -- --
Customer F.................... 0% 0% 3% 0% 13%
-- -- -- -- --
62% 53% 61% 70% 47%
-- -- -- -- --
-- -- -- -- --
</TABLE>
The loss of one or more of its significant customers could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results or financial
condition.
To limit the Company's credit risk, management performs ongoing credit
evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for potentially
uncollectible accounts. Although the Company is directly impacted
F-14
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
(2) CONCENTRATIONS (CONTINUED)
by economic conditions in the telecommunications, technology, transportation,
healthcare and financial services industries, management does not believe
significant credit risk exists at December 31, 1995 or at March 31, 1996.
GEOGRAPHIC AREA INFORMATION
Prior to the acquisition of Access 24 in January 1996 (Note 16), the Company
operated exclusively within the United States. Unaudited geographic area
information for the three months ended March 31, 1996 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNITED STATES EUROPE ASIA PACIFIC TOTAL
------------- ------------ ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues.............................................. $ 18,680,313 $ 476,576 $ 2,862,456 $ 22,019,345
Income (loss) before income taxes..................... 2,054,659 (86,676) 290,861 2,258,844
Assets................................................ 37,317,780 1,794,743 10,341,717 49,454,240
</TABLE>
(3) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 1994 and
1995, and March 31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------
1994 1995
------------- ------------- MARCH 31,
1996
-------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Computer equipment and software..................................... $ 5,848,105 $ 9,807,113 $ 11,197,300
Telephone equipment................................................. 1,105,246 1,219,642 1,851,831
Furniture and fixtures.............................................. 1,507,171 2,938,478 5,307,555
Leasehold improvements.............................................. 861,070 1,197,892 4,915,141
Vehicles............................................................ -- -- 24,290
------------- ------------- -------------
9,321,592 15,163,125 23,296,117
Less--Accumulated depreciation...................................... (3,935,136) (6,059,424) (6,987,766)
------------- ------------- -------------
$ 5,386,456 $ 9,103,701 $ 16,308,351
------------- ------------- -------------
------------- ------------- -------------
</TABLE>
Included in the cost of property and equipment above is equipment obtained
through capitalized leases. The following is a summary of equipment under
capital leases as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and March 31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------
1994 1995
------------ ------------- MARCH 31,
1996
-------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Computer equipment and software....................................... $ 726,569 $ 3,227,113 $ 4,166,995
Telephone equipment................................................... 282,969 310,295 737,314
Furniture and fixtures................................................ 847,984 2,038,597 3,854,957
Vehicles.............................................................. -- -- 1,811
------------ ------------- -------------
1,857,522 5,576,005 8,761,077
Less--Accumulated depreciation........................................ (556,704) (1,291,704) (1,073,018)
------------ ------------- -------------
$ 1,300,818 $ 4,284,301 $ 7,688,059
------------ ------------- -------------
------------ ------------- -------------
</TABLE>
F-15
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
(3) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)
Depreciation expense related to leased equipment under capital leases was
$109,556, $409,518, $984,597, $77,947 (unaudited) and $312,265 (unaudited) for
the eleven months ended December 31, 1993, the years ended December 31, 1994 and
1995, and the three-month periods ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
(4) CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS
On July 11, 1995, the Company negotiated a master lease agreement with a
bank under which it may lease equipment up to a value of $8,000,000. As of May
13, 1996, the master lease has been amended to increase the lease line to
$15,000,000. The term of the leases are 48 months and interest is payable at the
then most recent weekly average of three-year Treasury notes plus 125 basis
points. In August 1995, the Company entered into another master lease agreement
with a bank under which it may lease equipment. Under the agreement, individual
lease terms are negotiated on a lease by lease basis. Subsequent to December 31,
1995, the Company entered into several leases under this agreement which are
being accounted for as operating leases (See Note 9).
The Company finances a substantial portion of its property and equipment
under noncancelable capital lease obligations. Accordingly, the fair value of
the equipment has been capitalized and the related obligation recorded. The
average implicit interest rate on these leases was 8.9% at December 31, 1995.
Interest is charged to expense at a level rate applied to declining principal
over the period of the obligation.
The future minimum lease payments under capitalized lease obligations as of
December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1995
------------- MARCH 31,
1996
-------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Year ending December 31--
1996.............................................................................. $ 1,658,828 $ 2,159,825
1997.............................................................................. 1,594,470 2,608,577
1998.............................................................................. 1,246,793 2,116,303
1999.............................................................................. 570,519 1,217,108
2000.............................................................................. 54,875 211,443
------------- -------------
5,125,485 8,313,256
Less--Amount representing interest................................................ (676,522) (775,509)
------------- -------------
4,448,963 7,537,747
Less--Current portion of capital lease obligations................................ (1,255,966) (2,129,440)
------------- -------------
$ 3,192,997 $ 5,408,307
------------- -------------
------------- -------------
</TABLE>
Interest expense on the outstanding obligations under such leases was
$39,981, $160,483, $312,653, $73,350 (unaudited) and $135,524 (unaudited) for
the eleven months ended December 31, 1993, the years ended December 31, 1994 and
1995, and the three-month periods ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
F-16
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
(5) LONG-TERM DEBT
As of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and March 31, 1996, long-term debt
consisted of the following (unsecured unless otherwise stated):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------
1994 1995
------------ ------------ MARCH 31,
1996
------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Note payable, interest at 8% per annum, principal and interest payable
monthly at $3,594, maturing May 2000................................... $ 189,177 $ 160,131 $ 152,500
Note payable, collateralized by all of the assets of TTS, interest
payable monthly at 6% per annum, principal due July 1995............... 350,000 -- --
Note payable, interest at 6% per annum, principal and interest payable
monthly at $4,563, maturing January 1997............................... 106,989 57,297 44,403
Note payable, interest at 13% per annum, principal and interest payable
monthly at $9,266, maturing April 1995................................. 95,599 -- --
Note payable, interest at 6% per annum, principal and interest payable
monthly at $3,598, maturing June 1997.................................. 100,000 61,786 51,869
Note payable, interest at 5% per annum, principal and interest payable
monthly at $7,077, maturing January 2000............................... 375,000 313,064 295,675
Note payable to a bank, interest at 8-9% per annum, principal payable
annually at $154,568 maturing September 2000, secured by an equitable
mortgage over all assets and uncalled capital of Access 24............. -- -- 772,842
------------ ------------ ------------
1,216,765 592,278 1,317,289
Less--Current portion................................................. (624,483) (195,660) (189,443)
------------ ------------ ------------
$ 592,282 $ 396,618 $ 1,127,846
------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
Annual maturities of the long-term debt described above are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1995
------------ MARCH 31,
1996
------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Year ended December 31--
1996 (March 31, 1996 - 9 months)................................................... $ 195,660 $ 147,831
1997............................................................................... 134,324 288,892
1998............................................................................... 115,210 269,778
1999............................................................................... 122,278 276,846
2000............................................................................... 24,806 179,372
Thereafter......................................................................... -- 154,570
------------ ------------
$ 592,278 $ 1,317,289
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
F-17
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
(6) SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
On June 23, 1994, TTC entered into a revolving line of credit agreement (the
"Credit Agreement") with a bank under which it could borrow up to $3,000,000
through June 30, 1995. Initial borrowings under this line of credit were used to
retire TTC's previous line of credit. Interest is payable monthly at the bank's
prime rate plus 1.75% (10.25% at December 31, 1994).
On April 12, 1995, the Company negotiated a new unsecured revolving line of
credit agreement with the bank under which it may borrow up to $5,000,000.
Interest is payable at various interest rates. The borrowings can be made at (1)
the bank's prime rate, (2) a CD rate plus 125 basis points for periods of 7 to
90 days with minimum advances of $500,000 with $100,000 increments, (3) LIBO
rate plus 125 basis points for borrowing periods of 1, 2, 3 or 6 months, or (4)
agreed upon rates. At December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, the amount
outstanding under this facility was $1,000,000 and $3,500,000, respectively, and
is classified as short-term.
In April 1996, the Company was granted an increased line of credit of
$15,000,000 through May 1998. The terms of this line of credit remained
unchanged from the previous $5,000,000 line of credit.
The Company is required to comply with certain minimum financial ratios
under covenants in connection with the borrowings described above.
(7) SUBORDINATED NOTES PAYABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDER
At December 31, 1994 subordinated notes payable to the Stockholder with
interest at 8% per annum amounted to $1,104,337, of which $145,299 was due
within one year.
These notes payable were subordinated to the long-term debt (Note 5) and the
short-term borrowings (Note 6) as specified in the credit agreements. Interest
incurred on indebtedness to the stockholder amounted to approximately $91,000,
$96,000, $11,000, $11,000 (unaudited) and $0 (unaudited) for the eleven months
ended December 31, 1993, the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the
three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
In February 1995, in conjunction with the Company's reorganization and stock
sale (Note 1), the Company paid in full these subordinated notes payable.
(8) INCOME TAXES
As stated in Note 1, TTC and TTS terminated their S corporation status
effective January 1, 1995. This change in tax status was recognized by
establishing net deferred tax liabilities of approximately $212,000 on that date
for temporary differences between tax basis and amounts reported in the
accompanying combined balance sheets of TTC and TTS. The current provision for
income taxes for 1994 and for the 11 months ended December 31, 1993, reflects
only amounts payable to certain state tax jurisdictions that do not recognize S
corporation status. Beginning in 1995, THI and its domestic subsidiaries will
file consolidated corporate federal and state income tax returns. Access 24
(Note 17) will file separate tax returns in the various countries in which it
provides services.
F-18
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
(8) INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
The components of income before income taxes are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
YEAR ENDED ENDED
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
-------------------------- --------------------------
1994 1995 1995 1996
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
ELEVEN
MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
1993
-------------
(UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Domestic.................................. $ 537,676 $ 1,714,710 $ 7,085,080 $ 2,952,288 $ 2,054,659
Foreign................................... -- -- -- -- 204,185
------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Total..................................... $ 537,676 $ 1,714,710 $ 7,085,080 $ 2,952,288 $ 2,258,844
------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
YEAR ENDED 31,
DECEMBER 31, --------------------------
1995 1995 1996
------------ ------------ ------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current provision:
Federal.............................................................. $2,472,925 $ 952,940 $ 942,658
State................................................................ 433,813 159,023 145,691
Foreign.............................................................. -- -- 73,506
------------ ------------ ------------
2,906,738 1,111,963 1,161,855
------------ ------------ ------------
Deferred provision:
Federal.............................................................. (153,610) -- (132,761)
State................................................................ (36,632) -- (27,792)
------------ ------------ ------------
(190,242) -- (160,553)
Change in tax status from S corporation to C corporation............... 212,500 212,500 --
------------ ------------ ------------
$2,928,996 $ 1,324,463 $ 1,001,302
------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
The following reconciles the Company's effective tax rate to the federal
statutory rate for the year ended December 31, 1995 and for the three months
ended March 31, 1995 and 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
YEAR ENDED 31,
DECEMBER 31, --------------------------
1995 1995 1996
------------ ------------ ------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Income tax expense per federal statutory rate.......................... $2,408,927 $ 1,003,778 $ 768,007
State income taxes, net of federal deduction........................... 262,139 98,687 111,813
Effect of change in tax status from S corporation to C corporation..... 212,500 212,500 --
Permanent differences.................................................. 37,210 9,498 114,482
Environmental tax...................................................... 8,220 -- --
Foreign income taxed at higher rate.................................... -- -- 7,000
------------ ------------ ------------
$2,928,996 $ 1,324,463 $ 1,001,302
------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
F-19
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
(8) INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
The Company's deferred income tax assets and liabilities are summarized as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
1995
------------ THREE MONTHS
ENDED MARCH
31, 1996
-------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts................................................... $ 178,068 $ 292,496
Vacation accrual.................................................................. 307,674 345,224
------------ -------------
485,742 637,720
Deferred tax liabilities:
Excess depreciation for tax....................................................... (507,365) (498,790)
------------ -------------
Net deferred income tax (liability) asset........................................... $ (21,623) $ 138,930
------------ -------------
------------ -------------
</TABLE>
A valuation allowance has not been recorded as the Company expects that all
deferred tax assets will be realized in the future.
The combined statement of income for 1993 and 1994 presents, on an unaudited
pro forma basis, net income as if the Company had filed consolidated C
corporation federal and state income tax returns for that year. The pro forma
tax effects assume that the deferred tax assets established effective January 1,
1995, as described above, would have been provided for as the related temporary
differences arose. The pro forma provision for income taxes for 1993 and 1994 is
reconciled to the amount computed by applying the statutory federal tax rate to
income before taxes as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNAUDITED
------------------------
1993 1994
(PRO FORMA) (PRO FORMA)
----------- -----------
AMOUNT AMOUNT
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Income tax expense per federal statutory rate........................................... $ 182,810 $ 583,001
State income taxes, net of federal deduction............................................ 23,410 81,491
Permanent differences................................................................... 32,776 13,110
----------- -----------
Total pro forma provision for income taxes............................................ 238,996 677,602
Historical provision (benefit) for income taxes......................................... (10,000) 19,736
----------- -----------
Pro forma tax effects................................................................... $ 248,996 $ 657,866
----------- -----------
----------- -----------
</TABLE>
(9) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company leases its premises in Sherman Oaks and Burbank, California and
Denver, Colorado pursuant to agreements expiring through 2003. The monthly rents
are subject to certain operating expenses and real estate taxes.
The Company has various operating leases for equipment and office space.
Lease expense under operating leases was approximately $626,000, $1,366,000,
$442,000, $88,000 (unaudited) and $118,000 (unaudited), for the eleven months
ended December 31, 1993, the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the
three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
F-20
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
(9) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
The future minimum rental payments required under noncancelable operating
leases as of December 31, 1995, and March 31, 1996, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1995
------------- MARCH 31,
1996
------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Year ended December 31--
1996............................................................................... $ 2,611,341 $ 1,494,490
1997............................................................................... 2,202,442 1,982,791
1998............................................................................... 1,877,301 1,946,135
1999............................................................................... 1,773,350 1,645,375
2000............................................................................... 768,452 347,356
Thereafter......................................................................... 1,974,493 302,900
------------- ------------
$ 11,207,379 $ 7,719,047
------------- ------------
------------- ------------
</TABLE>
(10) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
The Company has a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan which covers all employees who
have completed one year of service, as defined, and are 21 or older.
Participants may defer up to 19% of their gross pay up to a maximum limit
determined by law. Participants are always 100% vested in their contributions.
The Company may make discretionary contributions to the plan which are
distributed to participants in accordance with the plan. Participants are vested
in these contributions at a rate of 20% per year. For the eleven months ended
December 31, 1993 and the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, the Company's
contributions to the plan were $40,000, $64,000 and $131,000, respectively.
There were no contributions made during the periods ended March 31, 1995 and
1996.
(11) MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
In January, 1995, the Company issued 1,860,000 shares of convertible
preferred stock, $6.45 par value, at $6.45 per share for gross proceeds of
$12,000,000. The Company used the funds for the repayment of certain notes as
well as for working capital requirements.
Preferred Stock is initially convertible at the option of the preferred
stockholders, into 9,300,000 shares of common stock. This number of shares of
common stock is subject to adjustment in the event of certain issuances of
common stock, excluding up to 7,000,000 shares of common stock that may be
issued upon exercise of stock options, to ensure that preferred stockholders
maintain ownership of 16.9% of the common stock on a fully diluted basis (as
adjusted pursuant to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation).
In the event that preferred stockholders do not exercise their conversion
rights set out above, the preferred stock converts to common stock at the rate
set out above, at the earlier of the consummation of a qualified initial
offering of shares to the public (as defined in the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation) or May 18, 2002.
In the event that the holders of Preferred Stock have not exercised their
conversion rights prior to May 18, 2002, they are entitled to either convert
their Preferred Stock to shares of common stock or redeem their shares for cash.
Such conversion is to provide an internal rate of return to the Preferred
Stockholders of 7% per annum. Accordingly, dividends are accrued cumulatively at
the rate of 0.5833% per month.
F-21
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
(12) STOCK OPTION PLANS
The Company adopted a stock option plan during 1995 and amended and restated
the plan in January 1996, for directors, officers, employees, consultants and
independent contractors. The plan reserves 7,000,000 shares of common stock and
permits the award of incentive stock options ("ISOs"), other non-qualified
options ("NSOs"), stock appreciation rights ("SARs") and restricted stock. Under
the terms of this plan, the purchase price of shares subject to each ISO granted
must not be less than the fair market value on the date of grant. The
compensation committee of the Board of Directors has complete discretion as to
exercise prices of all other awards, including NSOs. Outstanding options vest
over a three or five-year period and are exercisable for ten years from the date
of grant.
In January, 1996, the Company adopted a stock option plan for non-employee
directors (the "Director Plan"), covering 750,000 shares of common stock. All
options are to be granted at fair market value at the date of grant. Options
vest as of the date of the option and are not exercisable until six months after
the option date. Options granted are exercisable for ten years from the date of
grant unless a participant is terminated for cause or one year after a
participant's death. Options to purchase 237,500 shares were outstanding at
March 31, 1996.
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NO. 123 ("SFAS 123")
During 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS 123,
"Accounting for Stock Based Compensation," which defines a fair value based
method of accounting for an employee stock option or similar equity instrument
and encourages all entities to adopt that method of accounting for all of their
employee stock compensation plans. However, it also allows an entity to continue
to measure compensation cost for those plans using the method of accounting
prescribed by the Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25"),
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." Entities electing to remain with the
accounting in APB 25 must make pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings
per share, as if the fair value based method of accounting defined in this
Statement has been applied.
The Company has elected to account for its stock-based compensation plans
under APB 25; however, the Company has computed for pro-forma disclosure
purposes the value of all options granted during 1995 and in the quarter ended
March 31, 1996, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model as prescribed by
SFAS 123 and the following weighted average assumptions used for grants:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Risk-free interest rate................................................. 6.34%
Expected dividend yield................................................. 0%
Expected lives.......................................................... 4.48 years
Expected volatility..................................................... 59%
</TABLE>
Options were assumed to be exercised upon vesting for the purpose of this
valuation. Adjustments are made for options forfeited prior to vesting. The
total value of options granted was computed to be the following approximate
amounts, which would be amortized on a straight line basis over the vesting
period of the options:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Year ended December 31, 1995.............................................. $ 340,727
Three months ended March 31, 1996 (unaudited)............................. $ 335,010
</TABLE>
If the Company had accounted for these plans in accordance with SFAS 123,
the Company's net income and pro forma net income per share would have been
reported as follows:
F-22
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
(12) STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)
NET INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
1995
------------ THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31, 1996
-------------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
As Reported......................................................... $4,156,084 $ 1,257,542
Pro Forma........................................................... 3,815,357 922,532
</TABLE>
PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
1995
--------------- THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31, 1996
-----------------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
As Reported......................................................... $ .08 $ .02
Pro Forma........................................................... $ .07 $ .02
</TABLE>
A summary of the status of the Company's two stock option plans at March 31,
1996 and December 31, 1995 together with changes during the periods then ended
are presented in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED THREE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1995 MARCH 31, 1996
----------------------- -----------------------
WEIGHTED WEIGHTED
AVERAGE AVERAGE
PRICE PER PRICE PER
SHARES SHARE SHARES SHARE
---------- ----------- ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Outstanding at beginning of period...................... -- 2,355,000 $ 1.90
Grants during period.................................... 2,355,000 $ 1.90 803,440 $ 5.25
---------- ----------
Outstanding at end of period............................ 2,355,000 $ 1.90 3,158,440 $ 2.75
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth the exercise price range, number of shares,
weighted average exercise price and remaining contractual lives by groups of
similar price and grant date:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
EXERCISE NUMBER OF WEIGHTED CONTRACTUAL
PRICE RANGE SHARES AVERAGE PRICE LIFE
- -------------- ---------- --------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
$ 1.29 - $1.30 1,400,000 $ 1.29 10
$ 2 405,000 $ 2.00 10
$ 3 - $5 1,303,440 $ 4.31 10
$ 9 50,000 $ 9.00 10
</TABLE>
Subsequent to March 31, 1996, THI granted an additional 1,638,905 options at
a weighted average price of $8.17.
(13) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Fair values of cash equivalents and other current amounts receivable and
payable approximate the carrying amounts due to their short-term nature.
Short-term investments consist of overnight deposits in mutual funds. These
funds hold short-term investments which include primarily U.S. Government
Treasury
F-23
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
(13) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
Bills, bankers' acceptance notes, commercial paper and Master notes with
maturities of 90 days or less. Interest accrues daily on these funds, and
accordingly, the carrying values of these investments approximate their fair
values.
Debt carried on the Company's consolidated balance sheet of $592,278 and
$1,317,289 at December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, has an estimated fair value
of $626,478 and $1,173,339, respectively. The fair value of the long-term
portion of the Company's debt is based on discounting future cash flows using
current interest rates adjusted for risk. The fair value of the short-term debt
approximates its recorded value due to its short-term nature.
(14) OTHER INCOME
Other income (expense) for the year ended December 31, 1995 and for the
three months ended March 31, 1995 includes $2,400,000 received in settlement of
a premature termination of a contract.
(15) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
During fiscal 1995, the Company provided reservations call handling services
to Midway Airlines Corporation ("Midway"), a majority-owned subsidiary of
Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. Samuel Zell, a director of the Company, is an affiliate
of Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. During the twelve months ended December 31, 1995 and
the three months ended March 31, 1996, the Company charged Midway an aggregate
of $1,291,862 and $600,904, respectively, for services rendered by the Company.
As of December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, the amounts due from Midway for
services rendered by the Company was $535,845 and $570,274 (unaudited),
respectively, of which $354,526 and $462,958 (unaudited), respectively, was past
due.
In April 1996, the Company agreed to accept from Midway, and Midway
delivered to the Company, a promissory note in the principal amount of $500,000
to evidence a portion of the total amount due. The note bears interest at a rate
of 8% per annum and is payable in 12 equal installments of principal, together
with interest, commencing May 1, 1996. The Company is continuing to provide call
handling services to Midway.
The Company utilizes the services of The Riverside Agency, Inc. for
reviewing, obtaining and/or renewing various insurance policies. The Riverside
Agency, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Equity Group Investments, Inc., of
which Samuel Zell, a director of the Company, is Chairman of the Board. During
the twelve months ended December 31, 1995 and the three months ended March 31,
1996, the Company incurred $23,965 and $47,930, respectively, for such services.
(16) ACQUISITIONS
On January 1, 1996, the Company acquired 100% of the common stock of Access
24 Services Corporation Pty Limited (with its subsidiaries, "Access 24"), for
consideration of $7.1 million, consisting of cash of $2.27 million and 970,240
shares of common stock in the Company. Access 24 provides inbound, toll free
customer service, primarily to the healthcare and financial services sector in
Australia, the United Kingdom and New Zealand.
This acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method. Goodwill
of $6.3 million arising on the acquisition is being amortized over 15 years on a
straight line basis.
F-24
<PAGE>
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
(16) ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
The following unaudited pro forma consolidated income statement gives effect
to the consummation of the acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 1995:
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
-----------------------------------
THI ACCESS 24 PRO FORMA
--------- ----------- -----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue......................................................................... $ 50,467 $ 10,239 $ 60,706
--------- ----------- -----------
--------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss)............................................................... $ 4,156 $ (166) $ 3,990
--------- ----------- -----------
--------- ----------- -----------
Pro forma net income per common and common equivalent share..................... $ .08 $ .07
--------- -----------
--------- -----------
Shares used in computing pro forma net income per common and common equivalent
share.......................................................................... 54,402 54,402
--------- -----------
--------- -----------
</TABLE>
Pro forma net loss for Access 24 for the year ended December 31, 1995
reflects a charge of $422,000 for amortization of goodwill arising on
acquisition.
(17) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
SALE OF STOCK
As of April 30, 1996, the Company sold 50% of the common stock of Access 24,
Limited (the Company's United Kingdom subsidiary that operates a call center in
London, England) to PPP Healthcare Group plc ("PPP") for cash consideration of
$3.8 million. This transaction resulted in an after-tax gain of approximately
$1.6 million.
In addition, Access 24, Limited also issued 1,000,000 Cumulative 7%
Preference Shares at a par value of 1 pound each, redeemable in 2006, to PPP for
consideration of $1.5 million.
Access 24, Limited did not contribute significantly to the results of
operations of the Company for any of the periods presented herein.
BONUS PLAN
In May, 1996, the Company adopted the 1996 Management Bonus Plan ("Bonus
Plan") to provide a performance-based incentive for the Company's executive
officers and key employees. The compensation committee of the Board of Directors
administers the Bonus Plan and determines which employees are eligible for
anticipation. Bonuses are based on the Company's results of operations.
TRANSACTION FEES
In May 1996, the Board of Directors approved the payment of fees to the
Equity Group Investments, Inc., an affiliate of Samuel Zell, a director of the
Company, for advice and assistance in consummating the following transactions:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
i) Access 24 purchase (Note 16)............................... $ 300,000
ii) The Company's proposed initial public offering of stock.... 500,000
iii) Sale of Access 24, Limited stock to PPP.................... 200,000
---------
$1,000,000
---------
---------
</TABLE>
Fees associated with the Access 24 purchase will be allocated to the
purchase price. Fees associated with the proposed public offering of common
stock will be netted against the offering proceeds. Fees associated with the
sale of stock to PPP will be netted of against the gain arising on this sale.
F-25
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To the members of
Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited
We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Access 24 Service
Corporation Pty Limited and Controlled Entities and of the economic entity for
the periods ended 28 February 1995 and December 31, 1995. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on those financial statements based on
our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards,
which do not differ substantially from generally accepted auditing standards in
the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free from material misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Access 24 Service
Corporation Pty Limited and Controlled Entities as of 28 February 1995 and
December 31, 1995, and the results of the group's operations and cash flows for
the periods then ended in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards.
There are certain differences between Australian Accounting Standards and
those generally accepted in the United States of America. Application of the
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America would
not result in material differences to these financial statements.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN
Chartered Accountants
Sydney, Australia,
May 21, 1996
F-26
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NOTE
----- DECEMBER 31,
1995
------------
A$
FEBRUARY 28, (NOTE 22)
1995
------------
A$
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash........................................................................ 5 1,837,982 816,220
Receivables................................................................. 6 1,340,978 1,976,041
Other....................................................................... 7 165,432 401,173
------------ ------------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS.......................................................... 3,344,392 3,193,434
------------ ------------
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Property, plant and equipment............................................... 8 2,170,050 4,217,281
Intangibles................................................................. 9 2,163,362 1,964,360
Other....................................................................... 10 366,517 466,726
------------ ------------
TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS...................................................... 4,699,929 6,648,367
------------ ------------
TOTAL ASSETS.................................................................. 8,044,321 9,841,801
------------ ------------
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Creditors and borrowings.................................................... 11 2,230,026 3,042,545
Provisions.................................................................. 12 1,586,870 802,176
------------ ------------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES..................................................... 3,816,896 3,844,721
------------ ------------
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
Creditors and borrowings.................................................... 13 791,276 2,521,226
Provisions.................................................................. 14 97,216 169,943
------------ ------------
TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES................................................. 888,492 2,691,169
------------ ------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES............................................................. 4,705,388 6,535,890
------------ ------------
NET ASSETS.................................................................. 3,338,933 3,305,911
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Share capital............................................................... 15 212 212
Reserves.................................................................... 16 3,007,188 3,017,136
Retained profits............................................................ 331,533 288,563
------------ ------------
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY.................................................... 3,338,933 3,305,911
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes form an integral part of this balance sheet.
F-27
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NOTE
----- TEN MONTHS
ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
1995
------------
A$
YEAR ENDED (NOTE 22)
FEBRUARY 28,
1995
------------
A$
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operating revenue............................................................. 2 12,726,187 12,208,051
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
Operating profit.............................................................. 2 1,611,910 463,916
Income tax attributable to operating profit................................... 3 612,820 492,351
------------ ------------
Operating profit/(loss) after income tax...................................... 999,090 (28,435)
Retained profits at the beginning of the period............................... 118,101 331,533
Adjustment to retained profits at the beginning of the period re AASB 1028:
Accounting for Employee Entitlements......................................... 1 -- (14,535)
------------ ------------
Adjusted retained profits at the beginning of the financial period............ -- 316,998
------------ ------------
Total available for appropriation............................................. 1,117,191 288,563
Dividends provided for........................................................ 785,658 --
------------ ------------
Retained profits at the end of the financial period........................... 331,533 288,563
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes form an integral part of this profit and loss account.
F-28
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NOTE
------------ TEN MONTHS
ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
1995
-------------
A$
YEAR ENDED (NOTE 22)
FEBRUARY 28,
1995
------------
A$
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers................................................... 12,451,360 11,936,094
Payments to suppliers and employees....................................... (9,938,953) (10,749,686)
Interest paid............................................................. -- (10,972)
Interest received......................................................... 87,747 82,708
Advances to related parties............................................... -- (68,591)
Repayment of advances to related parties.................................. 78,855 --
Interest paid (leases).................................................... (70,192) (128,958)
Income taxes paid......................................................... (209,093) (578,105)
------------ -------------
Net operating cash flows.................................................. 21(b) 2,399,724 482,490
------------ -------------
Cash flows from investing activities
Cash paid for acquisition of property, plant and equipment................ (684,091) (1,510,622)
Payments for investments.................................................. -- --
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets........................................ 54,187 60,079
Acquisition of intangibles................................................ (1,547) --
------------ -------------
Net investing cash flows.................................................. (631,451) (1,450,543)
------------ -------------
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings.................................................. -- 1,000,000
Repayment of hire purchase and lease liabilities.......................... (260,613) (456,043)
Advances to controlled entities........................................... -- --
Repayment of advances to controlled entities.............................. -- --
Dividends paid............................................................ -- (785,658)
------------ -------------
Net financing cash flows.................................................... (260,613) (241,701)
------------ -------------
Net increase/(decrease) in cash held........................................ 1,507,660 (1,209,754)
Cash at the beginning of the financial period............................... 327,538 1,837,982
Exchange rate variations on foreign cash balances........................... 2,784 (8,461)
------------ -------------
Cash at the end of the financial period..................................... 21(a) 1,837,982 619,767
------------ -------------
------------ -------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes form an integral part of this statement of cash flows.
F-29
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
NOTE 1. STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
(a) BASIS OF THE PREPARATION OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the
historical cost convention using the accounting policies described below and do
not take account of changes in either the general purchasing power of the dollar
or in the prices of specific assets.
The carrying amounts of all non-current assets are reviewed at least
annually to determine whether they exceed their recoverable amount. The
recoverable amounts of all non-current assets have been determined using net
cash flows which have not been discounted to their present value.
All amounts are in Australian dollars.
(b) PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of
the parent entity, Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited and its controlled
entities. The term "Economic Entity" used throughout these financial statements
means the parent entity and its controlled entities.
Where a controlled entity has been acquired during the period, its results
are included in the consolidated result from the date of acquisition. Similarly,
where a controlled entity is sold, its results are included in the consolidated
result until the date of disposal.
All inter-entity balances and transactions have been eliminated.
(c) OPERATING REVENUE
Sales revenue represents revenue earned (net of discounts and allowances)
from the sale of services. Other revenue includes interest income on short term
deposits and gross proceeds from the sale of non-current assets.
(d) PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
(i) ACQUISITION
Items of plant and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated as
outlined below.
(ii) DISPOSALS OF ASSETS
The gain or loss on disposal of assets is calculated as the difference
between the carrying amount of the asset at the time of disposal and the
proceeds on disposal, and is included in the result of the economic entity in
the period of disposal.
(iii) DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
Items of plant and equipment, and leasehold property, are
depreciated/amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from 3 to 30
years. The straight line method is used except in the case of one controlled
entity where the reducing balance method is used in respect of all plant and
equipment.
(iv) LEASED PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Assets of the economic entity acquired under finance leases are capitalized.
The initial amount of the leased asset and corresponding lease liability are
recorded at the present value of minimum lease payments. Leased assets are
amortized over the life of the relevant lease or, where it is likely the
economic entity will obtain ownership of the asset on expiration of the lease,
the expected useful life of the asset. Lease liabilities are reduced by the
principal component of lease payments. The interest component is charged against
operating profit.
F-30
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
(CONTINUED)
NOTE 1. STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
Operating leases are not capitalized and rental payments are charged against
operating profit in the period in which they are incurred.
(e) INCOME TAX
The economic entity adopts the liability method of tax effect accounting.
Income tax expense is calculated on operating profit adjusted for permanent
differences between taxable and accounting income. The tax effect of timing
differences which arise from items being brought to account in different periods
for income tax and accounting purposes, is carried forward in the balance sheet
as a future income tax benefit or a deferred tax liability.
Future income tax benefits relating to tax losses are only brought to
account when their realization is virtually certain.
(f) FOREIGN CURRENCY
TRANSACTIONS
Foreign currency transactions are translated to Australian currency at the
rates of exchange ruling at the dates of the transactions. Amounts receivable
and payable in foreign currencies at balance date are translated at the rates of
exchange ruling on that date.
TRANSLATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF OVERSEAS OPERATIONS
All overseas operations are deemed self-sustaining as each is financially
and operationally independent of Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited. The
financial statements of overseas operations are translated using the current
rate method and any exchange differences are taken directly to the foreign
currency translation reserve.
(g) PROVISIONS
EMPLOYEE ENTITLEMENTS
Provision has been made in the financial statements for benefits accruing to
employees in relation to such matters as annual leave and long service leave.
Long service leave provisions are calculated based on the probability of
employee's service continuity, even though in some cases such amounts are not
currently vesting.
From this financial year, all on-costs, including payroll tax, workers'
compensation premiums and fringe benefits tax are included in the determination
of provisions for annual leave and long service leave. Provisions for annual
leave and current long service leave are measured at their nominal value. Non
current long service leave is measured at its present value where materially
different from the nominal value. All provision where previously measure at
their nominal value. This represents a change in accounting policy so as to
satisfy the requirements of AASB 1028--Accounting for Employee Entitlements.
The impact of this change in policy for the economic entity is to reduce
opening retained profits by A$14,535.
DOUBTFUL DEBTS
The collectibility of debts is assessed at year end and specific provision
is made for any doubtful accounts.
F-31
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
(CONTINUED)
NOTE 1. STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
(h) SUPERANNUATION FUND
Contributions to a defined contribution superannuation fund are expensed in
the year they are paid or become payable. No amount is recognized in the
accounts or group accounts in respect of the net surplus or deficiency of each
plan.
(i) INTANGIBLES
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase consideration over the fair
value of identifiable net assets acquired at the time of acquisition of a
business or shares in a controlled entity.
Goodwill is amortized by the straight line method over the period during
which benefits are expected to be received. This is taken as being 10 years.
(j) COMPARATIVE BALANCES
Certain prior year comparatives have been amended to accord with current
year disclosure.
F-32
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
(CONTINUED)
NOTE 2. REVENUE AND EXPENSES:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TEN MONTHS
YEAR ENDED ENDED
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
A$ A$
Operating revenues include the following:
Fees received.................................................. 12,316,889 11,783,312
Interest from:
--other persons.............................................. 87,747 84,986
Other revenue.................................................. 321,551 339,753
------------ ------------
Total operating revenue.......................................... 12,726,187 12,208,051
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
EXPENSES:
Deductions from (additions to) operating revenue in arriving at
operating profit include the following:
Abnormal item:
Write off of non recoverable loan.............................. -- 188,952
------------ ------------
Other expenses:
Provision for doubtful debts................................... 35,255 (42,135)
Provision for annual leave..................................... 389,223 408,906
Provision for long service leave............................... 25,230 16,203
Rental expense on operating leases............................. 216,506 466,083
Depreciation of plant and equipment............................ 346,420 547,589
Interest paid
--Other persons.............................................. -- 19,203
--Finance leases and hire purchases.......................... 70,192 130,408
Amortization of goodwill....................................... 237,668 210,048
Amortization of finance lease assets........................... 203,335 196,086
Foreign exchange (gains)/losses................................ (36,841) 9,128
(Gain)/loss on disposal of fixed assets (a).................... 71,733 (28,929)
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
(a) Proceeds on the disposal of fixed assets were:............. 54,187 60,079
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
F-33
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
(CONTINUED)
NOTE 3. INCOME TAX:
(a) The difference between income tax expense provided in the financial
statements and the prima facie income tax expense is reconciled as follows.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TEN MONTHS
YEAR ENDED ENDED
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
A$ A$
Operating profit...................................................................... 1,611,910 463,916
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
Prima facie tax expense thereon at 36% (February 28, 1995: 33%)....................... 531,930 167,010
Increase/ (decrease) in prima facie tax expense arising from:
Amortization of goodwill............................................................ 78,430 57,830
Entertaining........................................................................ 2,724 3,833
Fringe benefit tax.................................................................. 2,141 --
Write-off of non-recoverable loan................................................... -- 68,023
Other non-deductible items.......................................................... (3,667) 21,585
Effects of lower rates of tax on overseas income.................................... -- (5,537)
Prior year adjustment............................................................... 1,262 10,708
Tax losses not brought to account................................................... -- 168,899
------------ ------------
Total income tax attributable to operating profit..................................... 612,820 492,351
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
Total income tax expense comprises movements in:
Provision for income tax............................................................ 656,627 445,758
Provision for deferred income tax................................................... 47,045 52,246
Future income tax benefit........................................................... (90,852) (5,653)
------------ ------------
612,820 492,351
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
(b) As at 31 December 1995, there are companies within the economic entity
which have income tax losses available to offset against future years' taxable
income. The benefit of these losses has not been brought to account as
realization is not virtually certain.
F-34
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
(CONTINUED)
NOTE 4. PARENT ENTITY INVESTMENT IN CONTROLLED ENTITIES AND CONTRIBUTION TO
CONSOLIDATED RESULT:
(a) Particulars in relation to controlled entities
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
% OF SHARES HELD
-----------------------------------
FEBRUARY 28, CONTRIBUTION
1995 TO
---------------- BOOK VALUE OF INVESTMENT CONSOLIDATED
------------------------------------ PROFIT/(LOSS)
DECEMBER 31 1995 FEBRUARY 28, 1995 DECEMBER 31 1995 -------------
----------------- ----------------- -----------------
(NOTE 22) A$ A$ FEBRUARY 28,
(NOTE 22) 1995
-------------
A$
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Access 24 Service
Corporation Pty Limited.... -- -- -- -- 852,890
Access 24 (Service
Corporation) Limited
(incorporated in New
Zealand)................... 100% 100% 83 83 146,200
Controlled entities acquired
during the period:
Support 24 Pty Limited
(incorporated in
Australia) (iii)(vi)..... -- -- -- -- --
Access 24 Limited
(incorporated in the
United Kingdom)
(iii)(iv)................ -- 100% -- 4 --
High Performance
Healthcare Pty Limited
(incorporated in
Australia) (v)........... -- 100% -- 99 --
--- --- -------------
83 186 999,090
--- --- -------------
--- --- -------------
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31
-------------
A$
<S> <C>
Access 24 Service
Corporation Pty Limited.... 343,285
Access 24 (Service
Corporation) Limited
(incorporated in New
Zealand)................... 99,021
Controlled entities acquired
during the period:
Support 24 Pty Limited
(incorporated in
Australia) (iii)(vi)..... --
Access 24 Limited
(incorporated in the
United Kingdom)
(iii)(iv)................ (440,535)
High Performance
Healthcare Pty Limited
(incorporated in
Australia) (v)........... (30,206)
-------------
(28,435)
-------------
-------------
</TABLE>
- ------------
(i) All entities operate solely in their place of incorporation.
(ii) The financial year ends of each controlled entity are the same as that of
the parent entity.
(iii)This company is not audited by the parent entity auditor or their
affiliates.
(iv) The parent entity acquired this company for cash consideration of A$4. The
company did not trade prior to the acquisition by the parent entity.
(v) The parent entity acquired this company for cash consideration of A$99. The
company did not trade prior to the acquisition by the parent entity.
(vi) A 51% shareholding in this company was acquired for nil consideration on
July 1, 1995 and was sold for A$1 consideration on December 22, 1995. At
the date of acquisition, the net deficiency of Support 24 was A$145,983
made up of the following assets and liabilities by major class: Cash
balances A$2,089, Receivables A$10,522, Fixed Assets A$10,875 and Creditors
& Borrowings A$(169,469). At the date of disposal, the net assets of
Support 24 were A$892 and were made up of: Receivables A$59,967 and
Creditors & Borrowings A$(59,075). A loss of A$42,078 had been generated
from trading activities during the period the company was a controlled
entity and Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited forgave a loan of
A$188,952 resulting in an operating profit of A$146,874 for the same
period.
F-35
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
(CONTINUED)
NOTE 4. PARENT ENTITY INVESTMENT IN CONTROLLED ENTITIES AND CONTRIBUTION TO
CONSOLIDATED RESULT: (CONTINUED)
(b) Segment information
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
---------------------------------------------------------
EXTERNAL INTERGROUP TOTAL SEGMENT SEGMENT
REVENUE REVENUE REVENUE RESULT ASSETS
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------
A$ A$ A$ A$ A$
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Australia.................................... 10,085,045 251,754 10,336,799 313,079 8,080,913
New Zealand.................................. 1,645,502 -- 1,645,502 99,021 1,203,597
United Kingdom............................... 477,504 -- 477,504 (438,957) 2,170,657
Eliminations................................. -- (251,754) (251,754) (1,578) (1,613,366)
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------
Consolidated................................. 12,208,051 -- 12,208,051 (28,435) 9,841,801
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
---------------------------------------------------------
EXTERNAL INTERGROUP TOTAL SEGMENT SEGMENT
REVENUE REVENUE REVENUE RESULT ASSETS
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------
A$ A$ A$ A$ A$
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Australia.................................... 11,228,111 169,891 11,398,002 852,890 7,440,308
New Zealand.................................. 1,498,076 -- 1,498,076 146,200 1,137,691
Eliminations................................. -- (169,891) (169,891) -- (533,678)
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------
Consolidated................................. 12,726,187 -- 12,726,187 999,090 8,044,321
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------
</TABLE>
The group derives income by providing emergency medical and trade
assistance.
(c) Ultimate Parent Entity
The ultimate parent entity of Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited is
the Royal Automobile Club of Victoria (RACV) Limited, a company incorporated in
the state of Victoria.
NOTE 5. CASH:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
A$ A$
(NOTE 22)
<S> <C> <C>
Cash at bank and in hand.......................................... 1,797,191 807,875
Cash held in trust................................................ 40,791 8,345
------------ ------------
1,837,982 816,220
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
F-36
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
(CONTINUED)
NOTE 6. RECEIVABLES:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
A$ A$
(NOTE 22)
<S> <C> <C>
Trade debtors.................................................... 801,326 1,288,033
Provision for doubtful trade debtors............................. (43,665) (1,530)
------------ ------------
757,661 1,286,503
Trade balances receivable from related parties................... 117,882 186,474
Amounts receivable from controlled entities...................... -- --
Accrued fees..................................................... 462,059 499,624
Other debtors.................................................... 3,376 3,440
------------ ------------
1,340,978 1,976,041
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 7. OTHER CURRENT ASSETS:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
A$ A$
(NOTE 22)
<S> <C> <C>
Other assets...................................................... 96,348 121,621
Prepayments....................................................... 69,084 279,552
------------ ------------
165,432 401,173
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 8. PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
Plant and equipment and leasehold improvements:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
A$ A$
(NOTE 22)
<S> <C> <C>
At cost (a)....................................................... 2,124,874 4,285,965
Less accumulated depreciation..................................... (375,932) (924,807)
------------ ------------
1,748,942 3,361,158
------------ ------------
Leased plant and equipment:
Capitalized value of leased plant and equipment................. 667,753 1,236,861
Less accumulated amortization................................... (246,645) (380,738)
------------ ------------
421,108 856,123
------------ ------------
2,170,050 4,217,281
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
(a) A charge has been registered by a finance company, over assets under hire
purchase of a controlled entity, to the value of A$83,584.
F-37
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
(CONTINUED)
NOTE 9. INTANGIBLES:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
A$ A$
(NOTE 22)
<S> <C> <C>
Goodwill at cost.................................................. 2,443,866 2,455,393
Accumulated amortization.......................................... (280,504) (491,033)
------------ ------------
2,163,362 1,964,360
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 10. OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
A$ A$
(NOTE 22)
<S> <C> <C>
Investments
--Controlled entities (Note 4(a))............................... -- --
Security deposits................................................. 82,895 110,770
Future income tax benefit......................................... 276,523 270,871
Amount receivable from a controlled entity........................ -- --
Other non-current assets.......................................... 7,099 85,085
------------ ------------
366,517 466,726
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 11. CREDITORS AND BORROWINGS (CURRENT):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
A$ A$
(NOTE 22)
<S> <C> <C>
Bank overdraft.................................................... -- 196,453
Trade creditors................................................... 294,785 357,306
Sundry creditors.................................................. 928,507 948,329
Lease and hire purchase liabilities (Note 18(a)).................. 607,080 821,968
Prepaid fees and claims:
--Trade......................................................... 322,548 710,527
--Trust accounts................................................ 41,316 7,962
Amounts due to related parties.................................... 35,790 --
------------ ------------
2,230,026 3,042,545
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 12. PROVISIONS (CURRENT):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
A$ A$
(NOTE 22)
<S> <C> <C>
Dividend.......................................................... 785,657 --
Taxation.......................................................... 567,220 423,680
Employee entitlements............................................. 233,993 378,496
------------ ------------
1,586,870 802,176
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
F-38
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
(CONTINUED)
NOTE 13. CREDITORS AND BORROWINGS (NON-CURRENT):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
A$ A$
(NOTE 22)
<S> <C> <C>
Bank Loan (a)..................................................... -- 1,000,000
Lease and hire purchase liabilities (Note 18(a)).................. 791,276 1,521,226
------------ ------------
791,276 2,521,226
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
(a) The bank loan is secured by a registered mortgage debenture over all the
assets/undertakings of the parent entity and by a letter of support to the value
of A$3.77 million from the ultimate parent entity, the RACV.
NOTE 14. PROVISIONS (NON-CURRENT):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
A$ A$
(NOTE 22)
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred income tax.............................................. 59,099 111,345
Employee entitlements............................................ 38,117 58,598
------------ ------------
97,216 169,943
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 15. SHARE CAPITAL:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------- -------------
A$ A$
(NOTE 22)
<S> <C> <C>
Authorized capital:
--10,000,000 ordinary shares of A$1 each..................... 10,000,000 10,000,000
------------- -------------
Issued and fully paid:
--212 ordinary shares of A$1 each............................ 212 212
------------- -------------
------------- -------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 16. RESERVES:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
A$ A$
(NOTE 22)
<S> <C> <C>
Share premium account............................................ 2,999,900 2,999,900
Foreign currency translation..................................... 7,288 17,236
------------ ------------
3,007,188 3,017,136
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
Foreign currency translation
--Balance at beginning of year................................. (273) 7,288
--Gain on translation of overseas controlled entities.......... 7,561 9,948
------------ ------------
--Balance at end of period..................................... 7,288 17,236
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
F-39
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
(CONTINUED)
NOTE 17. REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS:
Amounts received or due and receivable by the auditors of the company for:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
A$ A$
(NOTE 22)
<S> <C> <C>
- --Audit services................................................. 20,418 43,363
- --Other services................................................. 20,250 --
------------ ------------
40,668 43,363
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 18. COMMITMENTS:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
A$ A$
(NOTE 22)
<S> <C> <C>
(a) Finance lease and hire purchase expenditure contracted for is
payable as follows:
Not later than one year........................................ 623,191 852,954
Later than one year and not later than two years............... 423,010 727,574
Later than two years and not later than five years............. 463,396 771,673
------------ ------------
1,509,597 2,352,201
Deduct future finance charges (i)................................ (111,241) (9,007)
------------ ------------
Net lease and hire purchase liability............................ 1,398,356 2,343,194
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
Reconciled to:
Current liability (Note 11).................................... 607,080 821,968
Non-current liability (Note 13)................................ 791,276 1,521,226
------------ ------------
1,398,356 2,343,194
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
(i) In the current period, assets under hire purchase have been recorded on
a gross basis, resulting in the recognition of a liability and equivalent asset
equal to the amount of future interest payable. The finance charges disclosed
for the current year relate solely to finance leases while the prior year
comparatives include interest on assets under hire purchase.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
A$ A$
(NOTE 22)
<S> <C> <C>
b) Operating leases
expenditure contracted for is payable as follows:
Not later than one year........................................ 238,429 302,129
Later than one year and not later than two years............... 243,739 320,008
Later than two year and not later than five years.............. 517,833 361,031
------------ ------------
1,000,001 983,168
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
The above operating lease commitments include amounts for rental operating
leases which are gross of amounts received for subleases of various premises.
F-40
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
(CONTINUED)
NOTE 19. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS:
The number of directors of the parent entity who received, or were due to
receive, remuneration (including brokerage, commissions, bonuses, retirement
payments and salaries, but excluding prescribed benefits) directly or indirectly
from the company or any related body corporate, as shown in the following bands
were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PARENT ENTITY
--------------------------
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
A$ 0 - A$ 9,999................................................................. 2 --
20,000 - 29,999................................................................ -- 1
50,000 - 59,999................................................................ -- 1
110,000 - 119,999................................................................ -- 1
210,000 - 219,999................................................................ -- 2
250,000 - 259,999................................................................ 2 --
260,000 - 269,999................................................................ 1 --
270,000 - 279,999................................................................ -- 1
The aggregate remuneration of the directors referred to in the above bands was: A$ 776,821 A$ 904,589
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
The total of all remuneration received, or due and receivable, directly or
indirectly, from the respective corporations of which they are a director, or
any related body corporate, by all the directors of each corporation in the
economic entity of December 31, 1995 and February 28, 1995 A$904,589 and
A$839,301, respectively.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Amounts paid to or on behalf of directors of the company in respect
of retirement benefits and superannuation contributions were: A$ 67,043 A$ 53,071
---------- -----------
---------- -----------
</TABLE>
NOTE 20. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES:
(a) The directors of Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited during the
financial period were:
Dr. John Eric Kendall
Mr. Louis Thomas Carroll
Mr. Nigel Alexander Dick
Mr. John Norman Isaac
Mr. Keith William Blyth (resigned August 1, 1995)
Mr. Edmund Christopher Johnson (appointed September 8, 1995)
F-41
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
(CONTINUED)
NOTE 20. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES: (CONTINUED)
(b) The following related party transactions occurred during the financial
period:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NATURE OF RELATIONSHIP WITH ACCESS 24 SERVICE OWNERSHIP
IDENTITY OF RELATED PARTY CORPORATION PTY LIMITED INTEREST
- -------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
RACV Insurance Pty Limited Commonly controlled entity --
Access 24 (Service Corporation) Limited (NZ) Controlled entity 100%
Access 24 Limited (UK) Controlled entity 100%
High Performance Healthcare Pty Ltd Controlled entity 100%
Support 24 Pty Limited Controlled entity 51%
Auto 24 Pty Limited Commonly controlled entity --
Dataview Solutions Pty Limited Director related entity --
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERMS & CONDITIONS OF EACH
IDENTITY OF RELATED PARTY TYPE OF TRANSACTION TRANSACTION
- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ----------------------------- VOLUME VOLUME
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
A$ A$
(NOTE 22)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
RACV Insurance Pty Limited Sales Commercial terms and 693,039 779,467
conditions
Auto 24 Pty Limited Staff services fees Commercial terms and 448,863 877,093
conditions
Loans advanced Interest charged at 545,000 651,050
commercial bank rates
Loan repayments 427,118 632,459
Interest receipts -- 18,392
High Performance Healthcare Loans advanced Nil interest -- 34,933
Pty Limited
Access 24 (Service Management fees Commercial terms and 169,891 251,754
Corporation) Limited conditions
Loans advanced Nil interest 555,000 --
Loan repayments 42,000 220,708
Support 24 Pty Limited Loans advanced Nil interest -- 313,952
Loan repayments -- 75,000
Dataview Solutions Pty Rent and related costs, Commercial terms and 133,906 100,329
Limited software development, and conditions
accounts preparation
Access 24 Limited Loan advance Nil interest -- 1,256,206
</TABLE>
(c) During the current financial period, the parent entity entered into
certain contracts on behalf of a controlled entity. These contracts are for:
F-42
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
(CONTINUED)
NOTE 20. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES: (CONTINUED)
- the provision of services to third parties,
- operating lease for premises,
- finance lease for equipment.
The assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses associated with these
contracts have been reflected in the financial statements of the economic
entity. They have not been reflected in the financial statements of the parent
entity as, in substance, the transactions relate solely to the operations of the
controlled entity.
(d) Interests in the shares of entities within the economic entity held by
directors of the reporting entity and their director related entities, as at
December 31, 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION
PTY LTD
--------------------------------
A$1 ORDINARY SHARES, FULLY PAID
--------------------------------
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
--------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
J. E. Kendall........................................ 70 70
L. T. Carroll........................................ 36 36
</TABLE>
NOTE 21. CASH FLOWS:
(a) Reconciliation of cash
For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash includes cash on hand
and in banks and deposits at call, net of outstanding bank overdrafts. Cash at
the end of the financial period as shown in the statement of cash flows is
reconciled to the related items in the balance sheet as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 28, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
------------ ------------
A$ A$
<S> <C> <C>
Cash balance comprises:
Cash at bank and on hand....................................... 1,797,191 807,875
Cash held in trust............................................. 40,791 8,345
------------ ------------
1,837,982 816,220
Bank overdraft................................................. -- (196,453)
------------ ------------
1,837,982 619,767
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
F-43
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
(CONTINUED)
NOTE 21. CASH FLOWS: (CONTINUED)
(b) Reconciliation of operating profit/loss after tax to net cash flows from
operating activities:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED TEN MONTHS
FEBRUARY 28, ENDED
1995 DECEMBER 31,
------------ 1995
A$ ------------
A$
(NOTE 22)
<S> <C> <C>
Operating profit/(loss) after tax................................ 999,090 (28,435)
Depreciation and amortization:
--Property, plant and equipment................................ 346,420 547,589
--Intangibles.................................................. 237,668 210,048
--Leased assets................................................ 203,335 196,086
Gain/(loss) on sale of non-current assets........................ 70,736 (28,929)
Bad and doubtful debts........................................... 35,255 (42,135)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Trade receivables................................................ (128,396) (486,706)
Other receivables................................................ 2,662 (64)
Advances to related parties...................................... -- (68,592)
Intercompany trade receivables................................... -- --
Security deposits................................................ -- (27,875)
Accrued fees..................................................... -- (37,565)
Future income tax benefit........................................ (90,852) 5,652
Prepayments...................................................... (65,178) (210,468)
Other assets..................................................... -- (6,449)
Trade creditors.................................................. 4,359 62,521
Sundry creditors and accruals.................................... 225,978 19,822
Prepaid fees and claims:
--Trade creditors.............................................. -- 387,979
--Trust accounts............................................... (4,498) (33,354)
Amounts due to related parties................................... -- (35,790)
Repayment of advances to related parties......................... 78,855 --
Tax provision.................................................... 447,534 (143,540)
Deferred income tax liability.................................... 47,045 52,246
Adjustment to retained earnings (re AASB 1028: Accounting for
Employee Entitlements).......................................... -- (14,535)
Employee provisions.............................................. (10,289) 164,984
------------ ------------
Net cash flows from operating activities......................... 2,399,724 482,490
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
(c) Non-cash financing and investing activities:
Purchases of certain plant and equipment has been conducted through finance
leases and hire purchase agreements. These transactions do not result in cash
outflows until the lease payments occur as per the individual agreements.
Purchases of property, plant and equipment financed in this way for the 10
months ended December 31, 1995 totalled A$630,789 for Access 24 and A$1,304,100
for the economic entity (A$826,505 and A$787,960 for the year ended February 28,
1995). The total value of property, plant and equipment under lease and the
resulting lease liabilities are disclosed in the financial statements.
F-44
<PAGE>
ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
(CONTINUED)
NOTE 22. FINANCIAL PERIOD:
The parent entity and its controlled entities have changed financial year
end from February 28 to December 31. As a result, these financial statements
cover the ten month period from March 1 1995 to December 31, 1995. The
comparative figures relate to the year ended February 28, 1995.
F-45
<PAGE>
INSIDE BACK COVER OF PROSPECTUS
The inside back cover is a multicolor graphic layout containing five
photographs surrounding the words "TELETECH -- innovative Customer Care
solutions." Starting in the upper right hand corner, the photographs, in
counterclockwise order, are as follows: a black-and-white photograph of a
TeleTech representative with a computer terminal in the background; a close-up
color photograph of the wall insert portion of a press-and-click telephone jack;
a black-and-white photograph of a TeleTech representative with a computer
terminal in the background; a close-up cropped color photograph of portable flip
telephone with illuminated buttons; and a color photograph of a TeleTech
representative at a workstation in a TeleTech call center. The TeleTech
corporate logo appears in the lower right-hand corner.
<PAGE>
OUTSIDE BACK COVER OF PROSPECTUS
[LOGO]
<PAGE>
Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.
<PAGE>
[ALTERNATIVE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
PROSPECTUS (SUBJECT TO COMPLETION)
ISSUED JULY 30, 1996
6,220,000 SHARES
[LOGO]
COMMON STOCK
--------------
OF THE 6,220,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK BEING OFFERED, 4,000,000 SHARES ARE
BEING SOLD BY THE COMPANY AND 2,220,000 SHARES ARE BEING SOLD BY THE SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS NAMED HEREIN. THE COMPANY WILL NOT RECEIVE ANY OF THE PROCEEDS
FROM THE SALE OF SHARES BY THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS. SEE "PRINCIPAL AND
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS." OF THE SHARES BEING OFFERED, 1,244,000 SHARES ARE
BEING OFFERED INITIALLY OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA BY THE
INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS AND 4,976,000 SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED
INITIALLY IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA BY THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS.
SEE "UNDERWRITERS." PRIOR TO THE OFFERING, THERE HAS BEEN NO
PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY. IT IS CURRENTLY
ANTICIPATED THAT THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE WILL BE
BETWEEN $14.50 AND $16.50. SEE "UNDERWRITERS" FOR A DISCUSSION
OF THE FACTORS CONSIDERED IN DETERMINING THE INITIAL PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE. THE COMMON STOCK HAS BEEN APPROVED FOR LISTING
ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET UNDER THE SYMBOL "TTEC,"
SUBJECT TO OFFICIAL NOTICE OF ISSUANCE.
------------------------
THIS OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK FACTORS"
COMMENCING ON PAGE 5 HEREOF.
-----------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
-------------------
PRICE $ A SHARE
-------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO
PRICE TO DISCOUNTS AND PROCEEDS TO SELLING
PUBLIC COMMISSIONS (1) COMPANY (2) STOCKHOLDERS
----------------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
PER SHARE............................. $ $ $ $
TOTAL (3)............................. $ $ $ $
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1) THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS HAVE AGREED TO INDEMNIFY THE
UNDERWRITERS AGAINST CERTAIN LIABILITIES, INCLUDING LIABILITIES UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.
(2) BEFORE DEDUCTING EXPENSES PAYABLE BY THE COMPANY ESTIMATED AT
$ . THE COMPANY HAS AGREED TO PAY THE EXPENSES OF THE SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS, OTHER THAN UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS.
(3) ONE OF THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS HAS GRANTED THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS AN
OPTION, EXERCISABLE WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE HEREOF, TO PURCHASE UP TO
AN AGGREGATE OF 933,000 ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK AT THE PRICE TO
PUBLIC LESS UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS FOR THE PURPOSE OF
COVERING OVER-ALLOTMENTS, IF ANY. IF THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS EXERCISE SUCH
OPTION IN FULL, THE TOTAL PRICE TO PUBLIC, UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND
COMMISSIONS, PROCEEDS TO COMPANY AND PROCEEDS TO SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
WILL BE $ , $ , $ , AND $ , RESPECTIVELY. SEE
"UNDERWRITERS."
------------------------
THE SHARES ARE OFFERED, SUBJECT TO PRIOR SALE, WHEN, AS AND IF ACCEPTED BY
THE UNDERWRITERS NAMED HEREIN AND SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS
BY KATTEN MUCHIN & ZAVIS, COUNSEL FOR THE UNDERWRITERS. IT IS EXPECTED THAT
DELIVERY OF THE SHARES WILL BE MADE ON OR ABOUT , 1996 AT THE OFFICE OF
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED, NEW YORK, NEW YORK, AGAINST PAYMENT THEREFOR
IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS.
-------------------
MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
INTERNATIONAL
ALEX. BROWN & SONS
INCORPORATED
SMITH BARNEY INC.
<PAGE>
, 1996
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
The following are the estimated expenses (other than the SEC registration
fee, NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq National Market application fee) of the
issuance and distribution of the securities being registered, all of which will
be paid by TeleTech Holdings, Inc. ("TeleTech").
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SEC registration fee............................................ $ 42,000
Nasdaq National Market application fee.......................... 50,000
Printing expenses............................................... 200,000
Fees and expenses of counsel.................................... 200,000
Fees and expenses of accountants................................ 200,000
Advisory fee to Equity Group Investments, Inc................... 500,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees............................... 7,500
Blue sky fees and expenses...................................... 25,000
Miscellaneous................................................... 290,500
---------
Total....................................................... $1,515,000
---------
---------
</TABLE>
TeleTech will bear all of the foregoing expenses. In addition, TeleTech intends
to pay all expenses of registration, issuance and distribution, excluding
underwriters' discounts and commissions, with respect to the shares being sold
by the Selling Stockholders.
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a
party or is threatened to be made a party to an action (other than an action by
or in the right of the corporation) by reason of such person's service as a
director of officer of the corporation, or such person's service, at the
corporation's request, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees)
that are actually and reasonably incurred by such person ("Expenses"), and
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement that are actually and reasonably
incurred by such person, in connection with the defense or settlement of such
action; provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such
person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best
interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe that such person's conduct was unlawful. Although
Delaware law permits a corporation to indemnify any person referred to above
against Expenses in connection with the defense or settlement of an action by or
in the right of the corporation, provided that such person acted in good faith
and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
corporation's best interests, if such person has been judged liable to the
corporation, indemnification is only permitted to the extent that the
adjudicating court (or the court in which the action was brought) determines
that, despite the adjudication of liability, such person is entitled to
indemnity for such Expenses as the court deems proper. The determination as to
whether a person seeking indemnification has met the required standard of
conduct is to be made (1) by a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested
members of the board of directors, or (2) by independent legal counsel in a
written opinion, if such a quorum does not exist or if the disinterested
directors so direct, or (3) by the stockholders. The General Corporation Law of
Delaware also provides for mandatory indemnification of any director, officer,
employee or agent against Expenses to the extent such person has been successful
in any proceeding covered by the statute. In addition, the General Corporation
Law of Delaware provides for the general authorization of advancement of a
director's or officer's litigation expenses in lieu of requiring the
authorization of such advancement by the board of directors in specific cases,
and that indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by the statute
shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking
indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw,
agreement or otherwise.
II-1
<PAGE>
TeleTech's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws provide that
TeleTech shall indemnify its directors, officers, employees and other agents to
the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.
TeleTech has also entered into agreements to indemnify its directors and
certain of its officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in
TeleTech's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. These agreements
provide, among other things, that TeleTech will indemnify its directors and
officers for all direct and indirect expenses and costs (including, without
limitation, all reasonable attorneys' fees and related disbursements, other
out-of-pocket costs and reasonable compensation for time spent by such persons
for which they are not otherwise compensated by TeleTech or any third person)
and liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to,
judgements, fines and settlement fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such
person in connection with either the investigation, defense, settlement or
appeal of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or other proceeding,
including any action by or in the right of the corporation, arising out of such
person's services as a director, officer, employee or other agent of TeleTech,
any subsidiary of TeleTech or any other company or enterprise to which the
person provides services at the request of TeleTech. TeleTech believes that
these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and
experienced directors and officers.
TeleTech maintains liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and
officers.
Under the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters have agreed
to indemnify, under certain conditions, TeleTech, its directors, certain of its
officers and persons who control TeleTech within the meaning of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") against certain liabilities.
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
The shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"),
issued in the transactions described below reflect a five-for-one split of the
Common Stock to be effected immediately prior to the closing of the Offering
contemplated by this Registration Statement.
Pursuant to the terms of, and as a condition precedent to consummation of
the transactions contemplated by, that certain Preferred Stock Purchase
Agreement dated as of December 22, 1994 by and among TeleTech Teleservices,
Inc., a Colorado corporation ("TTS"), TeleTech Telecommunications, Inc., a
California corporation ("TTC"), TeleTech, TeleTech Investors General
Partnership, an Illinois general partnership (the "Partnership"), and Essaness
Theaters Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Essaness"), TeleTech, on January
17, 1995, issued (a) 40,700,000 shares of Common Stock to Kenneth D. Tuchman
("Tuchman") in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital
stock of TTS and TTC then owned by Tuchman, and (b) and 1,705,000 and 155,000 of
its convertible preferred stock, par value $6.45 per share ("Preferred Stock"),
to the Partnership and Essaness, respectively, in exchange for $11,000,000 and
$1,000,000 respectively. Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible into five
shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment under various anti-dilution
provisions.
Between January 1, 1995 and July 15, 1996, TeleTech granted to certain of
its officers, employees, consultants and independent contractors options to
acquire an aggregate of 5,038,080 shares of Common Stock. All of such options
were granted pursuant to option agreements between TeleTech and each option
holder and are subject to the terms of the TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Stock Plan
("Option Plan").
On January 1, 1996, TeleTech acquired all of the outstanding capital stock
of Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited, a corporation incorporated under
the laws of New South Wales, Australia ("Access 24"). As consideration for such
capital stock, TeleTech issued 712,520 shares of Common Stock to Bevero Pty
Limited and paid $2.27 million and issued 257,720 shares of Common Stock to
Access 24 Holdings Pty Limited.
In connection with the acquisition of Access 24, TeleTech entered into an
employment agreement dated as of January 1, 1996 with Dr. John E. Kendall, as
Vice President, Strategic Planning, of TeleTech. In connection with Dr.
Kendall's execution of the agreement, TeleTech issued to Dr. Kendall 38,000
shares of Common Stock, which shares constitute restricted stock subject to the
terms of the Option Plan and vest proportionately over the three year period
commencing on the date of issuance.
II-2
<PAGE>
Also in connection with the acquisition of Access 24, TeleTech caused Access
24 to enter into an employment agreement dated as of January 1, 1996 with Louis
T. Carroll, as Managing Director of Access 24. In connection with Mr. Carroll's
execution of the agreement, TeleTech issued to Mr. Carroll 38,000 shares of
Common Stock, which shares constitute restricted stock subject to the terms of
the Option Plan and vest proportionately over the three year period commencing
on the date of issuance.
During 1996, TeleTech has granted options to acquire 237,500 shares of
Common Stock to its former and current non-executive directors, at an exercise
price of $5.00 per share, pursuant to the TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Directors
Stock Option Plan (the "Directors Plan"). All of such options are subject to the
terms of the Directors Plan and were granted pursuant to option agreements
between TeleTech and each director who received such options.
No underwriters were involved in the transactions described above. All of
the shares and options issued in the foregoing transactions were issued or
granted by the Company in reliance upon the exemptions from registration
available under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, including Rule 701,
Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder.
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a) Exhibits
See attached Exhibit Index.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules:
See attached Financial Statement Schedule.
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
(a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
Underwriters at the closings specified in the Underwriting Agreement
certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by
the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered hereunder, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.
(c) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act, (i) the information omitted
from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the
Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act
shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was
declared effective and (ii) each post-effective amendment that contains a form
of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-3
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in
Denver, Colorado on July 30, 1996.
By: /s/ KENNETH D. TUCHMAN
-----------------------------------
Kenneth D. Tuchman
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS,
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE
OFFICER
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THIS
AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED ON JULY 30, 1996
BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED:
<TABLE>
<C> <S>
SIGNATURE TITLE
- ------------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------------
/s/ KENNETH D. TUCHMAN
------------------------------------------- Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
Kenneth D. Tuchman Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
* STEVEN B. COBURN
------------------------------------------- Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and
Steven B. Coburn Accounting Officer)
* ALAN SILVERMAN
------------------------------------------- Director
Alan Silverman
* RICHARD WEINGARTEN
------------------------------------------- Director
Richard Weingarten
* SAMUEL ZELL
------------------------------------------- Director
Samuel Zell
*By: /s/ KENNETH D. TUCHMAN
--------------------------------------
Kenneth D. Tuchman
As Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
II-4
<PAGE>
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
To TeleTech Holdings, Inc.:
We have audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards the
financial statements of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. for the two years ended December
31, 1995 included in this Registration Statement and have issued our report
thereon dated February 10, 1996. Our audit was made for the purpose of forming
an opinion on the basic financial statements taken as a whole. Schedule II
following this report is the responsibility of the company's management and is
presented for purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange
Commission's rules and is not part of the basic financial statements. This
schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of
the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly state in all material
respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to the
basic financial statements taken as a whole.
/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
February 10, 1996
S-1
<PAGE>
GUMBINER, SAVETT, FINKEL, FINGLESON & ROSE, INC.
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA
To TeleTech Holdings, Inc.:
We have audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards,
the combined statements of income and cash flows of TeleTech Telecommunications,
Inc. and TeleTech Teleservices, Inc. included in this Registration Statement and
have issued our report thereon dated April 13, 1994. Our audit was made for the
purpose of forming an opinion on the basic combined statements of income and
cash flows taken as a whole. Schedule II following this report is the
responsibility of the Company's management and is presented for purposes of
complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and is not part of
the basic combined statements of income and cash flows. The figures relating to
the eleven month period ended December 31, 1993 included in this schedule has
been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic
combined statements of income and cash flows and, in our opinion, fairly state
in all material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in
relation to the basic combined statements of income and cash flows taken as a
whole.
/s/ Gumbiner, Savett, Finkel, Fingleson & Rose, Inc.
June 27, 1996
Santa Monica, California
S-2
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE II
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ADDITIONS DEDUCTIONS
BALANCE AT ---------------------------- FROM BALANCE AT
BEGINNING CHARGED TO CHARGED TO RESERVES END OF
OF PERIOD INCOME OTHER ACCOUNTS (A) PERIOD
----------- ----------- --------------- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:
11 months ended December 31, 1993................ $ 40,000 $ 302,408 $ 0 $ (149,515) $ 192,893
--
--
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------
Year Ended December 31, 1994..................... $ 192,893 $ 145,000 $ 0 $ (165,381) $ 172,512
--
--
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------
Year Ended December 31, 1995..................... $ 172,512 $ 630,850 $ 0 $ (14,455) $ 788,907
--
--
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------
</TABLE>
- ---------
(a) Uncollectible accounts written off.
S-3
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NO. DESCRIPTION
- ---------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
1.1** Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1** Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TeleTech
3.2** Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of TeleTech
4.1** Form of Amended and Restated Investment Agreement to be executed at the closing of the Offering among
TeleTech, TeleTech Investors General Partnership, Alan Silverman, Susan Silverman and Jack Silverman
4.2** Stock Transfer and Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 1, 1996 among TeleTech, Access 24
Holdings Pty Limited, Bevero Pty Limited and Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited
4.3** Specimen Common Stock Certificate
5.1** Opinion of Neal, Gerber & Eisenberg, counsel to TeleTech
10.1** Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 1995 between Kenneth D. Tuchman and TeleTech
10.2** Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 1995 between Joseph D. Livingston and TeleTech (the
"Livingston Employment Agreement")
10.3** Amendment to the Livingston Employment Agreement dated May 14, 1996
10.4** Employment Agreement dated as of April 1, 1996 between Steven B. Coburn and TeleTech
10.5** Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 22, 1994 among TeleTech Teleservices, Inc.,
TeleTech Telecommunications, Inc., TeleTech, TeleTech Investors General Partnership and Essaness
Theaters Corporation
10.6** Subscription and Shareholders Agreement dated April 30, 1996 among TeleTech, Access 24 Limited and
Priplan Investments Limited
10.7** TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Stock Plan
10.8** TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Directors Stock Option Plan
10.9** Sublease Agreement dated September 26, 1994 between International Business Machines Corporation and
TeleTech Telecommunications, Inc.
10.10** Agreement dated March 16, 1993 between 1700 Lincoln Limited and TeleTech Telecommunications, Inc. and
TeleTech Teleservices, Inc.
10.11** Lease dated September 21, 1995 between First Union Management, Inc. and TeleTech Teleservices and
TeleTech
10.12** Form of Client Services Agreement
10.13+ Agreement for Call Center Management between United Parcel General Services Co. and TeleTech
10.14** Office Lease dated June 24, 1996 between Sam Menlo, Trustee of the Menlo Trust, U.T.I. 5/2/83, and
TeleTech Telecommunications
10.15** Business Loan Agreement dated March 29, 1996 among TeleTech Telecommunications, Inc., TeleTech
Teleservices, Inc. and TeleTech, as Borrower, and First Interstate Bank of California, as Lender;
Addendum dated March 29, 1996
10.16** Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 1, 1996 among Access 24 Holdings Pty Limited, Bevero Pty
Limited, Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited and TeleTech
10.17** Master Lease Agreement dated as of July 11, 1995 among First Interstate Bank of California, TeleTech,
TeleTech Telecommunications, Inc. and TeleTech Teleservices, Inc.
10.18** Master Equipment Lease Agreement dated as of August 16, 1995 between NationsBanc Leasing Corporation
and TeleTech
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NO. DESCRIPTION
- ---------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.19** Sublease dated as of September 28, 1995 between Norwest Bank Colorado, National Association, and
TeleTech Teleservices, Inc., TeleTech Telecommunications, Inc. and TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
<S> <C>
10.20** Sublease dated as of September 28, 1995 between Norwest Bank Colorado, National Association, and
TeleTech Teleservices, Inc., TeleTech Telecommunications, Inc. and TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
16.1** Letter regarding change in independent accountants
21.1** List of subsidiaries
23.1** Consent of Arthur Anderson LLP, independent public accountants
23.2** Consent of Gumbiner, Savett, Finkel, Fingleson & Rose, Inc. (formerly Gumbiner, Savett, Friedman &
Rose, Inc.), independent public accountants
23.3** Consent of Neal, Gerber & Eisenberg (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1** Power of Attorney (previously included on the signature page to the Registration Statement)
27** Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
- ---------
**Previously filed
+Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this document.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.13
AGREEMENT FOR CALL CENTER MANAGEMENT
This Agreement made on October 16, 1995 and effective on October 16, 1995, by
and between United Parcel Service General Services Co. a Delaware corporation,
on behalf of itself and its affiliates, having its principal place of business
at 55 Glenlake Parkway, NE, Atlanta, Georgia 30328 ("UPS") and TeleTech
Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries
and affiliates, having its principal place of business at 1700 Lincoln Street,
14th Floor, Denver, Colorado 80203 ("TI") is for in-bound teleservices and
services ancillary thereto.
WHEREAS, TI is in the business of providing in-bound teleservices on behalf of
its clients; and
WHEREAS, UPS provides services and/or goods which require in-bound teleservices;
and
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth below and in the
Attachments hereto, UPS desires to engage TI to perform in-bound teleservices on
its behalf and TI desires to accept such engagement;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants and
agreements contained herein and other good and valuable considerations, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby mutually acknowledged, the parties
hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1 - SCOPE OF WORK
A. Services
During the Term (as hereinafter defined), TI shall perform the
Services (as hereinafter defined) pursuant to the requirements set
forth on Attachment A hereto. For purposes of this Agreement,
"Services" shall mean the receipt and handling by TI employees
functioning as customer service representatives, administrative
support employees and package information associates ("CSRs") of
telephone calls initiated by third parties for the purpose of
responding to UPS' marketing of certain services and/or products or
otherwise communicating with UPS. Attachment A consists of "UPS'
Explanation and Requirements" and such other documents as the parties
shall agree and initial. TI shall be solely responsible for all
personnel related matters and expenses thereof regarding the rendition
of Services, including but not limited, to employment, hiring,
training except as otherwise provided herein, attendance, quantity and
quality of work, discipline and termination of employment. From time
to time hereafter, TI and UPS may mutually agree upon additional
services to be performed by TI or modifications to the requirements
set forth in this Agreement and on Attachment A. Any such additional
services or modified requirements shall be approved in writing
1
<PAGE>
and thereafter all references in this Agreement to Services shall be
deemed to include such additional services or modified requirements.
TI will interview, test, conduct criminal and employment references
background checks, select and hire personnel to perform services at
the Centers as hereafter defined. Drug testing is not required.
TI will supply and maintain photocopiers, facsimile machines, TI
letterhead stationery supplies and mail room equipment (excluding the
cost of postage). UPS will be responsible for supplying and
maintaining all other equipment required for use in the operation of
the Call Centers as hereinafter defined, including, but not limited to
stationery supplies, printing supplies, office supplies, janitorial
supplies, facilities and other types of equipment. UPS management
will not counsel or discipline any TI employees.
B. TI's Responsibilities
1. TI shall provide to UPS the services as defined in Attachment A and as
set forth below. In addition, TI shall be responsible at its expense
to provide a temporary employment facility at each center city
location at each site during the ramp up period.
2. TI will work in good faith with UPS to re-engineer the services and
functions described in Attachment A hereto that are related to UPS'
operations and to decrease the costs to UPS for those services and
functions.
3. TI shall utilize the applications systems utilized by UPS at the UPS
call centers as of the effective date of this Agreement, and shall, in
conjunction and cooperation with UPS, develop and execute a plan to
ensure a smooth interface between the TI call centers and UPS' other
operations, including the UPS call centers.
4. TI shall assign a TI employee as Site Manager for each TI call center.
The TI Site Manager shall coordinate the delivery of Services with
those performed at UPS' call centers and shall provide a single point
of contact for UPS' Site Manager. The TI Site Manager also shall
coordinate scripting with the UPS Site Manager; accept requirements
for new programs and changes to existing programs; coordinate
implementation of new programs and changes to existing programs;
deliver to UPS the information described below; coordinate site visits
by UPS personnel, and generally oversee TI's performance of Services
pursuant to this Agreement.
5. TI shall create a call center organization consistent with the
workforce model as defined in the Attachments hereto. TI will staff
the call centers with trained employees who will provide customer
service support for UPS programs set forth
2
<PAGE>
in the Attachments hereto, and any other programs which UPS
establishes which will be supported by the TI call center.
6. TI shall, together with UPS, establish and utilize a document change
control process with respect to the Services to be provided by TI
under this Agreement. New programs and all changes to programs,
systems, methods and procedures supported or used by TI at the TI call
centers shall be implemented in accordance with such change control
process. From time to time, TI may, in accordance with the change
control process, upgrade or enhance systems, methods and procedures to
improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the TI call centers.
7. TI shall adopt the problem escalation and resolution procedures used
by UPS. TI and UPS may mutually agree to modify such procedures in
accordance with the change control process.
8. TI shall cooperate with UPS' reasonable requests in connection with
any periodic performance, operational and quality control reviews
performed by UPS. Such cooperation shall include providing UPS with
information and explaining TI's procedures and operations, as
reasonably requested by UPS.
9. TI shall monitor the performance of the TI employees using call
monitoring systems and procedures. TI shall conduct all monitoring in
compliance with federal, state and local laws and regulations. TI may
enhance monitoring practices and frequency requirements to facilitate
the achievement of quality standards. TI shall provide monitoring
statistics to UPS as hereinafter provided. TI shall provide
additional ad-hoc monitoring statistics to UPS as reasonably requested
by UPS. UPS shall have the option to participate in the monitoring
process on a scheduled basis, subject to applicable federal, state and
local laws and regulations.
10. TI agrees that its performance of the Services will meet or exceed
each of the applicable UPS requirements herein. In the event TI's
performance of the Services fails to meet the applicable UPS
requirements, UPS may seek all remedies available to it in law or
equity, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. In any event,
TI will use its best efforts to the extent commercially reasonable
under the circumstances to meet or exceed all UPS requirements.
11. If requested by UPS, TI agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts
to keep the technology utilized in providing the Services to UPS at a
level that is comparable with the level of technological advancement
generally attained in the CSR industry. Should TI be unable to
maintain such level of technological advancement because of
limitations in UPS-provided technology and/or equipment, and provided
TI provides UPS with notice of the effect of such limitations, TI will
be relieved of this obligation to the extent UPS refuses to upgrade
its technology and/or equipment.
3
<PAGE>
12. Periodically, as appropriate, the parties will review the UPS
requirements and, if mutually agreed by the parties, such requirements
will be adjusted to reflect appropriate changes in circumstances,
including without limitation, being made more stringent to reflect
improved performance capabilities associated with advances in the
technology and methods used generally to perform similar services.
13. TI will provide UPS with reasonable daily reports in a mutually agreed
upon format as required by UPS to maintain service, call volumes,
staffing hours, quality monitoring, process improvement and other
reports needed to monitor performance against UPS requirements under
this Agreement and its Attachments. TI will provide UPS with a
monthly performance report, in a form and with content mutually
established by the parties, documenting TI's performance with respect
to the UPS requirements. In addition, TI will provide UPS with such
other documentation and other information as may be reasonably
requested by UPS from time to time in order to verify that TI's
performance of the Services is in compliance with the applicable UPS
requirements.
14. TI will use commercially reasonable efforts to efficiently use
resources to perform the Services in accordance with the applicable
UPS requirements. Where appropriate, such efficient use shall include
without limitation (i) making schedule adjustments (consistent with
UPS' priorities and schedules for the Services), (ii) delaying the
performance of non-critical functions within established limits, and
(iii) tuning or optimizing the systems used to perform the Services.
Once every twelve (12) months during the term of this Agreement, TI
will permit an industry consultant selected and paid for by UPS and
acceptable to TI, which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld,
to review TI's operating practices and procedures with respect to
resource utilization in connection with the performance of the
Services during the prior year to determine whether TI is exercising
reasonable procedures to control the resources utilized in providing
the Services. The industry consultant shall issue a written report to
the parties setting forth its findings, conclusions and
recommendations for changes in TI's practices. The parties will
review the industry consultant's report and work together in good
faith to mutually agree on any appropriate adjustments to TI's
operating practices and procedures.
C. UPS' Responsibilities
1. UPS shall supply the TI Site Manager, with general forecasting data
related to programs supported by the TI call centers, to assist the TI
Site Manager in workforce planning.
2. UPS shall provide TI with access to UPS' systems applicable to the UPS
programs being supported by TI hereunder. UPS shall be responsible
for maintaining and
4
<PAGE>
enhancing such UPS systems. UPS shall promptly provide to TI access
to all maintenance of and enhancements to such UPS systems made by
UPS.
3. UPS shall have the right to conduct reasonable periodic performance,
operational and quality control reviews of TI's performance under this
Agreement, provided that UPS shall provide no direct supervision of
TI's call centers. Such reviews shall be performed during business
hours and may include visits to TI call centers for verification of
Service quality levels and other activities reasonably related to
obtaining information for quality control review purposes. UPS shall
schedule such reviews with TI in advance.
4. UPS shall provide to TI UPS' current tracking and reporting systems
for the UPS call center, and make available for consultation with TI
the UPS personnel responsible for such reporting. UPS also shall
provide to TI all available UPS documentation with respect to UPS'
problem escalation and resolution procedures as described herein.
5. UPS shall, together with TI, establish and utilize a documented change
control process with respect to the Services to be provided by TI
under this Agreement.
6. UPS shall obtain and maintain all licenses, franchises, privileges,
permits, consents, exemptions, certificates, registrations, orders,
approvals, authorizations and similar documents and instruments that
are required by any federal, state and local laws and regulations
applicable to call centers and other operations under this Agreement.
D. Centers
Except as expressly set forth herein, TI shall perform the Services at
the following locations now owned, or leased, or to be leased, by UPS:
1. Greenville
2. Tucson
3. Tampa
(collectively referred to as the "Centers" or "Call Centers"). UPS
shall be solely responsible for and shall bear all costs and expenses
with regard to the acquisition and/or leasing of the Centers, the
maintenance of the Centers' structural components (including but not
limited to foundation, walls, windows, parking areas, pipes, roofs,
conduit, HVAC, mechanical, plumbing and electrical systems), repair
and maintenance of the Centers, including maintenance of external
grounds and parking, external lighting, obligations under the
occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and other similar laws
applicable to it, the provision, acquisition, leasing and maintenance
of all computer hardware, telecommunications
5
<PAGE>
equipment, and computer and telecommunications software (other than
Work Product and TI Property, defined below in Section 25), and all
employees or independent contractors of UPS fulfilling such
responsibilities except TI, and shall indemnify and defend TI against
all claims with respect thereto. During the term, UPS covenants that
the Centers shall be maintained and kept in good order, condition and
repair, conducive to the efficient performance by CSR's of their
duties. Except as provided herein, UPS shall be solely responsible
for and shall bear all costs and expenses with regard to facilities
maintenance, and UPS-provided computer hardware, software and
equipment required in the efficient performance of the Services
(including but not limited to enhancements or add-ons thereto),
telecommunication and usage charges, and reasonable support of
training herein to the extent otherwise agreed to herein. TI shall be
solely responsible for and shall bear all expenses incurred in the
rendition of the Services at the Centers (as herein defined) with
respect to (i) wages and benefits of TI's employees, (ii) contracting
for food services at the Centers, (iii) photocopiers, (iv) facsimile
machines, postage mailing equipment, and meter equipment (excluding
the cost of postage), (v) existing proprietary computer software
utilized by TI solely in connection with its proprietary processes
used by TI in the rendition of the Services, (vi) trash or refuse
removal from Centers and (vii) prevention of property damage to the
Centers and other UPS property, except to the extent of UPS'
negligence. TI shall be entitled to erect exterior and interior
signage and banners solely in accordance with UPS' prior written
authorization.
E. Commencement of Services
TI shall commence hiring and training of CSR's and commence the
operation of Services at each Center as provided below:
Date of Date of
Commencement of Commencement of
Administrative Training Services
----------------------- ----------------
Greenville Center March 11, 1996 April 4, 1996
Tucson Center March 11, 1996 April 4, 1996
Tampa Center May 6, 1996 June 3, 1996
By no less than forty-five (45) days prior written notice delivered
to TI, UPS shall be entitled to delay the date of commencement of
training at any Center by up to thirty (30) days; provided, that UPS
shall pay to TI
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
6
<PAGE>
within fifteen (15) days following UPS' receipt of TI's invoice
therefor, an amount equal to all direct and [*******] incurred
by TI during such thirty (30) day period of delay in connection
with the Services to be rendered hereunder. In addition, if the
requirement of an orderly transition requires additional time due to
unexpected circumstances, the parties shall meet and discuss in good
faith both the additional time and extra cost involved, with the goal
of minimizing TI's unavoidable costs and UPS' expense for such
additional delays.
F. Attrition
Upon review of the termination experience (voluntary or involuntary)
for CSR's for the initial ninety (90) day and the initial one hundred
and eighty (180) day periods of delivery of Services for each Center,
UPS and TI shall jointly establish an acceptable annual CSR turnover
percentage (the Attrition Percentage") (i.e., a threshold percentage
reflecting an acceptable percentage of all CSR's hired to render
Services whose employment terminated in a given twelve (12) month
period). [***********************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
**********************************************************************
***************************************************************] For
purposes of this Agreement, the term "Year" shall mean the twelve (12)
month period beginning on the date of commencement of Services at a
Center or on any anniversary thereof.
SECTION 2 - TERM
A. Term
Subject to extension or termination as provided herein, the term of
this Agreement shall commence on the day hereof and shall continue
until June 1, 2001 (the "Term").
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
7
<PAGE>
B. Extension of Term
The Term may be extended by mutual written agreement for successive
four (4) year periods (each an "Additional Term") if:
1. TI meets or exceeds the service standards set forth in Attachment
A hereto in the rendition of the Services; or
2. At the discretion of UPS ("Discretionary Extension"), which
decision shall be communicated in writing to TI no less than six (6)
months prior to the end of the Term or applicable Additional Term.
For purposes of this Section, the term "meets or exceeds the service
standards" shall be determined with regard to the rendition of
Services on a monthly average during the Measurement Period (as
hereinafter defined). For purposes hereof, the term "Measurement
Period" shall mean that period commencing six (6) months after
commencement of the Term and ending one (1) year before expiration of
the Term or, with respect to each Additional Term, the period
commencing one (1) year before expiration of such Additional Term.
SECTION 3 - RATES AND INVOICES
A. Base Rate
UPS agrees to pay TI for the Services as follows:
1. TI will invoice UPS [*****************] basis for Services to
be rendered during the week following the invoice date and UPS
shall pay TI within [**********] of the invoice date, for the
Services performed at the rate of [***************] ("Base Rate")
for each hour of wages estimated to be earned by all hourly
administrative TI employees (including administrative and
clerical support), exclusive of supervisory level employees, at
the Centers. The Base Rate shall begin to accrue at each Center
on the date of the commencement of training at such Center.
There is no extra charge for supervisory level employees.
[****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
8
<PAGE>
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
******************************************************]
2. Effective for each [*********] period of the Term or
Additional Term from and after March 11, 1996,
the Base Rate shall be increased to an amount equal to the sum
of (i) [****] plus (ii)[*****************************************
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
*********************************************] the parties shall
substitute therefor for all purposes another comparable measured
[*******************************************]; provided, however,
that if such change is merely to define [********] the parties shall
continue to use [*****************] but shall, if necessary convert
the [*********] by using an appropriate conversion factor.
3. If the [*********************************************************
*****************************************************************
*********] in a given year [**************] by [*****************
] or more [*************] referenced above will be adjusted [****
*********] for the subsequent year [*****************************
************] and the resulting adjusted [***********************
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
****************************************************************]
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
9
<PAGE>
B. In the event that during the term or Additional Term of the Agreement
[*********************************************************************
**************] UPS will not be responsible for any such [************
*****************************************] If any unforeseen event,
circumstance or condition or any combination thereof first occurring
after the date of execution of this Agreement that (i) is not
occasioned by or resulting from the actions of TI or any employee
thereof, and (ii) reasonably is expected to continue for a period
exceeding six (6) months ("Adverse Event") shall adversely increase
the cost to TI of performing services at a Center by more than
[*******************] of its prior documented budget costs (excluding
government mandated cost increases or decreases, for which the parties
agree the Base Rate shall automatically be adjusted to so reflect), TI
shall be entitled to request an adjustment to the Base Rate by written
notice delivered to UPS at least [*****************] prior to the
proposed date of adjustment. TI shall have the burden of
demonstrating its entitlement to such adjustment, and to that end, TI
shall deliver to UPS with its request such documentation, detailed
records, pricing and financial information and other data as shall
verify the existence of such Adverse Event and TI's increased costs
resulting therefrom; provided, however, that such request shall in any
event be subject to UPS' right to audit TI's submissions during the
[**********] period by itself or through outside auditors.
If, at the end of the [*****************] period, UPS and TI have not
agreed to an adjusted Base Rate, then, notwithstanding anything in
this Agreement to the contrary, TI may terminate this Agreement at
that Center upon [****************************************************
*******************************************] Any
termination will be in compliance with the termination assistance
provisions herein.
SECTION 4 - NOTICE OF DELAY
In the event of an actual or potential delay in TI's performance under this
Agreement, TI shall immediately notify the UPS Site Manager by either
fax or telephone, whichever is quicker, describing the cause, effect and
expected duration of such delay
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
10
<PAGE>
or failure and thereafter shall immediately give notice to the UPS Site Manager
of all changes to such conditions.
SECTION 5 - COVER
In the event of any delay or failure of TI in performing hereunder arising from
any cause, UPS may obtain like services elsewhere for the duration of such delay
or failure without liability to TI, including liability for minimum payments to
TI for such period.
SECTION 6 - DISPUTED INVOICED AMOUNTS
If UPS in good faith questions any item(s) in any invoice, the following
procedures will apply: UPS may withhold the disputed amount; UPS will notify TI
of the dispute in writing within [************], stating with specificity the
reasons for the dispute and the parties will work in good faith to resolve the
dispute within [*******************] the date of the invoice. Adjustments will
be made on the next invoice immediately following resolution. If the dispute
cannot be resolved within [*********], then, upon proper notice by TI to UPS as
required in Section 32, either party can move directly to binding arbitration,
as set out in Section 38 without going through the internal dispute resolution
process outlined in Section 37. UPS' willful breach of the payment provisions
in this Agreement will nullify, at TI's discretion, the necessity of the dispute
process(es) contained in this Agreement.
TI shall provide UPS with such documentation and other written information with
respect to each invoice as may be reasonably requested by UPS to verify that
TI's charges to UPS are accurate, correct and valid and are in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement.
TI shall submit [****] invoices to the UPS site manager at each Center.
SECTION 7 - TAXES
A.
TI shall be solely responsible for taxes (including penalties and interest)
levied, assessed or imposed on TI, based upon TI's gross receipts or net
income or taxes imposed on TI, for the privilege of doing business or
exercising a franchise.
B.
UPS shall be solely responsible for paying any and all taxes, excises,
duties and assessments in the nature of sales, use or similar taxes arising
out of or related to its in-bound teleservices.
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
11
<PAGE>
C.
TI shall collect from UPS (as part of the prices charged under this
Agreement) and pay any applicable taxes where such collection and payment
by TI is required by law. All such taxes shall be separately stated on
TI's invoices. TI and UPS shall cooperate in the preparation and filing of
any tax returns. Any penalties or interest associated with the failure
upon the part of TI to timely collect or pay any tax shall be the
responsibility of TI unless such failure was caused by UPS' direction or
UPS' failure to pay tax to TI in accordance with this section.
D.
In the case where a tax has been paid to a state other than the state in
which the in-bound teleservices were performed or delivered, TI shall
cooperate with UPS in determining the amount of any credit against any
applicable tax.
E.
In its sole discretion and at its own expense, UPS has the right, either
before or after payment of any tax, to contest the validity or application
of such tax submitted by TI for payment by UPS. Upon the written request
of UPS, TI shall fully cooperate with UPS in contesting or protesting the
validity or application of any such tax (including, but not limited to,
permitting UPS to proceed in TI's name if required or permitted by law,
provided, in each case, that such contest does not involve, or can be
separated from, the contest of any tax or issues unrelated to transactions
described in this Agreement). UPS shall also have the right to participate
in any contest conducted by TI with respect to a tax or other charge
indemnifiable under this section, including without limitation, the right
to attend conferences with the taxing authority and the right to review
submissions to the taxing authority or any court to the extent such contest
does not involve, or can be separated from, the contest of any tax or
issues unrelated to the transactions described in this Agreement. In the
event TI shall receive a refund of all or any part of such tax which UPS
has paid and discharged, the amount of such refund shall promptly be
remitted to UPS by TI.
F.
UPS shall be entitled to the benefit of any new jobs tax credit, enterprise
zone tax credit, capital investment tax credit, or any other similar type
of tax credit earned pursuant to this Agreement. In the event the state
law allowing for such tax credit provides that TI is the recipient of such
tax credit, TI shall pass on the tax credit benefit to UPS in the form of a
reduction in the amount of TI's invoice. Under this provision, TI is
deemed to receive benefit of the tax credit on the earlier of the due date
of TI's return or estimated payment following the reasonable determination
of a credit amount. TI's next invoice will be reduced by the amount of the
credit. Tax credit computations and invoice reductions are subject to
verification by UPS.
12
<PAGE>
SECTION 8 - CUSTOMER RELATIONS
In all contacts with UPS customers or callers (herein referred to
collectively as "Customers") TI shall identify itself as "United Parcel
Service" or "UPS." At no time will TI provide a vendor identification.
SECTION 9 - WARRANTY; LIMITATION OF WARRANTY; LIABILITY AND LIMITATION OF
LIABILITY
A. TI warrants to UPS that (1) TI shall perform all Services in a good
and professional manner and in accordance with the Agreement and
Attachments, or any other applicable mutually agreed upon written
specifications, and TI has the legal right to perform all TI Services.
B. TI further warrants that neither TI proprietary software, nor that
which it creates as Work Product hereunder which it shall employ to
render Services herein shall infringe any United States copyright,
patent, trademark or any other third party intellectual property
rights, unless such infringement is caused solely by the combination,
modification, enhancement or alteration by UPS or at UPS' specific
written instruction. In the event of an infringement claim, TI may,
at its option and at its expense, either (1) defend such claim with
competent counsel of its choosing; (2) procure the right to continue
using such software to provide the Services; or (3) substitute for
such hardware or software, other software which performs the same
functions without any material loss of speed or functionality.
C. UPS warrants that neither UPS proprietary hardware or software it
supplies to TI to render Services hereunder, nor any modifications,
enhancements, alterations or combinations to third party hardware or
software UPS performs or performed, creates or created, or requires TI
to perform or create upon written instructions, shall infringe upon
any United States copyright, patent, trademark or any other third
party intellectual property rights unless such infringement is caused
solely by the combination, modification, enhancement or alteration of
such hardware or software by TI without instruction from UPS. In the
event of an infringement claim, UPS may, at its option and at its
expense, either (1) defend such claim with competent counsel of its
choosing; (2) procure the right to continue using such hardware or
software to provide the Services; or (3) substitute for such hardware
or software, other hardware or software which performs the same
functions without any material loss of speed or functionality.
D. Except for the foregoing warranties, and such additional warranties as
shall be expressly set forth herein, or in one or more Attachments
hereto, neither party
13
<PAGE>
makes any other warranty of any kind, express or implied, for the
Services, equipment, facilities or data furnished hereunder or under
any Attachment hereto. EACH PARTY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. TI
will pass through to UPS for UPS' benefit, any manufacturers' or other
third party warranties which TI is permitted to pass through to UPS
under TI's agreements with such manufacturers and third parties.
E.
This Section shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement.
SECTION 10 - TI STAFFING
A.
UPS shall have the right to require that TI employees or agents who do not
perform in accordance with the standards or UPS requirements in the
Agreement above, shall be promptly retrained as necessary, and that
employees or agents who flagrantly or repeatedly violate such standards or
UPS requirements shall be removed immediately from all performance under
this Agreement.
B.
If TI determines that UPS concerns are reasonable and well founded, TI will
replace that employee with a person of suitable ability and qualifications.
Nothing in this provision shall be deemed to give UPS the right to require
TI to terminate any TI employee's employment; it is intended to give UPS
only the right to request that TI discontinue using an employee in the
performance of the Services.
SECTION 11 - COOPERATION WITH UPS AUDITS
TI will provide such UPS auditors and inspectors as UPS may designate in
writing upon reasonable notice with reasonable access to the TI's
facilities at which TI is performing the Services, to TI's personnel, to
UPS' existing data and work product and to that being developed by TI
hereunder at such facilities, and to reasonable related documentation for
the purpose of performing, at UPS' expense, those audits and inspections of
TI's business reasonably requested by UPS, including without limitation, to
the extent applicable to the TI's Services, audits of (i) software use
practices and procedures, (ii) application and operating systems, (iii)
general controls and security practices and procedures, (iv) general call
monitoring, performance and procedures and (v) disaster recovery and back-
up procedures.
14
<PAGE>
SECTION 12 - SITE MANAGERS
All operational issues relating to the Services performed pursuant to this
Agreement shall be conducted exclusively between UPS' Site Manager(s) and
TI's Site Manager(s).
SECTION 13 - PERSONNEL
Before assigning an individual to serve as the TI Site Manager having
primary responsibility for performance of the Services, whether as an
initial assignment or as a replacement, TI will notify UPS of the proposed
assignment, will introduce the individual to the appropriate UPS Site
Manager and will provide the UPS Site Manager with a resume and any other
information about the individual reasonably requested by UPS. If, after
being notified thereof, UPS reasonably and in good faith objects to the
proposed assignment within five (5) working days, then TI will not assign
the individual to that position and will propose to UPS the assignment of
another individual of suitable ability and qualifications. Nothing in this
provision shall be deemed to give UPS the right to require TI to hire or
terminate TI employee's employment; it is intended to give UPS the right to
request that TI discontinue using an employee in the performance of the
Services.
SECTION 14 - PERFORMANCE REVIEW
A designated representative of TI and a designated representative of UPS
will meet as often as shall reasonably be requested by either party hereto
to review the performance of the parties under this Agreement. Each party
shall bear its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with such
review.
SECTION 15 - INDEMNITY
TI shall at all times be deemed to be performing as an independent
contractor and not as an agent or employee of UPS. Each party
("Indemnifying Party") to this Agreement agrees to indemnify, protect and
hold the other party and its directors, officers and employees, agents,
shareholders, partners, representatives (collectively, "Indemnified
Parties") harmless from and against any and all claims (including, but not
limited to losses, judgments, damages, settlements and expenses (including
reasonable investigation expenses and reasonable attorneys' fees), for
those actions to the extent they result from (i) the negligence or willful
misconduct of the Indemnifying Party, including but not limited to third
party claims for injury or death to persons, including Indemnifying Party's
employees, or damage to property or business entities, and (ii) claims that
such Indemnifying Party's product, including hardware, software or any
combination thereof, constitutes an infringement of a United States patent,
copyright, trade secret or other intellectual property right of any third
party. In addition, UPS, as the Indemnifying Party,
15
<PAGE>
shall indemnify, defend and hold the Indemnified Parties harmless from and
against any losses incurred by or imposed or asserted against TI or other
Indemnified Party in connection with (i) UPS' failure or alleged failure to
provide services or products to customers, (ii) any alleged defect or
deficiency in any products or services provided by UPS to customers, (iii)
any "script" or other written or oral presentations furnished by UPS to TI
or approved in writing by UPS for use by TI, (iv) any action taken by TI at
the written request or upon the written instructions of UPS, and (v)
building toxicity or so-called "sick building" syndrome(s). The indemnity
set forth in this Section and the limitation of liability set forth in the
following Section hereof shall survive the expiration or termination of the
Term or Additional Term of this Agreement.
SECTION 16 - LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
A. Neither Party shall be liable to the other for:
1. failure or delay in rendering performance arising out of the following
causes: Acts of God or the public enemy, wars, fires, floods, epidemics,
quarantine, restrictions, or unusually severe weather and similar events.
Dates or times of performance shall be extended to the extent of delays
excused by this Section, provided that the party whose performance is
affected notifies the other party promptly of the existence and nature of
such delay.
2. special, indirect, incidental or consequential damages, including without
limitation damages for lost opportunities, even if such damages were
foreseeable or result from a breach of this Agreement;
B. TI shall not have any liability to an Indemnified Party to the extent that
such liability arises as a result of failure of UPS to fulfill its
obligations hereunder.
C. TI is responsible to provide in writing to the UPS Site Manager a memo
outlining how UPS has not fulfilled its responsibilities under this
Agreement [********************************************************]. In
the event TI does not issue this memo, then UPS is conclusively deemed to
have fulfilled its responsibilities. UPS shall be responsible for [*******
***************] under this Agreement after [*****************************
**************************************************************************
************************************************************************]
. Failing resolution by
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
16
<PAGE>
such methodology, the dispute shall be subject to the Arbitration
provisions of this Agreement.
D. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the parties
acknowledge and agree that Teletech shall be entitled to recover, as a
measure of general damages,
[**************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
*************************************************************************]
E. [**************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
******************]
SECTION 17 - INSURANCE
TI shall, at its own cost and expense, obtain and maintain in full force and
effect, with sound and reputable insurers, during the term of this Agreement,
the following insurance coverages: (a) Workers' Compensation insurance as
required by the law of the state of hire; (b) Employer's Liability Insurance
with minimum limits of $1,000,000 of liability, and not less than $1,000,000
aggregate limit of liability per policy year for disease, including death at any
time resulting therefrom, not caused by accident; (c) Comprehensive General
Liability insurance against all hazards with a minimum limit of liability for
personal injury, including death resulting therefrom, on an occurrence basis of
$10,000,000 in the aggregate, and with a minimum limit of liability for property
damage on an occurrence basis of $10,000,000 in the aggregate; (d) Automobile
Liability insurance against liability arising from the maintenance or use of all
owned, non-owned and hired automobiles and trucks with a minimum limit of
liability for bodily injury of $5,000,000 in the aggregate, and with a minimum
limit of liability for property damage of $5,000,000 per accident; (e) Fire
Legal Liability Insurance of $1,000,000 and (f) Crime Insurance, including at a
minimum fidelity coverage, computer theft and fraud covered with a minimum of
$5,000,000. TI's insurance shall be deemed primary. TI shall provide UPS with
certificates of insurance evidencing the coverages required hereunder within ten
(10) days after execution of this Agreement and prior to commencement of
operations. Each policy required hereunder shall name UPS as an additional
insured and shall provide that UPS shall receive thirty (30) days' advance
written notice in the event of a cancellation or material change in such policy.
In the event that any Service under this Agreement is to be rendered by persons
other
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
17
<PAGE>
than TI's employees, TI's insurance shall cover such persons under the same
terms and conditions.
SECTION 18 - TAX AND TRAINING INCENTIVES
Subject to applicable law, and so long as UPS is in compliance with the terms of
this Agreement, TI will reasonably cooperate with UPS to allow UPS to be
eligible to receive available tax and training incentives based upon TI's
performance of Services and the employ of employees by TI therefor.
SECTION 19 - FORCE MAJEURE
If either party to this Agreement shall be prevented, hindered, or delayed in
the performance or observance of any of its obligations hereunder by reason of
any circumstance as defined in Section 16.A.1, above, and such delay could not
have been prevented by reasonable precautions and cannot reasonably be
circumvented by the party through the use of alternate sources, work-around
plans, or other means, then such party shall be excused from any further
performance or observance of the obligation(s) so affected for as long as such
circumstances prevail and such party continues to use its best efforts to
recommence performance or observance whenever and to whatever extent possible
without delay. TI as the affected party shall not have the right to any
additional payments from UPS as a result of any force majeure occurrence, nor
shall UPS as the affected party have the right to any additional material
Services from TI not encompassed by this Agreement. The affected party shall
immediately notify the other by telephone and confirm in writing within five (5)
days of such call describing with specificity the reasons for such delay. If TI
is the affected party and UPS is thus prevented from conducting a significant
portion of UPS' normal business operations at any Center for seven (7) days
after notification, despite the parties' best efforts, then, at any time
thereafter and until such time as TI is able to resume or so arrange for
acceptable alternative performance, UPS may suspend this Agreement at that
Center and seek alternative performance until such time as TI is able to
continue. Any such suspension by UPS shall be without penalty or termination
charges and shall be effective as of a date specified by UPS in a written notice
of termination to TI. If either party is unable to perform at any Center under
this Agreement due to force majeure causes for a period of sixty (60) days, then
the other party may terminate this Agreement in whole or in part and such
termination shall be considered for the convenience and benefit of both parties.
18
<PAGE>
SECTION 20 - CONFIDENTIALITY
A. In connection with the performance of the services, UPS may furnish TI
with access to [******************] including [**************
******************]. UPS shall retain all rights in and
to any [***] provided by UPS to TI in addition to any information
relating to [***] developed by TI in the course of its performance of
the Services. Further, UPS may, in its sole discretion, disclose to
TI or TI may become aware of certain of its other confidential and
proprietary information used in connection with UPS' business. All
such material is hereinafter called "UPS Proprietary Information."
UPS shall retain all rights in and to the UPS Proprietary
Information. TI agrees to maintain the UPS Proprietary Information
in confidence with the same degree of care TI uses to protect its own
information of like nature, but no less than a reasonable degree of
care, and to refrain from the use of such information or the disclosure
of such information to third parties without UPS' prior written
consent. TI will instruct its personnel assigned to work on UPS'
premises that they do not remove any of UPS' documents or other UPS
materials and they do not disclose, discuss, or publish, without
prior written consent from UPS, any Proprietary Information to any
unauthorized person outside the premises. This obligation to protect
UPS Proprietary Information shall continue for a period of three (3)
years after the termination or expiration of this Agreement.
B. In connection with the performance of the Services, TI may, in its sole
discretion, disclose to UPS or UPS may become aware of certain confidential
and proprietary information used in connection with TI's business ("TI
Proprietary Information"). TI shall retain all rights in and to the TI
Proprietary Information and UPS agrees to maintain all such information in
confidence with the same degree of care UPS uses to protect its own
information of like nature, but no less than a reasonable degree of care,
and to refrain from the use of such information or the disclosure of such
information to third parties without TI's prior written consent. This
obligation to protect TI Proprietary Information shall continue for a
period of three (3) years after the termination or expiration of this
Agreement.
C. TI Proprietary Information and UPS Proprietary Information are sometimes
referred to as "Proprietary Information."
D. "Proprietary Information" shall also mean all [****************************
*******************] and all documents evidencing [************************
***************************************************************************
**************************************************************************]
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
19
<PAGE>
identified to the recipient of such information by the giving party as
proprietary, and which are obtained by or furnished, disclosed or
disseminated to the recipient during the course of TI's engagement by
UPS, as well as all other information provided to one party to this
Agreement by the other party orally or in writing which is identified as
confidential prior to disclosure or delivery to the recipient, and all
information and matters which constitute trade secrets of the disclosing
party, all of which are hereby agreed to be the property of and
confidential to the owner and discloser of Proprietary Information.
E. The parties acknowledge that compliance with the covenants set forth in
this Section 20 are necessary to protect the business, good will and
Proprietary Information of the other party and that a breach of these
restrictions will irreparably, irrevocably and continually damage the other
party in a manner for which money damages may not be adequate.
Consequently, each party agrees that in the event that it breaches or
threatens to breach any of these covenants, the other party shall be
entitled to both (i) a temporary, preliminary and permanent injunction in
order to prevent the continuation of such harm, and (ii) money damages
insofar as they can be determined. Nothing in this Agreement, however,
shall be construed to prohibit either party from also pursuing any other
remedy available at law, in equity or otherwise, the parties having agreed
that all remedies shall be cumulative.
F. The provisions of this Section 20 shall not apply to any information which
(i) belongs to the recipient party, (ii) is already known by the recipient
party without an obligation of confidentially other than under this
Agreement, (iii) is publicly known or becomes publicly known through no
unauthorized act of the recipient party, (iv) is rightfully received from a
third party, (v) is independently developed by the recipient party without
use of the disclosing party's Proprietary Information, or (vi) is required
to be disclosed pursuant to a requirement of a governmental agency or law
of the United States or a state thereof or any governmental or applicable
subdivision thereof or any court of law, so long as the party required to
disclose the information provides the other party with timely prior notice
of such requirement and cooperates with such other party at its expense in
any attempt by such other party to obtain a protective order regarding such
information.
G. Each party shall (a) notify the other party promptly of any material
unauthorized possession, use or knowledge, or attempt thereof, of the other
party's Proprietary
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
20
<PAGE>
Information by any person or entity which may become known to such party,
(b) promptly furnish to the other party full details of the unauthorized
possession, use or knowledge, or attempt thereof, and assist the other
party in investigating or preventing the reoccurrence of any unauthorized
possession, use or knowledge thereof of Proprietary Information, (c) use
reasonable efforts to cooperate with the other party in any litigation or
investigation against third parties deemed necessary by the other party to
protect its Proprietary Information and (d) promptly use all reasonable
efforts to prevent a reoccurrence of any unauthorized possession, use or
knowledge of Proprietary Information. Each party shall bear the cost it
incurs as a result of such compliance.
H. With respect to the Proprietary Information, each party shall (i) not
provide or make available the Proprietary Information of the other party in
any form to any people other than those of its employees who have a need to
know consistent with the scope of services to be performed under this
Agreement; (ii) not provide the Proprietary Information of the other party,
except for use reasonably necessary in the performance of the services
hereunder; (iii) not exploit or use the Proprietary Information of the
other party, except as permitted by this Agreement; and (iv) return all
Proprietary Information of the other party which is in written or graphic
form and any copies thereof in its possession or control upon the request
of the other party.
I. At the request of either party, the other shall have each of its employees
assigned to perform the Services execute a nondisclosure agreement in a
form mutually acceptable to UPS and TI.
J. The provision of this Section 20 shall survive the expiration or
termination of this Agreement.
SECTION 21 - MISCELLANEOUS CONFIDENTIALITY REQUIREMENTS
A. Until the expiration or termination of this Agreement, and for a period of
[*******************] thereafter, except as expressly provided herein, or
with the written consent of the other party, neither UPS nor TI will
solicit or cause any third party to solicit any employee of the other or
make such other contact with any such employee, the product of which
contact which will or may yield the termination of the employment
relationship of such employee from such party, except as set out in Section
34, below.
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
21
<PAGE>
B. Until such expiration or termination date of this Agreement, TI will not
engage in the performance of services similar to the Services on behalf of
any parcel delivery company, including but not limited to [****************
***********************], unless it can be demonstrated to UPS in its
reasonable judgment acting in good faith that there is no reasonable
probability that its Proprietary Information can be used to benefit its
competitors.
C. Unless the written consent of UPS shall first be obtained, TI shall not at
any time, notwithstanding the expiration of the term or the termination of
this Agreement, in any manner advertise or publish or release for
publication any statement mentioning UPS or the fact that TI is furnishing
or has furnished or agreed to furnish services to UPS.
D. The provision of this Section 21 shall survive the termination or
expiration of this Agreement.
SECTION 22 - KEY TI PERSONNEL
The parties agree that TI's personnel, including [*************************
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
**************] are critical to TI's successful performance of this
Agreement and are key persons of TI ("Key Person" or "Key Personnel"). TI
agrees that it will assign each Key Person to the performance of this
Agreement during its term. If because of termination, incapacitation or
resignation any Key Person becomes unavailable for the performance of this
Agreement, TI agrees to replace each such Key Person with a person of equal
or better qualifications. TI agrees to provide a new Key Person in the
same method as it provides a Site Manager herein (see Section 1.B.4).
SECTION 23 - LAWS AND REGULATIONS
TI agrees that it will comply with all laws and regulations applicable to
TI's employees and telemarketing, including but not limited to the Fair
Labor Standards Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age
Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,
the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, the Americans with
Disabilities Act of 1990, the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA),
the affirmative action responsibilities to comply with the office
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
22
<PAGE>
of Federal Contract Compliance Program (OFCCP) Guidelines and such other
employment laws which may be enacted during the life of this Agreement, and
other similar laws in effect or hereinafter enacted dealing with TI's
workforce. In performing Services and without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, TI shall also comply with any and all rules and regulations
promulgated pursuant to the Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud Prevention Act
of 1994. UPS will be responsible for the cost of implementing all
necessary Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) reasonable accommodations
to facilities. Regarding equipment, UPS will be responsible for providing
all equipment necessary to comply with the ADA up to an aggregate value of
five thousand dollars ($5,000.00) per Center.
SECTION 24 - SECURITY FOR THE CENTERS
Except to the extent of UPS' obligations hereunder, TI will be responsible
for safe-guarding the work area, providing [*******************************]
(the cost of which will be borne by [***]) and providing a safe working
environment, investigating security breaches and taking all satisfactory
remedial steps. TI will be responsible for providing all
[**********************************************************
****************************************] TI will also be responsible to
properly safeguard all equipment and related materials. This is to include
UPS proprietary software, other UPS proprietary information and documents,
and/or other related systems, phone/communications lines, and use or access
thereof which could cause loss to UPS. In the instance where equipment is
owned by UPS, TI will ensure all equipment is inventoried and signed for by
TI's authorized representative upon installation and acceptance. At
anytime thereafter, TI retains responsibility and liability for any
equipment that is removed, exchanged, or modified, until such time that
equipment is signed for by an authorized UPS representative releasing TI of
liability. TI is required to maintain a current equipment inventory
listing subject to UPS audit at any time. TI's liability will include, but
not be limited to, the replacement cost of any missing equipment or
materials and/or loss due to misuse or unauthorized access or use of any
materials, equipment or systems. UPS personnel at all times will comply
with TI's rules at the Centers.
SECTION 25 - PROPERTY AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
A. All work produced by TI under this Agreement, including, without
limitation, all inventions, creations, expressions, improvements, computer
programs, specifications, operating instructions and all other
documentation, whether patentable or unpatentable, which are first
conceived or made or first actually or
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
23
<PAGE>
constructively reduced to practice during the life of this Agreement or
within six (6) months following the expiration or cancellation hereof, and
which are conceived or made in response to matters related to the Services
or based in whole or in part on or derived from information supplied by UPS
or its Affiliated Companies, whether preliminary or final, and on whatever
media rendered (collectively, the "Work Product"), shall be deemed work
made for hire and made in the course of services rendered under this
Agreement and shall be the exclusive property of UPS. UPS shall have the
unlimited right to make, have made, use, reconstruct, repair, modify,
reproduce, publish, distribute and sell the Work Product, in whole or in
part, or combine the Work Product with other matter, or
not use the Work Product at all, as it sees fit; provided, however, that
for a period of [*************************************************] UPS
cannot [******************************************************************]
except for the limited purposes of providing [****************************
******************************************] At TI's option, [*************
*************************************************************************]
provided, however, that TI will not [**************************************
***************************************************************************
***************************] for the term of the Agreement.
Prior to providing services under this Agreement pursuant to any Work
Order, TI shall identify to UPS in writing any technology, information,
computer programs or other documentation owned by or licensed to TI prior
to the commencement of such services which will be useful or necessary to
the Work Product ("TI Property").
In consideration of UPS' payment to TI of amounts specified herein under
this Agreement, and to the extent that title to any such Work Product may
not, by operation of law, vest in UPS, or such Work Product may not be
considered to be work made for hire, TI hereby (i) irrevocably transfers
and assigns to UPS in perpetuity all worldwide right, title and interest in
and to the patent rights, copyrights, trade secrets and other proprietary
rights (including, without limitation, applications for registration
thereof, and all priority rights therein under applicable international
conventions for the protection of such rights) in, and ownership of, the
Work Product that TI may have, as and when such rights arise, (ii) grants
to UPS an unrestricted, irrevocable, nonexclusive, fully paid up, perpetual
license, with the right to sublicense, in and to TI's proprietary rights to
the TI Property integrated into and required for use in connection with the
Work Product, and further agrees that other UPS outsourcing vendors may use
these enhanced systems
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
24
<PAGE>
on UPS projects without paying a royalty. Nothing herein shall be
interpreted as granting any license or right in TI stand-alone Property or
in TI third party Property.
B. TI shall cooperate fully in (i) vesting in UPS the ownership of the
proprietary rights to the Work Product, and (ii) assisting UPS, at UPS'
expense, in obtaining patent, copyright or any other intellectual property
rights in the Work Product and in maintaining and protecting UPS'
proprietary rights, including, without limitation, executing any documents
which UPS reasonably deems necessary for such purpose.
C. TI warrants that Work Product will perform in accordance with mutually
agreed-upon previously established specifications for the term of this
Agreement; provided, however, that such warranty shall specifically exclude
any failure of Work Product caused by enhancements, modifications,
alterations or combinations made by UPS or a third party to Work Product,
or to any UPS software that performs in conjunction with Work Product. TI
SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.
D. Any TI-developed enhancements, modifications, additional porting,
alterations or other changes to Work Product that: (i) are not a result of
TI's compliance with Section 1.B.10 or Section 25.C., above, or Section 41,
below; and (ii) are requested by UPS or agreed upon by UPS prior to
development, shall be performed by TI at prices, terms and conditions as
may be mutually agreed upon by the parties.
E. Title to all materials and documentation furnished by UPS to TI, including,
without limitation, system specifications, shall remain in UPS. TI shall
deliver to UPS any and all such Work Product and property, including all
copies thereof on whatever media rendered, upon (i) UPS' request; (ii)
completion of any Work Order, and (iii) the termination of this Agreement
for any reason.
F. Each Party shall be free to use the residuals resulting from any work
developed pursuant to this Agreement that is owned by the other party, and
any ideas, concepts, know-how or techniques contained therein, for any
purpose, except to prepare any other work substantially similar to such
work. For purposes of the foregoing, the term "residuals" means
information in non-tangible form that is retained as mental impressions by
individuals having access to the work. Neither party shall have an
obligation to pay royalties for any work resulting from such residuals.
25
<PAGE>
SECTION 26 - UPS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
UPS represents and warrants to TI as follows:
A. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by UPS and the
performance by UPS of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly
and validly authorized by all necessary action, corporate or otherwise on
its part, and that this Agreement constitutes the valid, legal and binding
obligation of UPS, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
B. Neither the execution, delivery nor performance of this Agreement with or
without the giving of notice, the passage time or both will result in the
violation or breach of any contract, agreement, instrument, undertaking,
order, judgment, decree, rule, regulation, law or any other restriction to
which UPS is a party or pursuant to which UPS or its assets are subject or
otherwise.
C. No consent, approval or other action by or a notice to or filing with any
person is required or necessary in connection with the execution, delivery
and performance of this Agreement by UPS.
SECTION 27 - TI'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
TI represents and warrants to UPS as follows:
A. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by TI and the
performance by TI of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly
and validly authorized by all necessary action, corporate or otherwise on
its part, and that this Agreement constitutes the valid, legal and binding
obligation of TI, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
B. NEITHER the execution, delivery nor performance of this Agreement, with or
without the giving of notice, the passage time or both, will result in the
violation or breach of any contract, agreement, instrument, undertaking,
order, judgment, decree, rule, regulation, law or any other restriction to
which TI is a party or pursuant to which TI or its assets are subject or
otherwise.
C. No consent, approval or other action by or a notice to or filing with any
person is required or necessary in connection with the execution, delivery
and performance of this Agreement by TI.
SECTION 28 - REVIEW AND REVISION OF UPS REQUIREMENTS
Periodically, as appropriate, the parties will review the UPS requirements in
this Agreement and, if mutually agreed by the parties, such standards will be
adjusted to
26
<PAGE>
reflect appropriate changes in circumstances, including without limitation being
(i) made more stringent to reflect improved performance capabilities associated
with advances in the technology and methods used generally to perform similar
services, or (ii) made less stringent to reflect service or resource reductions
requested or approved in writing by UPS.
SECTION 29 - VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE
TI will provide UPS with a monthly performance report, in a form and with
content mutually established by the parties, documenting TI's performance with
respect to the UPS requirements herein. In addition, TI will provide UPS with
such documentation and other information as may be reasonably requested by UPS
from time to time in order to verify that TI's performance of the Services is in
compliance with the applicable UPS requirements.
SECTION 30 - TERMINATION FOR CHANGED LAWS
Either party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, without liability
to the other, in the event of judicial, regulatory or legislative change
rendering performance of this Agreement impossible or illegal. Each party shall
provide the other with written notice of such termination as promptly as
possible, but in no event less than sixty (60) days prior to the termination
date.
SECTION 31 - TERMINATION FOR CAUSE
In the event that either party hereto (i) materially breaches any of its duties
or obligations hereunder (except for a breach of UPS' payment obligations
hereunder), which breach shall not be substantially cured within [*******] days
after written notice is given to the breaching party specifying the breach, or
(ii) commits a material breach in the performance of any of its duties or
obligations hereunder which cannot reasonably be cured within [********] days
and fails to proceed promptly after being given written notice specifying the
breach to commence curing said breach and thereafter to proceed with all due
diligence to substantially cure the same, or (iii) repeatedly breaches any of
its duties or obligations hereunder and fails to substantially cure and cease
committing such repeated breaches within [********] days after being given
written notice specifying the breach, then the party not in breach may, by
giving written notice thereof to the breaching party, terminate this Agreement
as of a date specified in such notice of termination, and pursue whatever
remedies it has under this Agreement, at law or in equity.
- ---------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
27
<PAGE>
SECTION 32 - TERMINATION FOR NONPAYMENT
In the event that UPS breaches its obligation to pay to TI any amount due to
TI hereunder and does not cure such breach within [********] after being
given written notice of such breach, then TI may, by giving written notice
thereof to UPS, terminate this Agreement as of a date specified in such
notice of termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, TI may not terminate
this Agreement pursuant to this Section for UPS' failure to pay to TI any
amount that is reasonably disputed by UPS in good faith so long as UPS
complies with the terms of Section 6, above, and pursue whatever remedies it
has under this Agreement, at law or in equity.
SECTION 33 - TERMINATION FOR INSOLVENCY OR FOR FINANCIAL DIFFICULTY
In the event that either party hereto is unable to pay its debts generally as
they come due or is declared insolvent or bankrupt, is the subject of any
proceedings relating to its liquidation, insolvency or for the appointment of a
receiver or similar officer for it, makes an assignment for the benefit of all
or substantially all of its creditors, or enters into an agreement for the
composition, extension, or readjustment of all or substantially all of its
obligations, then the other party hereto may, by giving written notice thereof
to such party, terminate this Agreement as of a date specified in such notice of
termination. In the event either party undergoes substantial financial
difficulties prior to commencement of operations of the first Center hereunder,
the party not experiencing financial difficulties shall have the right to
require the party experiencing such difficulty to [****************************
*********************] If such party is unable to obtain such a bond within
[***] days of written request therefor, the requesting party shall have the
option to terminate this Agreement within [*****] days thereafter.
SECTION 34 - TERMINATION ASSISTANCE
A. Commencing upon any notice of termination by either party pursuant to above
Sections hereof or upon expiration of the Term or Additional Term of this
Agreement, TI will provide to UPS or its designee any and all termination
assistance reasonably requested by UPS to allow the Services to continue
without interruption or adverse effect and to facilitate the orderly
transfer of responsibility for the Services to UPS or its designee. Should
termination be initiated by TI for UPS' non-payment (other than non-payment
pursuant to Section 6, above), UPS acknowledges and agrees that it will
resume all payment for Services that TI
- ---------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
28
<PAGE>
continues to provide during the transition period and for all termination
assistance. If and to the extent that such assistance is provided prior to the
termination date, TI will provide termination assistance at the Base Rate. If
and to the extent that such assistance is provided after the termination date or
otherwise requires resources in addition to those resources then being regularly
utilized in the performance of the Services, UPS will pay TI for such assistance
on a time and materials basis at reasonable negotiated rates therefor or on any
other mutually acceptable basis. The termination assistance to be provided to
UPS by TI shall include, without limitation, the following:
1. Continuing to perform, for a reasonable period following the termination
date, any or all of the Services then being performed by TI.
2. Developing, with the assistance of UPS, a plan for the transition of
operations from TI to UPS or its designee, which plan shall include, to the
extent requested by UPS and not inconsistent with the provisions of this
Agreement.
3. Providing training for personnel of UPS and its designee in the performance
of the operations then being transitioned to UPS or its designee.
4. Entering into licensing arrangements with UPS or its designee, for any
application software and processes (including all updates, enhancements,
improvements and modifications thereto) then being utilized by TI in
performing the Services, together with such other operating software as is
necessary to operate such application software and related documentation,
data base management systems, data and technical information. Any license
granted to UPS pursuant to this Section, at a minimum, (i) will contain
terms and conditions that are reasonably satisfactory to TI; (ii) will
contain license fees agreed upon as reasonable by a mutually selected third
party under confidentiality restrictions reasonably satisfactory to TI;
(iii) will provide to UPS the right to use the software to process UPS' own
internal work (including work required to support the provision of this CSR
product and services to outsource companies); and (iv) will give UPS the
right to sublicense to third parties for the performance thereof so long as
each third party having access to the software provides to TI written
assurances in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to TI, that such
third party will maintain at all times the confidentiality of the software
and will not use the software for any purpose other than the limited
purpose of processing the internal work of UPS. Any dispute regarding
reasonableness under subsections (i) and (ii), above, shall be subject to
the provisions of Section 38, below. Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary, TI will be excused from granting the above-described licenses
to UPS should UPS be held to have breached this Agreement under Sections 31
or 32 as a result of an arbitration required under Section 38 hereunder.
29
<PAGE>
5. Making available to UPS or its designee, pursuant to mutually acceptable
terms and conditions, any equipment owned or leased by TI that TI is
required to provide under this Agreement. UPS or its designee may purchase
any such equipment owned by TI at TI's then current book value and may
assume TI's rights and obligations with respect to any such equipment
leased by TI, but in no event less than any remaining outstanding loan on
the equipment, provided that the equipment shall not be financed for
greater than its fair market value.
6. Making available to UPS or its designee, pursuant to mutually acceptable
terms and conditions, any third party services then being utilized by TI in
the performance of the Services.
7. Allowing UPS or its designee to make offers of employment to all CSR's and
call center supervisors. For a period of [****************] following the
termination or expiration of this Agreement, should UPS desire to solicit
and/or offer employment to any TI manager, it may do so only upon TI's
prior written consent, which TI may withhold in its sole discretion. In
addition, and for the same period of time, UPS shall not knowingly solicit
and hire, without TI's prior written consent, [****************************
**************************************************************************]
Should UPS breach this clause, it shall pay to TI an amount equal to
[***************************************************************], which
the parties acknowledge shall constitute a reasonable estimate of TI's
actual damages that cannot be fixed, and is not a penalty.
B. Prior to providing any of the foregoing termination assistance to UPS or
its designee, TI shall be entitled to receive from such designee, in form
and substance reasonably acceptable to TI, written assurances that (i) such
designee will maintain at all times the confidentiality of any TI
proprietary information, software or materials disclosed or provided to, or
learned by such designee in connection therewith, and (ii) such designee
will use such information, software or materials exclusively for purposes
for which UPS is authorized to use such information, software or materials
pursuant to this Agreement. In the event this Agreement is terminated by
TI pursuant to Sections 31 or 32, above, UPS will pay TI
[***********************************] and as a condition to TI's obligation
to provide termination assistance to UPS or its designee, an amount equal
to TI's reasonable estimate of the reasonable amount payable to TI for such
termination assistance for that month. [*********************************
***************************************************************************
***************************************************************************
- ---------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
30
<PAGE>
************] This shall survive termination or expiration of this
Agreement.
SECTION 35 - THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE
TI will obtain UPS' approval prior to implementing any third party software, and
related documentation, database management systems, data and technical
information, in the performance of the Services which TI will not be able to
license to UPS or its designee upon termination of this Agreement as
contemplated herein, unless TI will be able to provide UPS with an alternative
that will permit UPS or its designee to continue to perform the applicable
Systems and Services after termination of this Agreement without degradation of
performance levels or reduction in functionality.
SECTION 36 - INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
TI shall act at all times as an independent contractor, and nothing contained
herein shall be construed to create the relationship of principal and agent, or
employer and employee, between TI and UPS. TI employees assigned to perform the
Services for UPS are solely the employees of TI. TI shall have sole authority
and responsibility to counsel, discipline, review, evaluate, set the pay rates
of, and terminate its employees who perform the Services. TI will maintain all
necessary payroll and personnel records, and compute wages and withhold
applicable federal, state and local taxes and social security payments for TI
personnel performing the Services.
SECTION 37 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION
In the event any material dispute exists between the parties, including without
limitation any dispute relating to the interpretation of this Agreement, or
performance or non-performance hereunder, then each party will appoint a
designated executive management representative who does not devote substantially
all of his or her time to performance under this Agreement to resolve such
dispute. Such representatives shall discuss the problem and negotiate in good
faith in an effort to resolve the dispute without the necessity of any formal
proceeding relating thereto within thirty (30) days. The parties hereby waive
the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations during such thirty (30)
day period. Except where clearly prevented by the nature of the dispute, both
parties agree to continue performing their respective obligations under this
Agreement during such thirty (30) days or for as long as the parties may
mutually agree, unless and until this Agreement expires or is terminated in
accordance herewith. This provision shall not preclude either party from
seeking immediate relief such as
- ---------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
31
<PAGE>
a preliminary injunction, temporary restraining order, or declaratory
proceeding. In addition, this provision shall not apply in the event of
willful breach by either party.
SECTION 38 - ARBITRATION
In the event a dispute cannot be resolved through the procedure outlined in
Section 37, above, the parties agree that all remaining disputes which may
arise under, out of, or in connection with the Agreement will be settled by
arbitration conducted in [*****************] in accordance with the rules of
the American Arbitration Association (AAA) as modified herein: the
arbitration shall exclude [*******************] and shall be binding and
judgment upon the award may be entered in any court of competent
jurisdiction; the arbitrator shall not award punitive damages or multiply the
award pursuant to any statute that doubles, trebles or otherwise increases
damages and that forms the basis of any claim; and that the arbitrator shall
issue findings of facts and conclusions of law within [**************] days
of the completion of the presentation of evidence by the parties. The losing
party shall be required to pay the reasonable legal fees and costs of the
prevailing party as determined by the arbitrator(s).
SECTION 39 - LOGOS AND TRADEMARKS
Neither party will use the other's trademark in any employment advertisements
placed to solicit the employment of CSR's or otherwise. Without the other
party's prior written approval, neither party shall use the other's logo or
trademarks in any internal or external written communication.
SECTION 40 - REGULAR EXECUTIVE REVIEWS
Quarterly, during the Term, representatives of TI and UPS shall meet for
review of the status of matters contemplated by this Agreement, including but
not limited to service performance, quality performance, status of
transition, enhancement to Services (as set forth in Section 1 hereof) and
quality improvement processes.
SECTION 41 - GAIN SHARING INCENTIVES
During the Term, TI may propose to UPS changes in the delivery of Services
designed to improve the level of TI's services to UPS' customers. Certain of
these proposed [***************************************************************]
- ---------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
32
<PAGE>
********************************************************************************
*****] UPS will pay for all [***************************************************
**************************] Prior to and during the implementation of any [*****
**********************************] TI and UPS shall, in good faith, determine [
******************************************************************************
**************************************] from and after the implementation of a [
*******************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
*****************] of the applicable Term of this Agreement. [*****************
*************] restricted to the Centers herein [******************************
*******************************************************************************
****************************************************]
SECTION 42 - HOLIDAY OBSERVANCE
At least one Center shall be operational each day of the year. Within thirty
(30) days prior to each of New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of July, Labor
Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, UPS shall advise TI of anticipated
Service volumes for such dates and TI shall accordingly staff the Centers to
reflect such needs. UPS shall pay to TI an amount equal to one hundred fifty
two and five tenths percent (152.5%) of the Base Rate (as adjusted from time to
time) for all CSR hours worked during the six (6) holidays set forth herein.
SECTION 43 - OVERTIME
If TI becomes responsible to run a UPS authorized six (6) day operations Center
or a seven day a week by twenty four hour a day operations Center, then TI will
manage the CSR schedule in such a way as to avoid overtime. If, on the other
hand, a circumstance arises such that UPS requests and authorizes a sixth day of
operations in a Center that normally does not operate on a six day schedule,
then UPS will pay an amount equal to [**************************************]
(as adjusted from time to time).
SECTION 44 - PURCHASE OF TRAINING PROGRAM
UPS shall perform, or cause others to perform, an administrative and management
training program, as more fully described in the Attachment hereto, at each
Center on
- ----------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
33
<PAGE>
such date or date(s) as may be agreed between UPS and TI, but in the absence of
any other agreement, for management training, commencing [***************] prior
to the commencement of the rendition of Services at a Center and for
administrative training, commencing [*************] prior to the commencement of
the rendition of Services at a Center. TI shall [**************************] in
consideration of the performance of the administrative and management training
program. TI agrees to assume all instructional costs of training at its own
expense after a period of [*****************] from the opening of each Center.
SECTION 45 - CERTAIN EMPLOYMENT REQUIREMENTS
TI shall develop its own CSR screening, testing and hiring process to be
implemented at each Center; prior to the implementation of such process, TI
shall review applicable processes currently maintained by UPS.
SECTION 46 - NO JOINT VENTURE
The relationship of TI and UPS hereunder shall in no way be construed to create
a joint venture or partnership, it being agreed and understood the relationship
between TI and UPS is an independent contractor relationship.
SECTION 47 - NOTICES
All notices or requests required to be given under this Agreement and all other
communications related to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed
to have been duly given when personally delivered or sent by UPS Next Day Air
Letter, or via United States Postal Service express mail in the event of a UPS
work stoppage, addressed as follows: If to UPS, United Parcel Service, 55
Glenlake Parkway, NE, Atlanta, Georgia 30328, Attention: Raymond Vorbeck, and
if to TI, TeleTech Holdings, Inc., 1700 Lincoln Street, Denver, Colorado 80203-
4514, Attention: Kenneth Tuchman, President. Either party may change its
address, or the name or title of the individual to whom notices shall be
directed by written notice issued and delivered as set forth above.
SECTION 48 - FIRST RIGHT OF REFUSAL
If, during this Agreement, UPS decides to open an eighth domestic call center
for the express purpose of customer service, customer care, teleservicing or the
like, it shall award TI the contract for the management of such center under the
same terms and
- ----------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
34
<PAGE>
conditions as contained herein; provided, however, that if the nature of the
Services to be provided at such center differ significantly from the Services
to be provided hereunder, UPS and TI will negotiate in good faith for a period
not to exceed sixty (60) days new pricing, terms and conditions.
SECTION 49 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto
and supersedes all prior oral and written agreements between the parties
relative to the subject matter hereof and merges all prior and
contemporaneous discussions between them. Neither party shall be bound by
any condition, representation, warranty, covenant or provision other than
as expressly stated in or contemplated by this Agreement unless hereafter
set forth in a written instrument executed by such party. The parties to
this Agreement may, by mutual written consent executed by them, amend,
modify or supplement this Agreement.
B. The terms, covenants, representations and warranties of this Agreement may
be waived only by a written instrument executed by the party waiving
compliance. The failure of either party at any time to require performance
of any provision hereof shall, in no manner, affect the right at a later
date to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of any breach of any
term, covenant, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement,
whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be
deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such
breach or the breach of any other term, covenant, representation or
warranty of this Agreement.
C. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. The duties and
obligations under this Agreement may not be assigned or delegated by either
party without the written consent thereto of the other party, except that
UPS may assign this Agreement to one of its Affiliated Companies. Any
assignment in contradiction of this clause shall be void.
D. In the event that there is a change of control in the ownership of TI, TI
will provide UPS with at least [*************] prior written notice and all
information regarding said change (with appropriate confidentiality
restrictions, as applicable) as may be reasonably requested by UPS. UPS
shall have the option to terminate this Agreement without penalty upon
ninety days prior written notice if [**************************************
- ----------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
35
<PAGE>
*******************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
****************************************] and then, only if UPS in its sole
discretion, believes TI's ability to perform hereunder would be impaired.
E. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained in this
Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or
unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement,
but this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or
unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. Further, in the
event that any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable by virtue of its scope or period of time, but may
be made enforceable by a limitation thereof, such provision shall be deemed
to be amended to the minimum extent necessary to render it valid, legal and
enforceable.
F. The Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and each
counterpart shall constitute an original instrument, but all such separate
counterparts shall constitute one and the same agreement.
G. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State
of Georgia.
H. Both parties shall keep the existence and the terms of this Agreement
confidential in accordance with Section 20, above.
I. Any terms hereunder that, by their very nature, would survive the
termination or expiration of this Agreement shall so survive.
- ----------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
36
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first written above.
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. UNITED PARCEL SERVICE GENERAL SERVICES CO.
By: /s/ Kenneth Tuchman By: /s/ John Alden
------------------------- -------------------------------
Kenneth D. Tuchman John Alden
Its: President and Chief Its: Vice President
Executive Officer
37
<PAGE>
Attachment A
to
UPS/TI Teleservices Contract
"UPS Explanation and Requirements
PARAGRAPHS
----------
3.0 - 3.3
4.0 - 4.4
5.0 - 5.5
6.0 - 6.8
9.1 - 9.7
10.0 - 10.12
Initial
UPS _______________
TI _______________
<PAGE>
3.0 UPS SERVICE AND BUSINESS FUNCTIONS
3.1 CUSTOMER SERVICE TELEPHONE CENTER
The Customer Service Telephone Center is the point of contact for all UPS
customers. Our present total call volume is approximately [************]
calls per day. From Thanksgiving through the end of December the calls
increase up to [*******] per day. These calls include one-time pickups,
damage inquiries, complaints, service questions and general information.
A properly trained CSTC employee handles approximately [*****] calls
per hour.
3.2 DELIVERY INFORMATION
Delivery Information is a department within UPS that is responsible for
providing UPS customers with package shipment information services and
being responsive to customers' changing needs. Our [*******] Departments
handle approximately [*******] inquiries per day regarding missing
packages, consignee inspections and denial of signature deliveries. During
the month of January, the inquiries increase up to [******] per day.
3.3 SUMMARY
These functions operate with information systems that allow the
representatives to provide quick, complete answers in response to customers
inquiries on rates and shipping, package tracking or enhanced tracing,
claim information and other services provided by UPS.
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
<PAGE>
4.0 UPS BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS
4.1 UPS ROLE
UPS intends to own or lease and maintain the call center facilities, all
equipment and leasehold improvements as well as systems, applications,
processes and procedures. UPS management personnel are planned to be
staffed on-site to support the operation.
Proposed UPS staffing will consist of a site manager, quality coordinators,
system coordinators and facility coordinators. Present plans call for
approximately [******] permanent UPS management at each site. UPS will
provide temporary staffing for job content expertise at the start-up of
each new site.
4.2 DELIVERY INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND RESOURCES
The following UPS systems and resources will be utilized for Delivery
Information:
- Package Claim System - Total Track
- Overgoods - Tracer Information Processing System
- On-Line Inquiry - Package Center Exception System
- Dial Database - Package Center Information System
- On-Line Payout - Loss and Damage Files
- Non-DIAD Records
4.3 CUSTOMER SERVICE TELEPHONE SYSTEMS AND RESOURCES
The following UPS systems and resources will be utilized for Customer
Service:
- Total Tract - Customer Service Telephone System
- Service Center Locator - Customer Resource Information System
- Billing Inquiry - On-Line request for Information
- On-Line Inquiry - Automated Label Order System
- Sales Information
Precall Planning System
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
<PAGE>
4.4 VENDOR ROLE
The Vendor will be responsible for:
- Staffing, managing and training the service provider positions
- Meeting pre-determined quality standards of UPS
- Offering a competitive wage and benefit package sufficient to enhance
recruitment and retain qualified employees
- Providing Tele-Service Systems recommendations and solutions to
business needs
Other vendor responsibilities include, but are not limited to:
- Recruitment and Selection process - Training and retraining
- Benefits administration - Payroll administration
- Employee Retention - Discipline
- Daily supervision - Counseling
- Employee recognition - Performance reviews
- Termination - ISO 9000 Standards
- Health and Safety/OSHA compliance
- Compliance with all applicable employment laws
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
<PAGE>
5.0 OBJECTIVES, GOALS AND BENEFITS
5.1 UPS OBJECTIVE
It is UPS's objective to significantly reduce its current expenditures for
the Customer Service Telephone Centers and Delivery Information
Departments. However, as a result of this procurement, UPS will not accept
a reduction from its current service levels and quality. UPS is interested
in obtaining services of equal or better quality relative to current
functions and service levels.
5.2 QUALITY STANDARDS
UPS expects the vendor employees to provide excellent quality to UPS
customers. To ensure this, the vendor should consider implementation of a
quality incentive program.
Quality measurement is required to ensure UPS customers receive quality
responses in all communications and business dealings with vendor employees
representing UPS. Our goals are to provide the customer with a service
representative who listens actively, questions effectively and develops and
delivers business solutions. Quality measurement allows each site to
monitor the effectiveness of its training and enables development of on-
going training that addresses specific areas for improvement. Measurement
provides specific opportunities to review the effectiveness of established
initiatives affecting customer perception. Measures of total quality are
customer-oriented not internally-oriented.
Vendors will submit their own detailed quality control program. UPS will
periodically audit the vendor on the quality elements and advise or make
adjustments that may be needed.
5.3 TRAINING
All management and administrative employees must receive high-quality,
hands-on training. UPS, in conjunction with an outside vendor, has
developed an extensive training program for the call center employees. We
will request the vendor to bid on the training services and programs that
UPS has developed. The training program is as follows:
<PAGE>
5.4 MANAGEMENT TRAINING
Management will complete a five-week course covering values, objectives,
roles, teamwork, diversity, quality, coaching, performance and other
pertinent information, plus an additional three weeks of systems training
as described in the administrative training below. A complete listing of
course content is attached in section 9.0.
UPS will provide one trainer for each class that will be no larger than 18
people. This service will be included in the vendor purchase of training
programs as described above.
Management training will require vendor management to participate in an
eight week training session in Atlanta, GA. The vendor is responsible for
all wags, temporary living expenses, and travel cost during this training
period.
5.5 ADMINISTRATIVE TRAINING
Administrative employees will complete a three-week course covering UPS
background and services, communications skills, system skills,
phone/professional skills and other pertinent information. A complete
listing of course content is attached. The training classes will be held
at the new sites and would be run with twelve UPS trainers conducting four
classes simultaneously. There will be three trainers per class with no
more than 18 students per class. Each candidate will be tested throughout
the training and again at the end of the three weeks. They must
successfully complete the training and certification to provide services
for UPS. It is the intention of UPS to transfer responsibility for this
training to the vendor after a suitable transition period.
<PAGE>
6.0 SCOPE OF THE BID PACKAGE
6.1 INTENTION
The intent of this request for proposal (RFP) is to set forth the
specifications, requirements, general information and to solicit a detailed
response from selected vendors that shall include proposed cost, quality
and service descriptions.
This RFP is not a complete understanding and does not contain all matter
upon which an agreement must be reached. As a consequence, this RFP and
UPS acceptance of a proposal does not impose legal obligation on the part
of, or bind, UPS.
All vendors participating in this RFP process will be notified of bid
acceptance or rejection. UPS reserves the right not to disclose reasons
for rejection.
6.2 QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE INDICES
All quality and performance elements are to be tracked on a daily basis and
reported on an average monthly, quarterly and yearly basis.
6.3 OVERALL OPERATION
ABSENTEEISM MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE REQUIREMENT [**]%
TARDINESS MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE REQUIREMENT [**]%
TURNOVER [*************************************]
6.4 CUSTOMER SERVICE TELEPHONE CENTER
SPEED OF ANSWER MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE REQUIREMENT
[********]
Speed of answer is the time it takes for our customers call to be answered
by a representative, after the call has been seized by the telephone
switch.
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
<PAGE>
CALLS PER HOUR TARGET GOAL [*******]
This element is a performance measure that will assist the management team
to have the proper staffing in order to meet the service levels in a cost
efficient manner.
PERCENT AVAILABLE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE REQUIREMENT [***]%
Any time spent waiting for a call, or on an inbound call, minus any time
spent in the unavailable mode or after call work mode, divided by total
paid hours. The [**]% mark is based on 2.5 hours break per week, 2 hours
training per week, 1/2 hour pre work communication meetings per week and 1
hour of personal time per week.
CALLS ABANDONED/TOTAL CALLS MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE REQUIREMENT [**]%
HANDLED
The difference between the number of calls offered and the number of calls
answered. The percent of calls abandoned would be the actual number of
calls abandoned divided by total calls answered.
SERVICE OBSERVATION RATINGS [***************************]
Observing a minimum of ten calls per employee and rating the employee on
elements such as speaking and listening skills, sales and conflict
resolution.
TOTAL SERVICE OBSERVATIONS COMPLETED [****************************
*********]
To continue to strive for quality service observations are performed to
ensure the employees are representing UPS and upholding our commitment to
quality.
HALF HOUR SEGMENTS OVER [******] TARGET GOAL TO BE DETERMINED
(ASA) Average speed of answer
The average speed of answer should not exceed [***] seconds during the
operation and is measured in half hour increments. The purpose is to staff
by each half hour to maintain high levels of service for our customers
during all periods throughout the day.
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
<PAGE>
6.5 DELIVERY INFORMATION
PERCENT DAY ONE TARGET GOAL [***]%
The goal is to close as many package inquiries as possible on the same day
they are received. However, there may be exceptions. An example would be
an inquiry on a package received prior to the scheduled delivery date.
This would require the inquiry to be held open until the delivery is
completed.
PERCENT DAY TWO TARGET GOAL [***]%
Inquiries that carry over from the previous day are considered to be Day
Two inquiries. These inquiries may have been entered into the system after
the D.I. department closed, or are inquiries that are still pending a
delivery.
INQUIRIES OPEN OVER SEVEN DAYS MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE REQUIREMENT [**]% OF
INBOUND
The total number of inquiries that have not been closed by the seventh
business day. These inquiries may still be open if there have not been
enough days to check for delivery or exceptions may require further
investigation to determine the status of the delivery.
PERCENT OF SECOND REQUEST TARGET GOAL [**]% OF INBOUND
INQUIRIES
Second request inquiries may be due to no response being received by the
inquiring party, or the first inquiry was received with incorrect or
incomplete information.
CALL QUALITY TARGET GOAL [***]% EFFECTIVE
Observing an employee's phone technique to ensure all necessary qualities
are present, i.e. communication skills, professionalism and courtesy. The
employee is rated on how well he/she performs on the call quality elements.
PRIORITY INQUIRY TRACE TARGET GOAL [****]% WITHIN COMMITTED
SERVICE FAILURES TIME FRAME
There are certain inquiry types that are considered priority and require a
phone call to the shipper within an hour after they are received. All
inquiries that are not responded to within an hour after receipt are
considered to be service failures.
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
<PAGE>
INQUIRIES CLOSED PER TRACING TARGET GOAL [****] TRACERS PER HOUR
HOUR
This element is a performance measurement that will assist the management
team to have the proper staffing in order to meet the service levels in a
cost efficient manner.
RESPONSE QUALITY TARGET GOAL [****]% ALL OUTBOUND
RESPONSES ERROR FREE
Each inquiry that is answered generates a written response that is mailed
to the person inquiring about the shipment. The written response is a
reflection of the quality commitment UPS has to their customers.
PROCESS QUALITY TARGET GOAL [***]% EFFECTIVE
When an inquiry is closed with an LDI response and prior to the answer
being mailed, a second check for the package is performed. This second
check is performed to ensure that all procedures were followed, and all
resources checked in the investigative process.
DAMAGE NOTIFICATION BY 3:00 P.M. MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE REQUIREMENT
[******]%
When a package is discovered damaged, either in our system or by the
receiver, we notify the shipper in a timely manner. The 3:00 p.m.
commitment assists the shipper so that they may re-ship the merchandise
that same day.
6.6 VENDOR EMPLOYEE SELECTION PROCESS
The vendor will be responsible for providing a temporary
interviewing/testing facility for initial employment needs at each site.
UPS expects that the management selection process will include the
following:
- AccuVision Customer Service Assessment (previously validated)
- AccuVision Supervisor/Management Skills Assessment (previously
validated)
- Two behavioral anchored interviews
- Background checks to include: - Police background check
- Previous ten years job history
references
- I-9 Immigration Act form
- Confidential Information Agreement
- ID card with photo
- Any other legal requirements
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
<PAGE>
UPS expects that the administrative selection process will include the
following:
- Typing test (minimum 30 wpm)
- AccuVision Customer Service Assessment
- Two behavioral anchored interviews
- Background checks to include: - Police background check
- Previous five years job history
references
- I-9 Immigration Act form
- Confidential Information Agreement
- ID card with photo
- Any other legal requirements
UPS experience has indicated that approximately 45% of the candidates
taking the Customer Service Assessment will receive a satisfactory score.
The vendor must have an Affirmative Action plan in place and must comply
with the OFCCP 8 factor availability analysis.
The vendor must comply with all federal, state and local employment laws.
UPS reserves the right to audit the selection process.
<PAGE>
6.7 STAFFING REQUIREMENTS/JOB RESPONSIBILITIES
The structure of the new site will consist of management and administrative
employees. The detailed job descriptions are enclosed. The management
employees need to be available for training 11 weeks prior to opening a
site.
UPS anticipates the vendor management-to-administrative ratio will be
[*******] when the site is fully staffed. UPS further anticipates that a
total quality philosophy and workforce empowerment approaches may reduce
the management needs.
The administrative employees need to be available for training 3 weeks
prior to opening a site. UPS anticipates the vendor will utilize
administrative coaches selected from the administrative employees.
Projected ratio for coaches is [*******].
All administrative employees must have the following qualities:
- Motivational fit - Sales Orientation
- Customer Service Orientation - Keyboard Skills
- Ability to learn - Professional Telephone Manner
- Communication Skills - Analysis
- Attention to detail - Adaptability
- Grammar & Oral Communication - Teamwork (cooperation)
Skills
- Tolerance for fast-pace work environment
UPS anticipates that the required operational flexibility will require an
administrative staffing ratio of [***] full-time and [****] part-time.
6.8 HEALTH AND SAFETY
The vendor will be responsible for maintaining a health and safety program
for its employees. This will include both prevention and follow-up
training. In addition, the vendor will be responsible for OSHA record-
keeping, evacuation training and emergency drills.
UPS will maintain the facility in compliance with OSHA regulations.
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
<PAGE>
9.1 TRAINING CURRICULUM
ADMINISTRATIVE
BACKGROUND KNOWLEDGE
the overall UPS process of worldwide distribution
the role of CSTC's within this process
the UPS procedures involved
PEOPLE/COMMUNICATION SKILL
objectivity
speaking techniques
effective questioning
active listening
teamwork
conflict resolution
problem solving
coaching and feedback
SYSTEM/ACCURACY SKILLS
find information quickly and accurately
respond appropriately to customer requests
solve customer problems
sell additional services/generate revenues
PHONE/PROFESSIONAL SKILLS
clear speaking voice
appropriate UPS phrases and branding
proper grammar
telephone etiquette
<PAGE>
9.2 TRAINING CURRICULUM MANAGEMENT
WEEK 1: MANAGEMENT TRAINING
background of UPS
project mission
new roles/new culture/expectations
fundamentals of call center operation
teamwork/Breakpoint training
WEEKS 2-4: ADMINISTRATIVE TRAINING COURSE
Management will complete the same training received by the call center
representative
WEEKS 5-6: MANAGEMENT TRAINING
coaching
performance management
documentation
measurement
personal performance reviews
team meetings
continuous learning refresher modules
behavior-based performance and positive reinforcement
financial
WEEKS 7-8: INSTRUCTION PREPARATION
preparation
instruction facilitation
in-class coaching
practical application
adult learning application
adult learning strategies
<PAGE>
9.3 CALL AND INQUIRY VOLUME AND TYPES
AVERAGE DAILY VOLUME
- INBOUND CALLS
- Non peak [************]
- Peak [************]
- TRACING INQUIRIES
- Non peak [************]
- Peak [************]
INBOUND CALL TYPES PERCENT TO TOTAL
- - General Inbound/Total Track [***]% - On call Air [***]%
- - Request for Delivery Information [***]% - Transfer [***]%
- - Driver Calls [***]% - Ready Customer [***]%
- - One Time Pickup [***]% - Complaint [***]%
- - Message/Supply Request [***]% - Damage Call Tags [***]%
- - Delivery Change Request [***]% - Guarantee Refunds [***]%
TYPES OF TRACING INQUIRIES
- - C.O.D. - Shipment tracking
- - Audit Trace - Return to Sender
- - Denial of Signature - Misdelivery/Indirect Delivery
- - Package I.D. - Call Tag
Driver Release - Parcel Delivered Merchandise Missing
- --------------------
* Omitted portion is subject to a confidential treatment request filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
<PAGE>
9.4 HOURS OF OPERATION
The planned hours of operation for the call centers is 7:30 a.m. until 8:00 p.m.
EST. The week may consist of six days Monday through Saturday. One site, which
has yet to be determined, is planned to be a 24 hour operation seven days a
week.
<PAGE>
9.5 TELECOMMUNICATIONS CAPABILITIES
UPS provides telecommunications capabilities along with a vast array of voice
and data attributes throughout domestic and international locations. UPSnet, a
worldwide network for fast and efficient transmission of voice, data, video and
facsimile images is the principal conduit for information exchange.
As part of the UPS operations network, UPSnet and IS systems will provide all
vehicles for data and information exchange between our main computer systems and
consolidated sites. Regular communications providers will be used for telephone
and commercial links to service or customer base.
Our current portfolio of network services includes:
- - Inbound Switched Voice (Interstate, Intrastate, International)
- - Outbound Switched Voice (Interstate, Intrastate, International)
- - Frame Relay Network Services
- - FAX Proof of Delivery Services
- - Dial Access Data Services and
- - Private Line (Individual Data Services)
UPS is and will be responsible for development, testing, implementation and
support of all applications and networking systems. However, UPS anticipates
the vendor to recommend system improvements and provide necessary system
interface to improve productivity.
<PAGE>
9.6 IT AND APPLICATION SYSTEMS
UPS systems and applications will allow the workforce to evaluate customer
inquiries, identify opportunities and provide options by utilizing the following
available resources and technology:
9.7 PROPOSED ORGANIZATION
FAST II SYSTEM
A system for sending and storing tracers, claims information and certain
operations data via UPS's mainframe computer.
ON-LINE INQUIRY (OLI)
A software program that allows a service provider to track a package and/or
trace by accessing our delivery data immediately for proof of delivery.
DIALS DATA BASE
A system that stores delivery information that is entered into the drivers
DIAD board, and allows its retrieval to provide proof of delivery. DIALS
searches the stored data for information necessary to confirm delivery and
then sends it to the Delivery Information Processing System which uses this
information to generate a printed response for the customer.
ON-LINE PAYOUT
A program that allows the user to access payout information on C.O.D.
shipments.
TOTAL TRACK
A sophisticated system that allows trackable packages to be monitored at
various points in the delivery process. Bar code information contained in
the label is scanned as the package is processed, and that information is
fed into the central computer. The user can access the status of the
package and respond immediately to inquiries.
NON-DIAD RECORDS
Paper delivery records that are sometimes used to record deliveries. These
paper records are stored locally and used to search for proof of
deliveries.
<PAGE>
PACKAGES CENTER EXCEPTION SYSTEM (PCES)
An on-line system to support exception package data. The system is
designed to process packages that cannot be delivered as addressed. PCES
will automate the correction of bad addresses, automate the card file with
a record of address changes, document processed damages and overgoods,
automate the entry for will calls and packages to be delivered in the
future, and produce individual printed address correction labels for each
package.
PACKAGE CENTER INFORMATION SYSTEM (PCIS)
A system developed to automate the gathering and reporting of information
such as employee records, planning worksheets and shipper profiles in the
package centers. The system will reduce the time spent gathering and
reporting this type of information. It also provides two-way communication
between the center and customer service for complaints and messages. Two-
way communication between delivery information for follow-up on inquiries.
OVERGOODS
A location that stores and processes packages with an unidentifiable
address or the contents of a shipment that has been separated from its
original package.
<PAGE>
10.0 JOB DESCRIPTION
JOB TITLE: Vendor Site Manager
DEPARTMENT: Customer Call Center
DATE: January 11, 1995
JOB SUMMARY:
The role of the Site Manager is to share the vision in partnership with the UPS
Site Manager, and develop and facilitate the implementation of a strategy to
enable customer oriented service excellence in all team members.
KEY PERFORMANCE AREAS:
- - Demonstrating service leadership by creating a clear vision of quality
based values, by being a visible role model, and by skillful decision
making based on the Call Center mission and philosophy.
- - Emphasize quality in all areas and endeavors.
- - Providing direction by formulating goals and by setting priorities that
keep everybody's mind on the plan.
- - Communicating effectively so others see, understand, and believe in the
vision.
- - Creating a supportive climate by keeping everyone focused on the true
priorities, by engaging in team building activities, and by supporting
innovation and creativity in all team members.
- - Establishing career plans by helping Team Managers identify, analyze, and
explore personal needs values and goals to reach their full potential.
- - Developing a strong alliance among the team members by encouraging them
through recognition, acknowledgment and respect.
- - Building strong cross functional and team relationships by focusing efforts
toward customers needs.
- - Demonstrating personal growth by staying current on job knowledge through
additional training and independent study.
QUALITIES AND SKILLS:
- - Acceptable performance on - H.R. Background to include working
SLS and CS Assessments knowledge of Employment Law
- - Leadership Skills - Quality oriented
- - Understanding of Team Dynamics - Innovative
- - Logical and Analytical
<PAGE>
10.1 JOB DESCRIPTION
JOB TITLE: Customer Service Team Manager
DEPARTMENT: Customer Service Center
DATE: January 11, 1995
JOB SUMMARY:
The role of the Team Manager is to create the environment of customer oriented
service excellence by motivating and empowering Supervisors.
KEY PERFORMANCE AREAS:
- - Demonstrating service leadership by careful thinking, skillful decision
making and strong personal leadership to help the people in the call center
focus their energy on customer values.
- - Emphasize quality in all areas and endeavors.
- - Taking personal responsibility to ensure customer satisfaction by following
the Call Center mission and objectives, by seeing that action is taken to
solve problems, and by following through on commitments.
- - Communicating effectively in dealing with customers, vendors, employees and
all levels of management by asking questions, listening carefully, and
providing feedback, both verbal and written.
- - Establishing and maintaining a safe, fair and consistent environment, free
of harassment and discrimination, where individuals are satisfied, growing
and productive by tapping the potential of many talents and differing
perspectives.
- - Engaging in team building activities by establishing goals, sharing
knowledge, skills and time with others in order to instill confidence and
empower Supervisors.
- - Developing a strong alliance among Team Coordinators by developing an
ongoing dialogue and by encouraging them through recognition,
acknowledgment and respect.
- - Guiding career paths by evaluating performance to determine each persons
skills and capabilities, developmental needs and desires for learning and
personal advancement.
- - Demonstrating personal growth by staying current on job knowledge through
additional training and independent study.
- - Meeting quality and performance goals through the use of reliable
information, data and analysis.
- - Building strong cross-functional relationships by focusing efforts toward
customer needs.
<PAGE>
QUALITIES AND SKILLS:
- - Acceptable performance on - Innovative - Quality oriented
SLS and C.S. Assessments
- - Leadership Skills - Interpersonal Skills
<PAGE>
10.2 JOB DESCRIPTION
JOB TITLE: Customer Service Supervisor
DEPARTMENT: Customer Service Center
DATE: January 11, 1995
JOB SUMMARY:
The role of the Supervisor is to maintain a climate of customer oriented service
excellence by motivating and empowering team members.
KEY PERFORMANCE AREAS:
- - Communicating effectively in dealing with customer and fellow employees by
asking questions, listening carefully, and providing feedback, both verbal
and written.
- - Emphasize quality on all calls.
- - Engaging in team building activities by establishing goals, sharing
knowledge, skills and time with others in order to instill confidence and
empower team members.
- - Taking personal responsibility to ensure customer satisfaction by following
the call center mission and objectives, by seeing that action is taken to
solve problems, and by following through on commitments.
- - Motivating employees to maintain positive attitudes by recognizing and
rewarding quality performance thus encouraging team members to realize
their full potential.
- - Ensuring that all employees are proficient in their job skills through
ongoing and periodic follow up training.
- - Demonstrating personal growth by staying current on job knowledge through
additional personal training and independent study.
- - Evaluating performance to determine each persons skills and capabilities,
developmental needs and desires for learning and personal advancement.
- - Coordinating efforts with cross-functional groups to positively impact
customer needs.
QUALITIES AND SKILLS:
- - Acceptable performance on - Facilitation Skills - Quality oriented
SLS and C.S. Assessments
- - Interpersonal Skills - Adaptability
<PAGE>
10.3 JOB DESCRIPTION
JOB TITLE: Customer Service Representative
DEPARTMENT: Customer Service Center
DATE: January 12, 1995
JOB SUMMARY:
The Customer Service Representative is empowered to take ownership of customer
inquiries and concerns and to follow through on solutions in order to provide
customer oriented quality service excellence. Work is performed independently
in accordance with established objectives, goals, and procedures. Judgment and
independent initiative are required to identify, adapt and apply approaches to
address inquiries and concerns. Direction and assistance is available when
needed form coaches and supervisors.
KEY PERFORMANCE AREAS:
- - Take inbound calls in a professional, courteous, and customer-focused
manner to answer and service all customer inquiries and concerns.
- - Emphasize quality in all areas and endeavors.
- - Provide quality-driven service with includes, but is not exclusive to,
explaining service features and benefits, satisfying service disconnects
with empathy, processing of pick-up orders, supply requests, and telephone
messages.
- - Communicate effectively with internal and external customers by practicing
active listening and effective questioning.
- - Effectively identify and solicit opportunities to promote and sell services
to existing and perspective customers.
- - Adhere to the customer service Call Center mission, policies and procedures
to ensure customer satisfaction.
- - Utilize available resources and technology to develop and deliver
solutions/alternatives consistently and accurately.
- - Participate as a team player in a customer-focused and quality driven
environment that will satisfy both external and internal customers.
- - Stay current on service features and system enhancements through formal and
informal on-going training.
QUALITIES AND SKILLS:
- - 30 wpm. keyboard skills - Acceptable performance on C.S.
Assessment
- - CRT experience - Successfully complete 3-week training
- - Good oral communication skills
<PAGE>
- - good grammar and voice
- - conversational skills
<PAGE>
10.4 JOB DESCRIPTION
JOB TITLE: Customer Service Support Representative
DEPARTMENT: Customer Service Center
DATE: January 12, 1995
JOB SUMMARY:
The Customer Service Support Representative is responsible for supporting all
functions in the call center with a variety of administrative tasks to provide
customer oriented service excellence. Work is performed independently utilizing
sound judgment in accordance with established objectives, goals, and procedures.
KEY PERFORMANCE AREAS:
- - Prepare and process memos and reports using various software packages.
- - Ensure all work meets the quality requirements of the job.
- - Process, compile and distribute data/mail and maintain files for documents,
memos and reports.
- - Support the customer service Call Center mission, policies and procedures,
by providing total quality in all job related areas.
- - Assist in the coordination of inventory control and stocking for various
areas.
- - Key enter weekly operation schedules and reports.
- - File, fax and copy documentation and perform other administrative tasks.
- - Coordinate efforts with all groups within the call center to increase
customer satisfaction and promote total quality.
- - Continually strive to stay current with job requirement and improve
business writing, computer, and interpersonal skills through formal and
informal on-going training.
QUALITIES AND SKILLS:
- - Acceptable performance on C.S. Assessment
- - Attention to quality and detail
- - 30 wpm. keyboard skills
- - Good oral communication skills
- - Ability to work independently
- - Knowledge of all software packages in Microsoft Office (Word, Excel, and
PowerPoint)
<PAGE>
10.5 JOB DESCRIPTION
JOB TITLE: Customer Service Coach
DEPARTMENT: Customer Service Center
DATE: January 12, 1995
JOB SUMMARY:
The Customer Service Coach is responsible for assisting and supporting
supervisors and Customer Service Representatives to ensure customer oriented
service excellence. Work is performed independently utilizing self-motivation
and sound judgment in accordance with established objectives, goals and
procedures.
KEY PERFORMANCE AREAS:
- - Coach and counsel Customer Service Representatives to strive for Total
Quality through skill development, problem solving and conflict resolution.
- - Act as liaison between Customer Service Representatives and supervisors.
- - Share skills and knowledge while addressing questions regarding service
features and benefits, service disconnect solutions, pick-up orders, supply
requests, and telephone messages.
- - Communicate effectively with customers and Customer Service Representatives
by active listening, effective questioning, developing and delivering
solutions consistently and accurately.
- - Encourage a team environment by instilling confidence and empowerment in
each Customer Service Representative.
- - Empowered to take ownership of Customer Service Representative and customer
inquiries and concerns and to follow through on resolutions to ensure
complete external and internal customer satisfaction.
- - Assist and support Customer Service Representatives with difficult customer
service situations on the telephone.
- - Identify individuals and elements that need additional training, and future
training topics.
- - Provide feedback with diplomacy to ensure Customer Service Representatives
reach their full potential and strive for self-development.
- - Stay current on service features and system enhancements through formal and
informal on-going training.
- - Take responsibility for self-development of technical, leadership and
interpersonal skills.
<PAGE>
QUALITIES AND SKILLS:
- - Must meet all skill requirements of Customer Service Representatives
- - Ability to work independently
- - Training Skills
- - Demonstrated proficiency as a Customer Service Representative
- - Leadership skills
- - Quality measurement skills
- - Extensive system and service knowledge
<PAGE>
10.6 JOB DESCRIPTION
JOB TITLE: Customer Service Scheduler
DEPARTMENT: Customer Service Center
DATE: January 11, 1995
JOB SUMMARY:
The role of the Scheduler is to direct, analyze and forecast the facility needs.
Develop and maintain a climate of customer oriented service excellence.
KEY PERFORMANCE AREAS:
- - Evaluating staffing needs based on projected call volume to maintain
quality service.
- - Communicating effectively in dealing with vendors and fellow employees by
asking questions, listening carefully, and providing feedback, both verbal
and written.
- - Engaging in team building activities by establishing goals, sharing
knowledge, skills and time with others in order to instill confidence and
empower team members.
- - Staying current on job knowledge through additional personal training and
independent study.
- - Coordinating efforts with cross-functional groups to positively impact
customer needs.
QUALITIES AND SKILLS:
- - CRT experience
- - 30 wpm keyboard skills
- - Attention to Detail
- - Logical/Analytical
<PAGE>
10.7 JOB DESCRIPTION
JOB TITLE: PACKAGE INFORMATION TEAM MANAGER
DEPARTMENT: DELIVERY INFORMATION
DATE: JANUARY 11, 1995
JOB SUMMARY:
The role of the Team Manager is to create the environment of customer oriented
service excellence by motivating and empowering Supervisors.
KEY PERFORMANCE AREAS:
- - Demonstrating service leadership by careful thinking, skillful decision
making and strong personal leadership to help the people in the call center
focus their energy on customer values.
- - Emphasize quality in all areas and endeavors.
- - Taking personal responsibility to ensure customer satisfaction by following
the Call Center mission and objectives, by seeing that action is taken to
solve problems, and by following through on commitments.
- - Communicating effectively in dealing with customers, vendors, employees and
all levels of management by asking questions, listening carefully, and
providing feedback, both verbal and written.
- - Establishing and maintaining a safe, fair and consistent environment, free
of harassment and discrimination, where individuals are satisfied, growing
and productive by tapping the potential of many talents and differing
perspectives.
- - Engaging in team building activities by establishing goals, sharing
knowledge, skills and time with others in order to instill confidence and
empower supervisors.
- - Developing a strong alliance among Supervisors by developing an ongoing
dialogue and by encouraging them through recognition, acknowledgment and
respect.
- - Guiding career paths by evaluating performance to determine each persons
skills and capabilities, developmental needs and desires for learning and
personal advancement.
- - Demonstrating personal growth by staying current on job knowledge through
additional training and independent study.
- - Meeting quality and performance goals through the use of reliable
information, data and analysis.
- - Building strong cross-functional relationships by focusing efforts toward
customer needs.
<PAGE>
QUALITIES AND SKILLS:
- - Acceptable performance on SLS and CS Assessments - Interpersonal skills
- - Quality oriented - Leadership skills - Innovative
<PAGE>
10.8 JOB DESCRIPTION
JOB TITLE: PACKAGE INFORMATION SUPERVISOR
DEPARTMENT: DELIVERY INFORMATION
DATE: JANUARY 11, 1995
JOB SUMMARY:
The role of the Supervisor is to maintain a climate of customer oriented quality
service excellence by motivating and empowering team members.
KEY PERFORMANCE AREAS:
- - Communicating effectively in dealing with customers and fellow employees by
asking questions, listening carefully, and providing feedback, both verbal
and written.
- - Emphasize quality in all areas and endeavors.
- - Engaging in team building activities by establishing goals, sharing
knowledge, skills and time with others in order to instill confidence and
empower team members.
- - Taking personal responsibility to ensure customer satisfaction by following
the call center mission and objectives, by seeing that action is taken to
solve problems, and by following through on commitments.
- - Motivating employees to maintain positive attitudes by recognizing and
rewarding quality performance thus encouraging team members to realize
their full potential.
- - Ensuring that all employees are proficient in their job skills through
ongoing and periodic follow up training.
- - Demonstrating personal growth by staying current on job knowledge through
additional personal training and independent study.
- - Evaluating performance to determine each persons skills and capabilities,
developmental needs and desires for learning and personal advancement.
- - Coordinating efforts with cross-functional groups to positively impact
customer needs.
QUALITIES AND SKILLS:
- - Acceptable performance on SLS and C.S. Assessments - Facilitation skills
- - Quality oriented - Interpersonal skills - Adaptability
<PAGE>
10.9 JOB DESCRIPTION
JOB TITLE: PACKAGE INFORMATION COACH
DEPARTMENT: DELIVERY INFORMATION
DATE: JANUARY 12, 1995
JOB SUMMARY:
The Package Information Coach is responsible for assisting and supporting all
team members in providing customer oriented service excellence. The coach is
instrumental in exercising their empowered skills in problem solving and
following up to ensure customer satisfaction. Work is performed independently
of supervision. Judgment and independent initiative is required to identify,
adapt and apply approaches concerning matters of instruction, guidance and
facilitation.
KEY PERFORMANCE AREAS:
- - Coach and counsel Package Information Associates to strive for Total
Quality through skill development, problem solving and conflict resolution.
- - Identifies Package Information Associates requiring additional training and
assistance, as well as, recognizing and rewarding quality performers.
- - Informs supervisor of positive and negative issues relating to team
objectives and offers solutions.
- - Responsible for ensuring proper job set-up for each team member.
- - Monitors and levels dispatch logs for an even flow of work to process all
inquiries daily.
- - Will ensure all quality elements in customer communication are preserved
with consistent and accurate information.
- - Investigates and researches all inquiries that are not resolved in a timely
manner and takes appropriate measures to resolve.
- - Stays current on job knowledge and system enhancements through formal and
informal training.
- - Empowered to approve claims at a specified dollar amount and ensure that a
quality investigation has been completed.
QUALITIES AND SKILLS:
- - Acceptable performance on CS Assessment - Understanding of UPS package
operations
- - Successfully completes 3-week training - Understanding of systems
utilization
- - Leadership skills - Demonstrate proficiency as a
Package Information Associate
- - Thorough knowledge of Delivery Information
methods and procedures - Quality measurement skills
- - Training skills
* Refer to "Common Qualities" guidelines
<PAGE>
10.10 JOB DESCRIPTION
JOB TITLE: PACKAGE INFORMATION ASSOCIATE
DEPARTMENT: DELIVERY INFORMATION
DATE: JANUARY 12, 1995
JOB SUMMARY:
The Package Information Associate provides quality detailed information on
package inquiries for internal and external customers within a specified
committed time. Work is performed independently in accordance with established
objectives, goals, and procedures. Judgment and independent initiative is
required to identify, adapt and apply approaches to answer inquiries/concerns.
Direction and assistance is available when needed from team advisors and
coordinators.
KEY PERFORMANCE AREAS:
- - Communicates professionally through active listening, effective
questioning, developing and delivering solutions when researching customer
inquiries.
- - Proficiency in the application of specified methods and procedures to the
various types of inquiries.
- - Responsible for investigating and researching all resources available to
provide resolution to package inquiries.
- - Demonstrates empathy and the desire to exceed the customers' expectations
in the phone inquiry.
- - Maintains a high level of awareness to committed time responses on all
inquiries.
- - Stays current on job knowledge and system enhancements through formal and
informal training.
QUALITIES AND SKILLS:
- - Acceptable performance on C/S Assessment - Strong written and verbal
communications skills
- - Successfully complete 3-week training - Skilled in problem solving and
conflict resolution
- - CRT experience - Professional telephone voice
and manner
- - Quality driven/customer focused - 30 wpm keyboard skills
- - Understanding of UPS package operation
* Refer to "Common Qualities" guidelines
<PAGE>
10.11 JOB DESCRIPTION
JOB TITLE: PACKAGE INFORMATION ASSISTANT
DEPARTMENT: DELIVERY INFORMATION
DATE: JANUARY 12, 1995
JOB SUMMARY:
The Package Information Assistant will assist with all facets of the Delivery
Information function in providing a quality and timely response to all customer
inquiries. Work is performed independently or in teams, in accordance with
established objectives, goals, and procedures.
KEY PERFORMANCE AREAS:
- - A Package Information Assistant performs various tasks to support Delivery
Information.
- - Stays current on job knowledge and system enhancement through formal and
informal training.
- - Understands, recognizes and reacts to the time constraints on all
individual tasks.
- - Communicates professionally with internal/external customers.
QUALITIES AND SKILLS:
- - Acceptable performance on CS Assessment
- - 30 wpm keyboard skills
- - CRT experience
- - Successfully complete 3-week training
- - Ability to work independently
- - Knowledge of job specific systems
- - Understanding of Delivery Information Department
- - Good oral communication skills
* Refer to "Common Qualities" guidelines
<PAGE>
10.12 JOB DESCRIPTION
JOB TITLE: DAMAGE NOTIFICATION ASSOCIATE
DEPARTMENT: DELIVERY INFORMATION
DATE: JANUARY 12, 1995
JOB SUMMARY:
The Damage Notification Associate notifies customers of damaged shipments
discovered in the UPS system and prepares communication directed to shippers.
Work is performed independently in accordance with established objectives, goals
and procedures.
KEY PERFORMANCE AREAS:
- - Maintains a high level of awareness to committed time responses on all
damage notifications and messages.
- - Communicates professionally through active listening, effective
questioning, developing and delivering solutions when damage information is
disputed.
- - Identify and assist customers with pack aid information.
- - Notifies PCA, Account Executive, etc., regarding accounts requesting
additional information or assistance with packaging information.
- - Intuitive to customer concerns related to packaging and claim trends.
- - Demonstrates empathy in conveying damage detail to customers.
- - Stays current on UPS service features and enhancements through formal and
informal training.
QUALITIES AND SKILLS:
- - Professional telephone voice and manner
- - Understanding of UPS package operations
- - Acceptable performance on CS Assessment
- - 30 wpm keyboard skills
- - Successfully complete 3-week training
* Refer to "Common Qualities" guidelines
